(7482,'Configure <span class=\"visually-hidden\">the @module module</span>','','9.3.13'),(7483,'Machine name: <span dir=\"ltr\" class=\"table-filter-text-source\">@machine-name</span>','','9.3.0'),(7484,'The following reason prevents @module.module_name from being uninstalled:The following reasons prevent @module.module_name from being uninstalled:','','9.3.11'),(7485,'Configure default user account settings, including fields, registration requirements, and email messages.','','9.4.5'),(7486,'Too many failed login attempts from your IP address. This IP address is temporarily blocked. Try again later or <a href=\":url\">request a new password</a>.','','none'),(7487,'There has been more than one failed login attempt for this account. It is temporarily blocked. Try again later or <a href=\":url\">request a new password</a>.There have been more than @count failed login attempts for this account. It is temporarily blocked. Try again later or <a href=\":url\">request a new password</a>.','','none'),(7488,'Cache maximum age','','none'),(7489,'Creating and managing views','','none'),(7490,'Enabling and disabling views','','none'),(7491,'Exporting and importing views','','none'),(7492,'Stable','','none'),(7493,'Links related to the active user account','','9.3.0'),(7494,'Administrative task links','','9.3.0'),(7495,'Site information links','','9.3.0'),(7496,'Site section links','','9.3.0'),(7497,'User tool links, often added by modules','','9.3.0'),(7498,'[user:display-name],\n\nA request to reset the password for your account has been made at [site:name].\n\nYou may now log in by clicking this link or copying and pasting it into your browser:\n\n[user:one-time-login-url]\n\nThis link can only be used once to log in and will lead you to a page where you can set your password. It expires after one day and nothing will happen if it\'s not used.\n\n--  [site:name] team','','9.3.0'),(7499,'[user:display-name],\n\nA site administrator at [site:name] has created an account for you. You may now log in by clicking this link or copying and pasting it into your browser:\n\n[user:one-time-login-url]\n\nThis link can only be used once to log in and will lead you to a page where you can set your password.\n\nAfter setting your password, you will be able to log in at [site:login-url] in the future using:\n\nusername: [user:name]\npassword: Your password\n\n--  [site:name] team','','9.3.0'),(7500,'[user:display-name],\n\nThank you for registering at [site:name]. You may now log in by clicking this link or copying and pasting it into your browser:\n\n[user:one-time-login-url]\n\nThis link can only be used once to log in and will lead you to a page where you can set your password.\n\nAfter setting your password, you will be able to log in at [site:login-url] in the future using:\n\nusername: [user:name]\npassword: Your password\n\n--  [site:name] team','','9.3.0'),(7501,'The language code.','','9.3.0'),(7502,'Delete %label','','none'),(7503,'Allow user to display all items','','9.3.0'),(7504,'Select and configure text editors, and how content is filtered when displayed.','','9.4.5'),(7505,'Aggregator RSS feed','','none'),(7506,'Aggregator sources','','none'),(7507,'Find and manage custom blocks.','','9.3.0'),(7508,'Recent comments.','','none'),(7509,'Find and manage files.','','9.3.0'),(7510,'Editing languages','','none'),(7511,'All content, by month.','','9.3.0'),(7512,'Recent content.','','9.3.0'),(7513,'All content promoted to the front page.','','9.3.0'),(7514,'All content, by letter.','','9.3.0'),(7515,'Content belonging to a certain taxonomy term.','','9.3.0'),(7516,'Shows a list of the newest user accounts on the site.','','9.3.0'),(7517,'Who\'s online block','','9.3.0'),(7518,'Shows the user names of the most recently active users, and the total number of active users.','','9.3.0'),(7519,'View edit page','','none'),(7520,'Max 1300x1300','','none'),(7521,'Max 2600x2600','','none'),(7522,'Max 325x325','','none'),(7523,'Max 650x650','','none'),(7524,'Narrow','','9.3.0'),(7525,'Config override test','','none'),(7526,'Files overview','','9.3.0'),(7527,'File usage information for {{ arguments.fid }}','','9.3.0'),(7528,'<p>This page provides the ability to add common languages to your site.</p><p>If the desired language is not available, you can add a custom language.</p>','','none'),(7529,'<p>Choose a language from the list, or choose \"Custom language...\" at the end of the list.</p><p>Click the \"Add language\" button when you are done choosing your language.</p><p>When adding a custom language, you will get an additional form where you can provide the name, code, and direction of the language.</p>','','none'),(7530,'Continuing on','','none'),(7531,'<p>This page provides the ability to edit a language on your site, including custom languages.</p>','','none'),(7532,'<p>You cannot change the code of a language on the site, since it is used by the system to keep track of the language.</p>','','none'),(7533,'<p>The language name is used throughout the site for all users and is written in English. Names of built-in languages can be translated using the Interface Translation module, and names of both built-in and custom languages can be translated using the Configuration Translation module.</p>','','none'),(7534,'<p>Choose if the language is a \"Left to right\" or \"Right to left\" language.</p><p>Note that not all themes support \"Right to left\" layouts, so test your theme if you are using \"Right to left\".</p>','','none'),(7535,'<p>The \"Languages\" page allows you to add, edit, delete, and reorder languages for the site.</p>','','none'),(7536,'<p>To add more languages to your site, click the \"Add language\" button.</p><p>Added languages will be displayed in the language list and can then be edited or deleted.</p>','','none'),(7537,'Reordering languages','','none'),(7538,'<p>To reorder the languages on your site, use the drag icons next to each language.</p><p>The order shown here is the display order for language lists on the site such as in the language switcher blocks provided by the Interface Translation and Content Translation modules.</p><p>When you are done with reordering the languages, click the \"Save configuration\" button for the changes to take effect.</p>','','none'),(7539,'Set a language as default','','none'),(7540,'<p>You can change the default language of the site by choosing one of your configured languages as default. The site will use the default language in situations where no choice is made but a language should be set, for example as the language of the displayed interface.</p>','','none'),(7541,'Modifying languages','','none'),(7542,'<p>Operations are provided for editing and deleting your languages.</p><p>You can edit the name and the direction of the language.</p><p>Deleted languages can be added back at a later time. Deleting a language will remove all interface translations associated with it, and content in this language will be set to be language neutral. Note that you cannot delete the default language of the site.</p>','','none'),(7543,'Choose the language you want to translate.','','none'),(7544,'Enter the specific word or sentence you want to translate, you can also write just a part of a word.','','none'),(7545,'Filter the search','','none'),(7546,'You can search for untranslated strings if you want to translate something that isn\'t translated yet. If you want to modify an existing translation, you might want to search only for translated strings.','','none'),(7547,'Apply your search criteria','','none'),(7548,'To apply your search criteria, click on the <em>Filter</em> button.','','none'),(7549,'You can write your own translation in the text fields of the right column. Try to figure out in which context the text will be used in order to translate it in the appropriate way.','','none'),(7550,'Validate the translation','','none'),(7551,'When you have finished your translations, click on the <em>Save translations</em> button. You must save your translations, each time before changing the page or making a new search.','','none'),(7552,'{{ arguments.created_year_month }}','','9.3.0'),(7553,'Find and manage content','','9.3.0'),(7554,'Welcome to [site:name]','','9.3.0'),(7555,'{{ arguments.tid }}','','9.3.0'),(7556,'Name or email contains','','9.3.0'),(7557,'A list of new users','','9.3.0'),(7558,'There are currently @total users online.','','9.3.0'),(7559,'There are currently 0 users online.','','9.3.0'),(7560,'A list of users that are currently logged in.','','9.3.0'),(7561,'Manage view settings','','none'),(7562,'View or edit the configuration.','','none'),(7563,'Displays in this view','','none'),(7564,'A display is a way of outputting the results, e.g., as a page or a block. A view can contain multiple displays, which are listed here. The active display is highlighted.','','none'),(7565,'View administration','','none'),(7566,'Perform administrative tasks, including adding a description and creating a clone. Click the drop-down button to view the available options.','','none'),(7567,'Choose how to output results. E.g., choose <em>Content</em> to output each item completely, using your configured display settings. Or choose <em>Fields</em>, which allows you to output only specific fields for each result. Additional formats can be added by installing modules to <em>extend</em> Drupal\'s base functionality.','','none'),(7568,'If this view uses fields, they are listed here. You can click on a field to configure it.','','none'),(7569,'Filter your view','','none'),(7570,'Add filters to limit the results in the output. E.g., to only show content that is <em>published</em>, you would add a filter for <em>Published</em> and select <em>Yes</em>.','','none'),(7571,'Filter actions','','none'),(7572,'Add, rearrange or remove filters.','','none'),(7573,'Control the order in which the results are output. Click on an active sort rule to configure it.','','none'),(7574,'Sort actions','','none'),(7575,'Add, rearrange or remove sorting rules.','','none'),(7576,'Show a preview of the view output.','','none'),(7577,'A list of classes that will be provided in the \"Styles\" dropdown. Enter one or more classes on each line in the format: element.classA.classB|Label. Example: h1.title|Title. Advanced example: h1.fancy.title|Fancy title.<br />These styles should be available in your theme\'s CSS file.','','9.3.0'),(7578,'The English name of the language.','','none'),(7579,'The native name of the language.','','none'),(7580,'The language direction. (0 = LTR, 1 = RTL)','','none'),(7581,'Whether the language is enabled.','','none'),(7582,'PHP formula to get plural indexes.','','none'),(7583,'Path prefix used for this language.','','none'),(7584,'The language weight when listed.','','none'),(7585,'Location of the JavaScript translation file.','','none'),(7586,'Mismatched entity and/or field definitions','','none'),(7587,'Fallback sort expose settings','','none'),(7588,'Leave blank for all. Otherwise, the first selected term will be the default instead of \"Any\".','','9.3.0'),(7589,'width @data.width','','9.3.0'),(7590,'height @data.height','','9.3.0'),(7591,'Administer workflows','','none'),(7592,'This entity (%type: %label) cannot be referenced.','','none'),(7593,'This entity (%type: %id) cannot be referenced.','','none'),(7594,'Content type where this field is in use.','','none'),(7595,'File Validation','Validation','none'),(7596,'The alias %alias could not be added because it is already in use in this language with different capitalization: %stored_alias.','','none'),(7597,'A default base theme using Drupal 8.0.0\'s core markup and CSS.','','none'),(7598,'There are no changes to import.','','none'),(7599,'Another request may be importing configuration already.','','none'),(7600,'Importing configuration','','none'),(7601,'Configuration import has encountered an error.','','none'),(7602,'The configuration import failed for the following reasons:','','none'),(7603,'BigPipe','','none'),(7604,'Current workspace','','none'),(7605,'Workspace switcher','','none'),(7606,'HEAD method settings','','none'),(7607,'PUT method settings','','none'),(7608,'Delete transition','','none'),(7609,'Update any media','','9.3.0'),(7610,'Delete media','','9.4.5'),(7611,'Delete any media','','9.3.0'),(7612,'Media name','','9.3.0'),(7613,'Media revisions','','9.3.0'),(7614,'Field with source information','','9.3.0'),(7615,'Install configuration','','none'),(7616,'The following changes were detected in the entity type and field definitions. @updates','','none'),(7617,'Show &mdash; @configuration.label','','none'),(7618,'Hide &mdash; @configuration.label','','none'),(7619,'BigPipe no-JS check','','none'),(7620,'Session exists','','none'),(7621,'Add workspace','','none'),(7622,'Workspaces','','none'),(7623,'Create and manage workspaces.','','none'),(7624,'Administer workspaces','','none'),(7625,'Edit workspace %label','','none'),(7626,'Workspace ID','','none'),(7627,'Workspace %info has been created.','','none'),(7628,'Workspace %info has been updated.','','none'),(7629,'The workspace could not be saved.','','none'),(7630,'The workspace ID.','','none'),(7631,'@bundle_type is @bundles or @last','','none'),(7632,'@bundle_type is @bundle','','none'),(7633,'text format','','none'),(7634,'Default configuration hash','','none'),(7635,'Label of the action','','none'),(7636,'The first mlid in the materialized path. If N = depth, then pN must equal the mlid. If depth > 1 then p(N-1) must equal the parent link mlid. All pX where X > depth must equal zero. The columns p1 .. p9 are also called the parents.','','none'),(7637,'Authored on @date','','9.4.5'),(7638,'Enter the value for the sizes attribute, for example: %example_sizes.','','none'),(7639,'Unique machine name of the vocabulary.','','none'),(7640,'Field %field set in %filter is not usable for this filter type. Combined field filter only works for simple fields.','','none'),(7641,'Account %name has been deleted.','','9.3.0'),(7642,'Renders an entity in a view mode.','','9.3.11'),(7643,'Add @entity-type','','9.3.0'),(7644,'Revision create time','','9.4.5'),(7645,'Is default revision','','none'),(7646,'The moderation state of this piece of content.','','none'),(7647,'Moderation control','','none'),(7648,'Revisions must be required when moderation is enabled.','','none'),(7649,'Revisions are required.','','none'),(7650,'The moderation state has been updated.','','none'),(7651,'When content reaches this state it should be published.','','none'),(7652,'Default revision','','9.4.5'),(7653,'When content reaches this state it should be made the default revision; this is implied for published states.','','none'),(7654,'Valid moderation state','Validation','none'),(7655,'Field identifier','','none'),(7656,'Scale','decimal places','none'),(7657,'If this style is in use on the site, you may select another style to replace it. All images that have been generated for this style will be permanently deleted. If no replacement style is selected, the dependent configurations might need manual reconfiguration.','','9.3.0'),(7658,'All images that have been generated for this style will be permanently deleted. The dependent configurations might need manual reconfiguration.','','none'),(7659,'- No replacement -','','9.3.0'),(7660,'Antigua & Barbuda','','9.3.0'),(7661,'Divider','','9.3.0'),(7662,'The BigPipe module sends pages with dynamic content in a way that allows browsers to show them much faster. For more information, see the <a href=\":big_pipe-documentation\">online documentation for the BigPipe module</a>.','','none'),(7663,'The module requires no configuration. Every part of the page contains metadata that allows BigPipe to figure this out on its own.','','none'),(7664,'Size of email field','','none'),(7665,'Did not save to map table due to NULL value for key field @field','','none'),(7666,'A boolean indicating whether the node is visible on the front page.','','9.3.11'),(7667,'A boolean indicating whether the node should sort to the top of content lists.','','9.3.11'),(7668,'Default argument validator','','none'),(7669,'The %handler_type %handler uses a relationship that has been removed.','','none'),(7670,'Operations on Unicode strings are emulated on a best-effort basis. Install the <a href=\"http://php.net/mbstring\">PHP mbstring extension</a> for improved Unicode support.','','none'),(7671,'Multibyte string function overloading in PHP is active and must be disabled. Check the php.ini <em>mbstring.func_overload</em> setting. Please refer to the <a href=\"http://php.net/mbstring\">PHP mbstring documentation</a> for more information.','','none'),(7672,'Multibyte string input conversion in PHP is active and must be disabled. Check the php.ini <em>mbstring.encoding_translation</em> setting. Please refer to the <a href=\"http://php.net/mbstring\">PHP mbstring documentation</a> for more information.','','none'),(7673,'The %entity_type entity type needs to be installed.','','none'),(7674,'The %entity_type entity type needs to be updated.','','none'),(7675,'The %field_name field needs to be installed.','','none'),(7676,'The %field_name field needs to be updated.','','none'),(7677,'The %field_name field needs to be uninstalled.','','none'),(7678,'Custom text: @true_label / @false_label','','none'),(7679,'Display: @true_label / @false_label','','none'),(7680,'An icon that links to the feed URL','','none'),(7681,'Parent website of the feed.','','none'),(7682,'Parent website\'s description of the feed.','','none'),(7683,'Check my spelling as I type','','none'),(7684,'By default, CKEditor is configured to leverage your browser\'s spell check capability. Make sure your browser\'s spell checker is enabled in your browser\'s settings. To access suggested corrections for misspelled words, it may be necessary to hold the <em>Control</em> or <em>command</em> (Mac) key while right-clicking the misspelling.','','none'),(7685,'Language list ID','','none'),(7686,'United Nations\' official languages','','9.3.0'),(7687,'All @count languages','','9.3.0'),(7688,'The list of languages to show in the language dropdown. The basic list will only show the <a href=\":url\">six official languages of the UN</a>. The extended list will show all @count languages that are available in Drupal.','','9.3.0'),(7689,'There is not enough memory available to PHP to change this theme\'s color scheme. You need at least %size more. Check the <a href=\"http://php.net/manual/ini.core.php#ini.sect.resource-limits\">PHP documentation</a> for more information.','','none'),(7690,'The GD library for PHP is enabled, but was compiled without PNG support. Check the <a href=\"http://php.net/manual/ref.image.php\">PHP image documentation</a> for information on how to correct this.','','none'),(7691,'The GD library for PHP is missing or outdated. Check the <a href=\"http://php.net/manual/book.image.php\">PHP image documentation</a> for information on how to correct this.','','none'),(7692,'Completed step @current of @total.','','none'),(7693,'This site has only a single language enabled. <a href=\":language_url\">Add at least one more language</a> in order to translate content.','','9.3.0'),(7694,'Describe a time by reference to the current day, like \'+90 days\' (90 days from the day the field is created) or \'+1 Saturday\' (the next Saturday). See <a href=\"http://php.net/manual/function.strtotime.php\">strtotime</a> for more details.','','none'),(7695,'The type of the log entry, for example \"user\" or \"page not found\".','','none'),(7696,'The %field_type_label field type is used in the following field: @fieldsThe %field_type_label field type is used in the following fields: @fields','','9.3.11'),(7697,'File MIME Type','','none'),(7698,'Hypermedia APIs are a style of Web API that uses URIs to identify resources and the <a href=\"http://wikipedia.org/wiki/Link_relation\">link relations</a> between them, enabling API consumers to follow links to discover API functionality.','','none'),(7699,'This module is experimental. <a href=\":url\">Experimental modules</a> are provided for testing purposes only. Use at your own risk.','','none'),(7700,'You can also configure a minimum and/or maximum resolution for uploaded images. Images that are too small will be rejected. Images that are to large will be resized. During the resizing the <a href=\"http://wikipedia.org/wiki/Exchangeable_image_file_format\">EXIF data</a> in the image will be lost.','','none'),(7701,'The maximum allowed image size expressed as WIDTH×HEIGHT (e.g. 640×480). Leave blank for no restriction. If a larger image is uploaded, it will be resized to reflect the given width and height. Resizing images on upload will cause the loss of <a href=\"http://wikipedia.org/wiki/Exchangeable_image_file_format\">EXIF data</a> in the image.','','9.3.0'),(7702,'The Language module allows you to configure the languages used on your site, and provides information for the <a href=\":content\">Content Translation</a>, <a href=\":interface\">Interface Translation</a>, and <a href=\":configuration\">Configuration Translation</a> modules, if they are enabled. For more information, see the <a href=\":doc_url\">online documentation for the Language module</a>.','','none'),(7703,'The domain names to use for these languages. <strong>Modifying this value may break existing URLs. Use with caution in a production environment.</strong> Example: Specifying \"de.example.com\" as language domain for German will result in a URL like \"http://de.example.com/contact\".','','9.3.0'),(7704,'URL query key value pairs','','none'),(7705,'URL fragment','','none'),(7706,'Operation stopped by request','','none'),(7707,'Operation on @migration failed','','none'),(7708,'Operation on @migration skipped due to unfulfilled dependencies','','none'),(7709,'Currently upgrading @migration (@current of @max total tasks)','','none'),(7710,'Upgrade process not completed','','none'),(7711,'Congratulations, you upgraded Drupal!','','none'),(7712,'Review the detailed upgrade log','','none'),(7713,'Source ID @source_id: @message','','none'),(7714,'Completed 1 upgrade task successfullyCompleted @count upgrade tasks successfully','','none'),(7715,'1 upgrade failed@count upgrades failed','','none'),(7716,'Put this site into <a href=\":url\">maintenance mode</a>.','','none'),(7717,'Source database','','none'),(7718,'Provide credentials for the database of the Drupal site you want to upgrade.','','none'),(7719,'Source files','','none'),(7720,'Review upgrade','','none'),(7721,'Perform upgrade','','none'),(7722,'Running upgrade','','none'),(7723,'Control which roles can \"View the administration theme\" on the <a href=\":permissions\">Permissions page</a>.','','9.3.13'),(7724,'Create and manage fields, forms, and display settings for your content.','','9.4.5'),(7725,'The language code of the URL alias.','','none'),(7726,'The Syslog module logs events by sending messages to the logging facility of your web server\'s operating system. Syslog is an operating system administrative logging tool that provides valuable information for use in system management and security auditing. Most suited to medium and large sites, Syslog provides filtering tools that allow messages to be routed by type and severity. For more information, see the <a href=\":syslog\">online documentation for the Syslog module</a>, as well as PHP\'s documentation pages for the <a href=\"http://php.net/manual/function.openlog.php\">openlog</a> and <a href=\"http://php.net/manual/function.syslog.php\">syslog</a> functions.','','none'),(7727,'Experimental modules found: %module_list. <a href=\":url\">Experimental modules</a> are provided for testing purposes only. Use at your own risk.','','none'),(7728,'PHP OPcode caching can improve your site\'s performance considerably. It is <strong>highly recommended</strong> to have <a href=\"http://php.net/manual/opcache.installation.php\" target=\"_blank\">OPcache</a> installed on your server.','','9.3.13'),(7729,'Protection disabled','','none'),(7730,'Experimental modules','','none'),(7731,'Are you sure you wish to enable experimental modules?','','9.3.0'),(7732,'<a href=\":url\">Experimental modules</a> are provided for testing purposes only. Use at your own risk.','','9.3.0'),(7733,'The following modules are experimental: @modules','','9.3.0'),(7734,'The GD Library for PHP is enabled, but was compiled without support for functions used by the rotate and desaturate effects. It was probably compiled using the official GD libraries from http://www.libgd.org instead of the GD library bundled with PHP. You should recompile PHP --with-gd using the bundled GD library. See <a href=\"http://php.net/manual/book.image.php\">the PHP manual</a>.','','none'),(7735,'The vocabulary name.','','none'),(7736,'Name (autocomplete)','','9.3.0'),(7737,'The user or author name. Uses an autocomplete widget to find a user name, the actual filter uses the resulting user ID.','','9.3.0'),(7738,'When printing URL paths, how to transform the case of the filter value. Do not use this unless with Postgres as it uses case sensitive comparisons.','','none'),(7739,'Specify which display or custom URL this display will link to.','','9.3.0'),(7740,'This will add a more link to the bottom of this view, which will link to the page view. If you have more than one page view, the link will point to the display specified in \'Link display\' section under pager. You can override the URL at the link display setting.','','none'),(7741,'When printing URL paths, how to transform the case of the filter value.','','9.3.0'),(7742,'This will appear in the URL after the ? to identify this filter. Cannot be blank. Only letters, digits and the dot (\".\"), hyphen (\"-\"), underscore (\"_\"), and tilde (\"~\") characters are allowed.','','9.3.0'),(7743,'This identifier has illegal characters.','','none'),(7744,'The field that is going to be used as the OPML URL attribute for each row.','','none'),(7745,'[user:display-name],\n\nYour account on [site:name] has been blocked.\n\n--  [site:name] team','','9.3.0'),(7746,'Module Permissions','','none'),(7747,'workspace','','none'),(7748,'Activate Workspace','','none'),(7749,'Would you like to activate the %workspace workspace?','','none'),(7750,'The workspace name.','','none'),(7751,'The workspace owner.','','none'),(7752,'The time that the workspace was last edited.','','none'),(7753,'The user ID of the user on which the log entry was written.','','none'),(7754,'Bundle assigned to the auto-created entities.','','none'),(7755,'Add a new @entity_type.','','none'),(7756,'There is no @entity_type yet. @add_link','','none'),(7757,'Store new items in','','none'),(7758,'Users with the <em>Administer blocks</em> permission can create and edit custom block types with fields and display settings, from the <a href=\":types\">Block types</a> page in the Custom block library. For more information about managing fields and display settings, see the <a href=\":field-ui\">Field UI module help</a>.','','none'),(7759,'Users with the <em>Administer blocks</em> permission can create, edit, and delete custom blocks of each defined custom block type, from the <a href=\":block-library\">Blocks</a> page in the Custom block library. After creating a block, place it in a region from the <a href=\":blocks\">Block layout</a> page; see the <a href=\":block_help\">Block module help</a> for more information about placing blocks.','','none'),(7760,'Blocks in the block library belong to <a href=\":types\">Custom block types</a>, each with its own fields and display settings. After creating a block, place it in a region from the <a href=\":blocks\">Block layout</a> page.','','none'),(7761,'Each block type has its own fields and display settings. Create blocks of each type on the <a href=\":block-library\">Blocks</a> page in the custom block library.','','none'),(7762,'Describe this comment type. The text will be displayed on the <em>Comment types</em> administration overview page.','','none'),(7763,'For more information, refer to the help listed on this page or to the <a href=\":docs\">online documentation</a> and <a href=\":support\">support</a> pages at <a href=\":drupal\">drupal.org</a>.','','none'),(7764,'There is currently nothing in this section.','','none'),(7765,'Module overviews','','none'),(7766,'Module overviews are provided by modules. Overviews available for your installed modules:','','none'),(7767,'A serialized array of options to set on the URL, such as a query string or HTML attributes.','','none'),(7768,'Source database does not contain a recognizable Drupal version.','','none'),(7769,'The System module provides pages for managing basic site configuration, including <a href=\":date-time-settings\">Date and time formats</a> and <a href=\":site-info\">Basic site settings</a> (site name, email address to send mail from, home page, and error pages). Additional configuration pages are listed on the main <a href=\":config\">Configuration page</a>.','','none'),(7770,'Basic site settings','','9.4.5'),(7771,'Select and configure themes.','','9.4.5'),(7772,'Configure the location of uploaded files and how they are accessed.','','9.4.5'),(7773,'Configure the site description, the number of items per feed, and whether feeds should be titles/teasers/full-text.','','9.4.5'),(7774,'Configure and use development tools.','','9.4.5'),(7775,'Take the site offline for updates and other maintenance tasks.','','9.4.5'),(7776,'Configure caching and bandwidth optimization.','','9.4.5'),(7777,'Configure the display of error messages and database logging.','','9.4.5'),(7778,'Configure regional settings, localization, and translation.','','9.4.5'),(7779,'Configure the locale and timezone settings.','','9.4.5'),(7780,'Configure how dates and times are displayed.','','9.4.5'),(7781,'Configure site search, metadata, and search engine optimization.','','9.4.5'),(7782,'Configure basic site settings, actions, and cron.','','9.4.5'),(7783,'Configure the administrative user interface.','','9.4.5'),(7784,'Manage the content workflow.','','9.4.5'),(7785,'Configure content formatting and authoring.','','9.4.5'),(7786,'Get a status report about your site\'s operation.','','9.4.5'),(7787,'Tours','','none'),(7788,'Tours guide you through workflows or explain concepts on various user interface pages. The tours with links in this list are on user interface landing pages; the tours without links will show on individual pages (such as when editing a View using the Views UI module). Available tours:','','none'),(7789,'Delete @entity_type','','none'),(7790,'View the latest version','','none'),(7791,'Allowed Tags','','none'),(7792,'@count @label@count @label entities','Entity type label','none'),(7793,'Changed year + month','','none'),(7794,'Changed year','','none'),(7795,'Changed month','','none'),(7796,'Changed day','','none'),(7797,'Changed week','','none'),(7798,'content item','','9.3.0'),(7799,'content items','','9.3.11'),(7800,'Create a new workspace','','none'),(7801,'View any workspace','','none'),(7802,'Edit own workspace','','none'),(7803,'Edit any workspace','','none'),(7804,'Delete own workspace','','none'),(7805,'Delete any workspace','','none'),(7806,'Bypass content entity access in own workspace','','none'),(7807,'Allow all Edit/Update/Delete permissions for all content entities in a workspace owned by the user.','','none'),(7808,'Is Latest Revision','','9.3.0'),(7809,'Restrict the view to only revisions that are the latest revision of their entity.','','9.3.0'),(7810,'Sends pages using the BigPipe technique that allows browsers to show them much faster.','','9.4.1'),(7811,'The Migrate Drupal UI module has been enabled. Proceed to the <a href=\":url\">upgrade form</a>.','','none'),(7812,'Migrate Drupal UI','','none'),(7813,'Provides a user interface for migrating from older Drupal versions.','','9.4.1'),(7814,'Queue thumbnail downloads','','9.3.0'),(7815,'Save media','','9.3.0'),(7816,'Thumbnail downloader','','none'),(7817,'Parent path','','none'),(7818,'Selected combination of day and month is not valid.','','none'),(7819,'Another user (%other_user) is already logged into the site on this computer, but you tried to use a one-time link for user %resetting_user. Please <a href=\":logout\">log out</a> and try using the link again.','','none'),(7820,'The import failed with the following message: %message','','none'),(7821,'Use multiple @tag tags, each with a single source.','','none'),(7822,'Use multiple sources within a single @tag tag.','','none'),(7823,'Size: %width x %height pixels','','9.3.0'),(7824,'Numeric values from the statistics module','','none'),(7825,'The most recent time the node has been viewed','','none'),(7826,'Media Embed','','none'),(7827,'Expand all menu links','','none'),(7828,'Parent menu link','','9.3.11'),(7829,'Configuration entities','','none'),(7830,'Publish media','','9.3.0'),(7831,'Unpublish media','','9.3.0'),(7832,'Determines if a password needs hashing','','none'),(7833,'There is @count entity with @delta or more values in this field.There are @count entities with @delta or more values in this field.','','none'),(7834,'The upload directory %directory for the file field %name could not be created or is not accessible. A newly uploaded file could not be saved in this directory as a consequence, and the upload was canceled.','','none'),(7835,'Multilingual support.','','none'),(7836,'Lock language.','','none'),(7837,'%type: @message in %function (line %line of %file) @backtrace_string.','','9.3.0'),(7838,'Starting execution of @module_cron().','','none'),(7839,'Starting execution of @module_cron(), execution of @module_previous_cron() took @time.','','none'),(7840,'Execution of @module_previous_cron() took @time.','','none'),(7841,'There is content for the entity type: @entity_type. <a href=\":url\">Remove @entity_type_plural</a>.','','9.3.11'),(7842,'Place Blocks','','none'),(7843,'The book page node.','','none'),(7844,'Book Parent','','none'),(7845,'Page has Children','','none'),(7846,'Flag indicating whether this book page has children','','none'),(7847,'Has Children','','none'),(7848,'1st parent','','none'),(7849,'2nd parent','','none'),(7850,'3rd parent','','none'),(7851,'4th parent','','none'),(7852,'5th parent','','none'),(7853,'6th parent','','none'),(7854,'7th parent','','none'),(7855,'8th parent','','none'),(7856,'9th parent','','none'),(7857,'The @parent of book node.','','none'),(7858,'Book @parent','','none'),(7859,'Add content and child pages to books and manage their hierarchies.','','none'),(7860,'Top Level Book from current node','','none'),(7861,'Each style must have a unique label.','','none'),(7862,'View display \'@id\': Comment field formatter \'@name\' was disabled because it is using the comment view display \'@display\' (@mode) that was just disabled.','','none'),(7863,'The comment entity view mode to be used in this formatter','','none'),(7864,'Comments view mode','','none'),(7865,'Select the view mode used to show the list of comments.','','none'),(7866,'Comment view mode: @mode','','none'),(7867,'@name: @langcode','','none'),(7868,'The configuration objects have different language codes so they cannot be translated:','','none'),(7869,'Message displayed to user on submission','','none'),(7870,'Redirect path on submission','','none'),(7871,'The message to display to the user after submission of this form. Leave blank for no message.','','none'),(7872,'Path to redirect the user to after submission of this form. For example, type \"/about\" to redirect to that page. Use a relative path with a slash in front.','','none'),(7873,'The path should start with /.','','none'),(7874,'Use custom display settings for the following @display_context modes','','9.3.11'),(7875,'Manage form modes','','9.3.0'),(7876,'Storing files','','none'),(7877,'Let scale make images larger than their original size.','','9.3.0'),(7878,'To import files from your current Drupal site, enter a local file directory containing your site (e.g. /var/www/docroot), or your site address (for example http://example.com).','','none'),(7879,'Use administration theme when editing or creating content','','none'),(7880,'Set as current revision','','none'),(7881,'Specify an alternative path by which this data can be accessed. For example, type \"/about\" when writing an about page.','','9.4.5'),(7882,'Administer REST resource configuration','','9.3.0'),(7883,'Supported methods','','none'),(7884,'Supported authentication providers','','none'),(7885,'REST resource config','','none'),(7886,'REST resource config ID','','none'),(7887,'REST resource plugin id','','none'),(7888,'REST resource configuration granularity','','none'),(7889,'REST resource configuration','','9.3.0'),(7890,'Authentication Provider','','none'),(7891,'No authentication is set','','9.3.0'),(7892,'The supported authentication methods for this view','','none'),(7893,'Control default display settings for your site, across all themes. Use theme-specific settings to override these defaults.','','none'),(7894,'administration theme','','9.3.13'),(7895,'Are you sure you want to delete all @entity_type_plural?','','none'),(7896,'This action cannot be undone.<br />Make a backup of your database if you want to be able to restore these items.','','none'),(7897,'Delete all @entity_type_plural','','none'),(7898,'There are 0 @entity_type_plural to delete.','','none'),(7899,'Deleting @entity_type_plural','','none'),(7900,'Deleting items... Completed @percentage% (@current of @total).','','none'),(7901,'All @entity_type_plural have been deleted.','','none'),(7902,'And <strong>@count</strong> more @entity_type_singular.And <strong>@count</strong> more @entity_type_plural.','','none'),(7903,'This will delete <strong>@count</strong> @entity_type_singular.This will delete <strong>@count</strong> @entity_type_plural.','','none'),(7904,'Page element display','','9.3.11'),(7905,'Use the logo supplied by the theme','','9.3.11'),(7906,'Your shortcut icon, or favicon, is displayed in the address bar and bookmarks of most browsers.','','9.3.11'),(7907,'Use the favicon supplied by the theme','','9.3.11'),(7908,'Upload favicon image','','9.3.11'),(7909,'Apply to selected items','','9.4.5'),(7910,'Access tours','','none'),(7911,'Recommendations to make your password stronger:','','9.3.13'),(7912,'Unrecognized username or password. <a href=\":password\">Forgot your password?</a>','','9.4.5'),(7913,'Combine multiple fields together and search by them.','','9.3.0'),(7914,'Field %field set in %filter is not set in display %display.','','none'),(7915,'%display: %filter can only be used on displays that use fields. Set the style or row format for that display to one using fields to use the combine field filter.','','none'),(7916,'A label is required for the specified operator.','','none'),(7917,'A label is required if the value for this item is defined.','','none'),(7918,'A value is required if the label for this item is defined.','','none'),(7919,'Leave empty to show all pages.','','9.3.0'),(7920,'Add the default row classes like @classes to the output. You can use this to quickly reduce the amount of markup the view provides by default, at the cost of making it more difficult to apply CSS.','','9.3.0'),(7921,'Views can be created from the <a href=\":list\">Views list page</a> by using the \"Add view\" action. Existing views can be managed from the <a href=\":list\">Views list page</a> by locating the view in the \"Enabled\" or \"Disabled\" list and selecting the desired operation action, for example \"Edit\".','','none'),(7922,'responsive image styles','','none'),(7923,'Status listing and form for the entity\'s moderation state.','','none'),(7924,'The username of the entity creator.','','none'),(7925,'The moderation state of the referenced content.','','none'),(7926,'Content entity type ID','','none'),(7927,'The ID of the content entity type this moderation state is for.','','none'),(7928,'Content entity ID','','none'),(7929,'The ID of the content entity this moderation state is for.','','none'),(7930,'Content entity revision ID','','none'),(7931,'The revision ID of the content entity this moderation state is for.','','none'),(7932,'Content moderation state','','none'),(7933,'content moderation state','','none'),(7934,'content moderation states','','none'),(7935,'Invalid state transition from %from to %to','','none'),(7936,'An automated attempt to create the directory %directory failed, possibly due to a permissions problem. To proceed with the installation, either create the directory and modify its permissions manually or ensure that the installer has the permissions to create it automatically. For more information, see INSTALL.txt or the <a href=\":handbook_url\">online handbook</a>.','','none'),(7937,'The Datetime Range module provides a Date field that stores start dates and times, as well as end dates and times. See the <a href=\":field\">Field module help</a> and the <a href=\":field_ui\">Field UI module help</a> pages for general information on fields and how to create and manage them. For more information, see the <a href=\":datetime_do\">online documentation for the Datetime Range module</a>.','','none'),(7938,'Datetime Range','','none'),(7939,'Provides the ability to store end dates.','','9.4.1'),(7940,'Date range settings','','none'),(7941,'Default start date type','','none'),(7942,'Default start date value','','none'),(7943,'Default end date type','','none'),(7944,'Default end date value','','none'),(7945,'Date range default display format settings','','none'),(7946,'Date range plain display format settings','','none'),(7947,'Date range custom display format settings','','none'),(7948,'Date range select list display format settings','','none'),(7949,'Date separator','','none'),(7950,'The string to separate the start and end dates','','none'),(7951,'Separator: %separator','','none'),(7952,'Default start date','','none'),(7953,'Set a default value for the start date.','','none'),(7954,'Set a default value for the end date.','','none'),(7955,'The relative start date value entered is invalid.','','none'),(7956,'The relative end date value entered is invalid.','','none'),(7957,'Start date value','','none'),(7958,'Computed start date','','none'),(7959,'The computed start DateTime object.','','none'),(7960,'End date value','','none'),(7961,'Computed end date','','none'),(7962,'The computed end DateTime object.','','none'),(7963,'Create and store date ranges.','','none'),(7964,'Date and time range','','none'),(7965,'The @title end date cannot be before the start date','','none'),(7966,'Log data is corrupted and cannot be unserialized: @message','','none'),(7967,'- Skip field -','','9.3.0'),(7968,'Administrators can add, edit, and delete feeds, and choose how often to check each feed for newly updated items on the <a href=\":feededit\">Aggregator administration page</a>.','','none'),(7969,'Administrators can choose how many items are displayed in the listing pages, which HTML tags are allowed in the content of feed items, and whether they should be trimmed to a maximum number of characters on the <a href=\":settings\">Aggregator settings page</a>.','','none'),(7970,'Administrators can choose whether to discard feed items that are older than a specified period of time on the <a href=\":settings\">Aggregator settings page</a>. This requires a correctly configured cron maintenance task (see below).','','none'),(7971,'Block Layout','','none'),(7972,'Settings Tray','','none'),(7973,'Save @block','','none'),(7974,'Specify pages by using their paths. Enter one path per line. The \'*\' character is a wildcard. An example path is %user-wildcard for every user page. %front is the front page.','','9.3.0'),(7975,'Configure Content Moderation permissions','','none'),(7976,'Upgraded @migration (processed 1 item total)Upgraded @migration (processed @count items total)','','none'),(7977,'Continuing with @migration (processed 1 item)Continuing with @migration (processed @count items)','','none'),(7978,'Provides a way for modules or themes to register layouts.','','9.4.1'),(7979,'Error sending auto-reply, missing sender e-mail address in %contact_form','','none'),(7980,'random between -@degrees° and @degrees°','','none'),(7981,'The config object collection.','','none'),(7982,'The config object name.','','none'),(7983,'Serialized configuration object data.','','none'),(7984,'Testing missing dependencies','','none'),(7985,'Minimal profile for running a test when dependencies are listed but missing.','','none'),(7986,'<p>Now that you have an overview of the \"Add languages\" feature, you can continue by:<ul><li>Adding a language</li><li>Adding a custom language</li><li><a href=\"[site:url]admin/config/regional/language\">Viewing configured languages</a></li></ul></p>','','none'),(7987,'<p>Now that you have an overview of the \"Edit language\" feature, you can continue by:<ul><li>Editing a language</li><li><a href=\"[site:url]admin/config/regional/language\">Viewing configured languages</a></li></ul></p>','','none'),(7988,'<p>Now that you have an overview of the \"Languages\" page, you can continue by:<ul><li><a href=\"[site:url]admin/config/regional/language/add\">Adding a language</a></li><li>Reordering languages</li><li>Editing a language</li><li>Deleting a language</li></ul></p>','','none'),(7989,'This page allows you to translate the user interface or modify existing translations. If you have installed your site initially in English, you must first add another language on the <a href=\"[site:url]admin/config/regional/language\">Languages page</a>, in order to use this page.','','none'),(7990,'The translations you have made here will be used on your site\'s user interface. If you want to use them on another site or modify them on an external translation editor, you can <a href=\"[site:url]admin/config/regional/translate/export\">export them</a> to a .po file and <a href=\"[site:url]admin/config/regional/translate/import\">import them</a> later.','','none'),(7991,'Find and manage media.','','9.3.0'),(7992,'Media thumbnail field display format settings','','none'),(7993,'Media source','','9.3.0'),(7994,'Region: @region','','none'),(7995,'The field ID.','','none'),(7996,'Last upgrade: @date','','none'),(7997,'Your server is capable of displaying file upload progress, but does not have the required libraries. It is recommended to install the <a href=\"http://pecl.php.net/package/uploadprogress\">PECL uploadprogress library</a>.','','9.3.13'),(7998,'Is front page','','none'),(7999,'Recipient email address','','none'),(8000,'You may also use tokens: [node:author:mail], [comment:author:mail], etc. Separate recipients with a comma.','','none'),(8001,'comment type','','none'),(8002,'comment types','','none'),(8003,'Preview sender message','','none'),(8004,'Configuring workflows','','none'),(8005,'The workflow the moderation state is in.','','none'),(8006,'@bundle @label were skipped as they are under moderation and may not be directly published.','','none'),(8007,'@bundle @label were skipped as they are under moderation and may not be directly unpublished.','','none'),(8008,'The Field Layout module allows you to arrange fields into regions on forms and displays of entities such as nodes and users.','','none'),(8009,'For more information, see the <a href=\":field-layout-documentation\">online documentation for the Field Layout module</a>.','','none'),(8010,'Field Layout','','none'),(8011,'Per-view-mode field layout settings','','none'),(8012,'Image URL formatter settings','','none'),(8013,'Drop file here or click to upload','','none'),(8014,'Uploading <i>@file</i>…','','none'),(8015,'A server error has occurred.','','none'),(8016,'The destination directory could not be created.','','none'),(8017,'The image failed validation.','','none'),(8018,'Layout Discovery allows modules or themes to register layouts, and for other modules to list the available layouts and render them.','','none'),(8019,'For more information, see the <a href=\":layout-discovery-documentation\">online documentation for the Layout Discovery module</a>.','','none'),(8020,'Layout Discovery cannot be installed because the Layout Plugin module is installed and incompatible.','','none'),(8021,'Layout Discovery','','none'),(8022,'Exited edit mode.','','none'),(8023,'RDF mapping item','','none'),(8024,'RDF mappings items','','none'),(8025,'The fallback image style is typically the smallest size image you expect to appear in this space. Because the responsive images module uses the Picturefill library so that responsive images can work in older browsers, the fallback image should only appear on a site if an error occurs.','','none'),(8026,'While you have the option to provide only one image style per breakpoint, the sizes option allows you to provide more options to browsers as to which image file it can display, even when using multiple breakpoints for art direction. Breakpoints are defined in the configuration files of the theme.','','none'),(8027,'Once the sizes option is selected, you can let the browser know the size of this image in relation to the site layout, using the <em>Sizes</em> field. For a hero image that always fills the entire screen, you could simply enter 100vw, which means 100% of the viewport width. For an image that fills 90% of the screen for small viewports, but only fills 40% of the screen when the viewport is larger than 40em (typically 640px), you could enter \"(min-width: 40em) 40vw, 90vw\" in the Sizes field. The last item in the comma-separated list is the smallest viewport size: other items in the comma-separated list should have a media condition paired with an image width. <em>Media conditions</em> are similar to a media query, often a min-width paired with a viewport width using em or px units: e.g. (min-width: 640px) or (min-width: 40em). This is paired with the <em>image width</em> at that viewport size using px, em or vw units. The vw unit is viewport width and is used instead of a percentage because the percentage always refers to the width of the entire viewport.','','none'),(8028,'These are the supported authentication providers for this view. When this view is requested, the client will be forced to authenticate with one of the selected providers. Make sure you set the appropriate requirements at the <em>Access</em> section since the Authentication System will fallback to the anonymous user if it fails to authenticate. For example: require Access: Role | Authenticated User.','','none'),(8029,'Random number generation','','9.3.13'),(8030,'Drupal is unable to generate highly randomized numbers, which means certain security features like password reset URLs are not as secure as they should be. Instead, only a slow, less-secure fallback generator is available. The most likely cause is that open_basedir restrictions are in effect and /dev/urandom is not on the whitelist. See the <a href=\":drupal-php\">system requirements</a> page for more information. %exception_message','','none'),(8031,'Drupal is unable to generate highly randomized numbers, which means certain security features like password reset URLs are not as secure as they should be. Instead, only a slow, less-secure fallback generator is available. See the <a href=\":drupal-php\">system requirements</a> page for more information. %exception_message','','none'),(8032,'Less secure','','none'),(8033,'Detailed cron logging','','none'),(8034,'Visitors will only see the maintenance mode message. Only users with the \"@permission-label\" <a href=\":permissions-url\">permission</a> will be able to access the site. Authorized users can log in directly via the <a href=\":user-login\">user login</a> page.','','none'),(8035,'Initial visibility level','','none'),(8036,'Number of levels to display','','none'),(8037,'This maximum number includes the initial level.','','none'),(8038,'Text editors (like CKEditor) may override this setting.','','none'),(8039,'Base default argument','','none'),(8040,'Filter by view name, machine name, description, or display path','','9.4.1'),(8041,'Enter a part of the view name, machine name, description, or display path to filter by.','','9.4.1'),(8042,'The Workflows module provides a UI and an API for creating workflows content. This lets site admins define workflows and their states, and then define transitions between those states. For more information, see the <a href=\":workflow\">online documentation for the Workflows module</a>.','','none'),(8043,'Configure workflows.','','none'),(8044,'Create and edit workflows.','','none'),(8045,'Edit state','','none'),(8046,'Edit transition','','none'),(8047,'From state IDs','','none'),(8048,'From state ID','','none'),(8049,'To state ID','','none'),(8050,'Created the %label Workflow. In order for the workflow to be enabled there needs to be at least one state.','','none'),(8051,'Workflow %label deleted.','','none'),(8052,'There are no states yet.','','none'),(8053,'This workflow has no states and will be disabled until there is at least one, <a href=\":add-state\">add a new state.</a>','','none'),(8054,'Add a new state','','none'),(8055,'There are no transitions yet.','','none'),(8056,'Add a new transition','','none'),(8057,'Saved the %label Workflow.','','none'),(8058,'Created %label state.','','none'),(8059,'Are you sure you want to delete %state from %workflow?','','none'),(8060,'State %label deleted.','','none'),(8061,'Saved %label state.','','none'),(8062,'The transition from %from to %to already exists.','','none'),(8063,'Created %label transition.','','none'),(8064,'Are you sure you want to delete %transition from %workflow?','','none'),(8065,'%transition transition deleted.','','none'),(8066,'Saved %label transition.','','none'),(8067,'Embed media','','9.3.0'),(8068,'Warnings found','','9.3.13'),(8069,'Errors found','','9.3.11'),(8070,'Profile field ID.','','none'),(8071,'Locales target language ID.','','none'),(8072,'Language for this field.','','none'),(8073,'Translation of either the title or explanation.','','none'),(8074,'Windows installation depth','','none'),(8075,'The public files directory path is %depth characters. Paths longer than 120 characters will cause problems on Windows.','','none'),(8076,'General System Information','','9.3.13'),(8077,'Created the %label Workflow.','','none'),(8078,'There are no transitions to or from this state yet.','','none'),(8079,'HAL settings','','none'),(8080,'The Migrate Drupal UI module provides a simple user interface to perform an upgrade from an earlier version of Drupal. For more information, see the <a href=\":migrate\">online documentation for the Migrate Drupal UI module</a>.','','none'),(8081,'Preparing the site','','none'),(8082,'You need to enable all modules on this site that are enabled on the previous site. For example, if you have used the Book module on the previous site then you must enable the Book module on this site for that data to be available on this site.','','none'),(8083,'Performing the upgrade','','none'),(8084,'On the <a href=\":upgrade\">Upgrade</a> page, you are guided through performing the upgrade in several steps.','','none'),(8085,'Reviewing the upgrade log','','none'),(8086,'You can review a <a href=\":log\">log of upgrade messages</a> by clicking the link in the message provided after the upgrade or by filtering the messages for the type <em>migrate_drupal_ui</em> on the <a href=\":messages\">Recent log messages</a> page.','','none'),(8087,'Rolling back an upgrade','','none'),(8088,'Rolling back an upgrade is not yet supported through the user interface.','','none'),(8089,'An intentionally plain theme with no styling to demonstrate default Drupal’s HTML and CSS. Learn how to build a custom theme from Stark in the <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/8/theming\">Theming Guide</a>.','','9.3.13'),(8090,'Sticky header','','9.3.0'),(8091,'Content editor','','none'),(8092,'A base theme with sensible default CSS classes added. Learn how to use Classy as a base theme in the <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/8/theming\">Drupal 8 Theming Guide</a>.','','none'),(8093,'There are no @label yet.','','9.3.0'),(8094,'Merge content','','none'),(8095,'Upgrade log','','none'),(8096,'Upgrade content and configuration from either a Drupal 6 or a Drupal 7 site.','','none'),(8097,'View the upgrade log.','','none'),(8098,'Quick edit settings','','none'),(8099,'TRACE method settings','','none'),(8100,'OPTIONS method settings','','none'),(8101,'CONNECT method settings','','none'),(8102,'Theme settings variable for a theme.','','none'),(8103,'The theme settings variable value.','','none'),(8104,'The user ID of the author.','','9.3.0'),(8105,'Object type for this string','','none'),(8106,'Drupal version of the source site','','none'),(8107,'To import public files from your current Drupal site, enter a local file directory containing your site (e.g. /var/www/docroot), or your site address (for example http://example.com).','','none'),(8108,'Source database is Drupal version @version but version @selected was selected.','','none'),(8109,'The term language.','','none'),(8110,'Translation ID.','','none'),(8111,'Name of property being translated.','','none'),(8112,'Featured Articles','','none'),(8113,'Advanced block options','','none'),(8114,'The %field date is incomplete.','','none'),(8115,'Include locked languages such as <em>Not specified</em> and <em>Not applicable</em>','','none'),(8116,'Universally Unique Identifier','Validation','none'),(8117,'1 block is available in the modified list.@count blocks are available in the modified list.','','9.3.0'),(8118,'The Custom Block module allows you to create and manage custom <em>block types</em> and <em>content-containing blocks</em> from the <a href=\":block-library\">Custom block library</a> page. Custom block types have fields; see the <a href=\":field-help\">Field module help</a> for more information. Once created, custom blocks can be placed in regions just like blocks provided by other modules; see the <a href=\":blocks\">Block module help</a> page for details. For more information, see the <a href=\":online-help\">online documentation for the Custom Block module</a>.','','none'),(8119,'Book outline.','Validation','none'),(8120,'You can only change the book outline for the <em>published</em> version of this content.','','none'),(8121,'Comment bulk form','','none'),(8122,'Commented entity','','none'),(8123,'Comment operations bulk form','','none'),(8124,'Add a form element that lets you run operations on multiple comments.','','none'),(8125,'Are you sure you want to delete this comment and all its children?Are you sure you want to delete these comments and all their children?','','none'),(8126,'Comment Permalink','','none'),(8127,'The moderation state @state_label is being used, but is not in the source storage.','','none'),(8128,'The workflow @workflow_label is being used, and cannot be deleted.','','none'),(8129,'All @entity_type types','','none'),(8130,'All @entity_type_plural_label','','none'),(8131,'This workflow applies to:','','none'),(8132,'There are no entity types.','','none'),(8133,'@bundle types','','none'),(8134,'State %state does not exist on %workflow workflow','','none'),(8135,'Datetime format valid for datetime type.','Validation','none'),(8136,'The field type.','','none'),(8137,'The field status.','','none'),(8138,'The field storage type.','','none'),(8139,'The module that implements the field storage type.','','none'),(8140,'The field storage status.','','none'),(8141,'The field data.','','none'),(8142,'The field instances.','','none'),(8143,'This field cardinality is set to unlimited and cannot be configured.','','none'),(8144,'This field cardinality is set to @cardinality and cannot be configured.','','none'),(8145,'Controls if unused files should be marked temporary','','none'),(8146,'Could not apply @style image style to @uri because the style does not support it.','','none'),(8147,'The Inline Form Errors module makes it easier for users to identify which errors need to be resolved by providing a summary of all errors and by placing the individual error messages next to the form elements themselves. For more information, see the <a href=\":inline_form_error\">online documentation for the Inline Form Errors module</a>.','','none'),(8148,'Displaying error messages','','none'),(8149,'When a form is not filled in correctly (for example, if a required field is left blank), a warning message is displayed at the top of the form. This message links to the affected form elements, and individual error messages are displayed next to each form element.','','none'),(8150,'Displaying error messages in browsers with HTML5 form validation','','none'),(8151,'In browsers that support HTML5 form validation, users will first see the error messages generated by their browser. In this case, the inline form error messages are only displayed after the HTML5 validation errors have been resolved.','','none'),(8152,'Places error messages adjacent to form inputs, for improved usability and accessibility.','','9.4.1'),(8153,'Language format settings','','none'),(8154,'Include locked languages','','none'),(8155,'Creating media items','','none'),(8156,'When a new media item is created, the Media module records basic information about it, including the author, date of creation, and the <a href=\":media-type\">media type</a>. It also manages the <em>publishing options</em>, which define whether or not the item is published. Default settings can be configured for each type of media on your site.','','none'),(8157,'Creating custom media types','','none'),(8158,'The Media module gives users with the <em>Administer media types</em> permission the ability to <a href=\":media-new\">create new media types</a> in addition to the default ones already configured. Each media type has an associated media source (such as the image source) which support thumbnail generation and metadata extraction. Fields managed by the <a href=\":field\">Field module</a> may be added for storing that metadata, such as width and height, as well as any other associated values.','','none'),(8159,'The Media module also enables you to create multiple versions of any media item, and revert to older versions using the <em>Revision information</em> settings.','','none'),(8160,'The Media module makes a number of permissions available, which can be set by role on the <a href=\":permissions\">permissions page</a>.','','none'),(8161,'Add media type','','9.4.5'),(8162,'Manage media types.','','9.4.5'),(8163,'Administer media types','','9.3.0'),(8164,'Update own media','','9.3.0'),(8165,'Delete own media','','9.3.0'),(8166,'View all media revisions','','9.3.0'),(8167,'To view a revision, you also need permission to view the media item.','','9.3.0'),(8168,'Full URI to a folder where the media icons will be installed','','none'),(8169,'Whether the thumbnail downloads should be queued','','none'),(8170,'Media source settings','','none'),(8171,'\"File\" media source configuration','','none'),(8172,'\"Image\" media source configuration','','none'),(8173,'Edit %type_label @label','','9.3.0'),(8174,'@type %label has been created.','','none'),(8175,'@type %label has been updated.','','none'),(8176,'@type: added %label.','','none'),(8177,'@type: updated %label.','','none'),(8178,'- Create -','','9.3.0'),(8179,'Select the field that will store essential information about the media item. If \"Create\" is selected a new field will be automatically created.','','9.3.0'),(8180,'%field_type field will be automatically created on this type to store the essential information about the media item.','','9.3.0'),(8181,'%field_name field is used to store the essential information about the media item.','','9.3.0'),(8182,'The human-readable name of this media type.','','9.3.0'),(8183,'A unique machine-readable name for this media type.','','9.3.0'),(8184,'Describe this media type. The text will be displayed on the <em>Add new media</em> page.','','9.3.0'),(8185,'Media source that is responsible for additional logic related to this media type.','','9.3.0'),(8186,'Media source configuration','','9.3.0'),(8187,'Media sources can provide metadata fields such as title, caption, size information, credits, etc. Media can automatically save this metadata information to entity fields, which can be configured below. Information will only be mapped if the entity field is empty.','','9.3.0'),(8188,'Media will be automatically published when created.','','9.3.0'),(8189,'Automatically create new revisions. Users with the \"Administer media\" permission will be able to override this option.','','9.3.0'),(8190,'Download thumbnails via a queue. When using remote media sources, the thumbnail generation could be a slow process. Using a queue allows for this process to be handled in the background.','','9.3.0'),(8191,'The media type %name has been updated.','','9.3.0'),(8192,'The media type %name has been added.','','9.3.0'),(8193,'Added media type %name.','','none'),(8194,'No media types available. <a href=\":url\">Add media type</a>.','','9.3.0'),(8195,'The thumbnail of the media item.','','9.3.0'),(8196,'The time the media item was created.','','9.3.0'),(8197,'The time the media item was last edited.','','9.3.0'),(8198,'media type','','9.3.0'),(8199,'media types','','none'),(8200,'%type is used by @count media item on your site. You can not remove this media type until you have removed all of the %type media items.%type is used by @count media items on your site. You can not remove this media type until you have removed all of the %type media items.','','none'),(8201,'Use local files for reusable media.','','none'),(8202,'Use local images for reusable media.','','none'),(8203,'Menu settings.','Validation','none'),(8204,'You can only change the menu settings for the <em>published</em> version of this content.','','none'),(8205,'To view a revision, you also need permission to view the content item.','','9.3.0'),(8206,'To revert a revision, you also need permission to edit the content item.','','9.3.0'),(8207,'To delete a revision, you also need permission to delete the content item.','','9.3.0'),(8208,'Path alias.','Validation','none'),(8209,'You can only change the URL alias for the <em>published</em> version of this content.','','none'),(8210,'The RESTful Web Services module provides a framework for exposing REST resources on your site. It provides support for content entity types such as the main site content, comments, custom blocks, taxonomy terms, and user accounts, etc. (see the <a href=\":field\">Field module help page</a> for more information about entities). REST support for content items of the Node module is enabled by default, and support for other types of content entities can be enabled. Other modules may add support for other types of REST resources. For more information, see the <a href=\":rest\">online documentation for the RESTful Web Services module</a>.','','none'),(8211,'REST support for content types (provided by the <a href=\":node\">Node</a> module) is enabled by default. To enable support for other content entity types, you can use a <a href=\":config\" target=\"blank\">process based on configuration editing</a> or the contributed <a href=\":restui\">REST UI module</a>.','','none'),(8212,'Limited date range','','none'),(8213,'Your PHP installation has a limited date range.','','none'),(8214,'You are running on a system where PHP is compiled or limited to using 32-bit integers. This will limit the range of dates and timestamps to the years 1901-2038. Read about the <a href=\":url\">limitations of 32-bit PHP</a>.','','none'),(8215,'A client error happened','','none'),(8216,'To run cron from outside the site, go to <a href=\":cron\" class=\"system-cron-settings__link\">@cron</a>','','none'),(8217,'Run times of individual cron jobs will be written to watchdog','','none'),(8218,'Delete temporary files after','','9.3.11'),(8219,'Temporary files are not referenced, but are in the file system and therefore may show up in administrative lists. <strong>Warning:</strong> If enabled, temporary files will be permanently deleted and may not be recoverable.','','9.3.11'),(8220,'Automatic updates of Drupal core are not supported at this time.','','none'),(8221,'Add the @label role to the selected user(s)','','9.3.0'),(8222,'Remove the @label role from the selected user(s)','','9.3.0'),(8223,'Enabling the appropriate module may solve this issue. Otherwise, check to see if there is a module update available.','','none'),(8224,'This workflow is in use. You cannot remove this workflow until you have removed all content using it.','','none'),(8225,'Edit %label workflow','','none'),(8226,'This workflow state is in use. You cannot remove this workflow state until you have removed all content using it.','','none'),(8227,'Find and manage comments.','','none'),(8228,'The approved comments listing.','','none'),(8229,'Comments published','','none'),(8230,'The unapproved comments listing.','','none'),(8231,'Comments unapproved','','none'),(8232,'{{ message }}','','9.3.0'),(8233,'!!binary MSBwbGFjZQNAY291bnQgcGxhY2Vz','','none'),(8234,'!!binary MQNAY291bnQ=','','none'),(8235,'Entity reference selection handler settings','','none'),(8236,'Default selection handler settings','','none'),(8237,'The field instance ID.','','none'),(8238,'The field instance data.','','none'),(8239,'The field type','','none'),(8240,'The field definition.','','none'),(8241,'The formatter settings.','','none'),(8242,'File selection handler settings','','none'),(8243,'The Media module is not compatible with contrib <a href=\":url\">Media Entity</a> 1.x branch. Please check the 2.x branch of that module for an upgrade path.','','none'),(8244,'Source module not found for @migration_id.','','none'),(8245,'Destination module not found for @migration_id.','','none'),(8246,'User selection handler settings','','none'),(8247,'Views selection handler settings','','none'),(8248,'Czechia','','9.3.0'),(8249,'%workflow workflow: Use %transition transition.','','none'),(8250,'Offset must be a number greater than or equal to 0.','','none'),(8251,'A collection of states and transitions between those states.','','none'),(8252,'A particular condition that something is in at a specific time. The usage of the state is determined by a module that harnesses the Workflows module. For example, Content Moderation allows a state to be used for moderation of content by assigning a given state to a content item.','','none'),(8253,'The process of changing from one state to another. A transition can occur from multiple states, but only to one state.','','none'),(8254,'Are you sure you want to remove the %label block?','','none'),(8255,'Select the @entity_type types for the @workflow workflow','','none'),(8256,'Select the @entity_type_plural_label for the @workflow workflow','','none'),(8257,'Make sure that <strong>access to the database</strong> for the old site is available from this new site.','','none'),(8258,'<strong>If the old site has private files</strong>, a copy of its files directory must also be accessible on the host of this new site.','','none'),(8259,'<strong>Do not add any content to the new site</strong> before upgrading. Any existing content is likely to be overwritten by the upgrade process. See <a href=\":url\">the upgrade preparation guide</a>.','','none'),(8260,'The upgrade can take a long time. It is better to upgrade from a local copy of your site instead of directly from your live site.','','none'),(8261,'\"Audio\" media source configuration','','none'),(8262,'Access media overview','','9.3.0'),(8263,'Users with this permission can access the media overview page.','','9.3.0'),(8264,'\"Video\" media source configuration','','none'),(8265,'Upgrade analysis report','','none'),(8266,'Requires the \"View any unpublished content\" or \"View own unpublished content\" permission','','none'),(8267,'The %field_name entity reference field (entity_type: %entity_type, bundle: %bundle) no longer has any valid bundle it can reference. The field is not working correctly anymore and has to be adjusted.','','none'),(8268,'Compatible','','9.4.1'),(8269,'Moderation state filter','','none'),(8270,'Response failed validation.\nResponse:\n@data\n\nErrors:\n@errors','','none'),(8271,'Cannot change the install profile from %profile to %new_profile once Drupal is installed.','','none'),(8272,'Disclaimer block','','none'),(8273,'Entity action','','none'),(8274,'@type_label bundle','','9.4.5'),(8275,'Use field label instead of the \"On\" label as the label.','','none'),(8276,'There is no moderated @label yet. Only pending versions of @label, such as drafts, are listed here.','','none'),(8277,'Cannot remove field @field_name because the entity type is unknown: %entity_type','','none'),(8278,'The image file is invalid or the image type is not allowed. Allowed types: %types','','9.3.0'),(8279,'The image was resized to fit within the maximum allowed dimensions of %dimensions pixels. The new dimensions of the resized image are %new_widthx%new_height pixels.','','none'),(8280,'The image was resized to fit within the maximum allowed height of %height pixels. The new dimensions of the resized image are %new_widthx%new_height pixels.','','none'),(8281,'The image was resized to fit within the maximum allowed width of %width pixels. The new dimensions of the resized image are %new_widthx%new_height pixels.','','none'),(8282,'The resized image is too small. The minimum dimensions are %dimensions pixels and after resizing, the image size will be %widthx%height pixels.','','none'),(8283,'The image is too small. The minimum dimensions are %dimensions pixels and the image size is %widthx%height pixels.','','none'),(8284,'One or more files could not be uploaded.','','none'),(8285,'Media display format settings','','none'),(8286,'Show playback controls','','none'),(8287,'Audio file display format settings','','none'),(8288,'Video file display format settings','','none'),(8289,'Replace the file name by its description when available','','none'),(8290,'Use description as link text','','9.3.0'),(8291,'Display the file using an HTML5 audio tag.','','none'),(8292,'Playback controls: %controls','','9.3.0'),(8293,'Multiple file display: Multiple HTML tags','','9.3.0'),(8294,'Multiple file display: One HTML tag with multiple sources','','none'),(8295,'Display the file using an HTML5 video tag.','','none'),(8296,'Root-relative file URL','','none'),(8297,'An entity field containing a file URI, and a computed root-relative file URL.','','none'),(8298,'@title field is required if there is @uri input.','','none'),(8299,'The Media module manages the creation, editing, deletion, settings, and display of media. Items are typically images, documents, slideshows, YouTube videos, tweets, Instagram photos, etc. You can reference media items from any other content on your site. For more information, see the <a href=\":media\">online documentation for the Media module</a>.','','none'),(8300,'Listing media items','','none'),(8301,'Media items are listed at the <a href=\":media-collection\">media administration page</a>.','','none'),(8302,'Adding media to other content','','none'),(8303,'Users with permission to administer content types can add media support by adding a media reference field to the content type on the content type administration page. (The same is true of block types, taxonomy terms, user profiles, and other content that supports fields.) A media reference field can refer to any configured media type. It is possible to allow multiple media types in the same field.','','none'),(8304,'Differences between Media, File, and Image reference fields','','none'),(8305,'<em>Media</em> reference fields offer several advantages over basic <em>File</em> and <em>Image</em> references:','','none'),(8306,'Media reference fields can reference multiple media types in the same field.','','none'),(8307,'Fields can also be added to media types themselves, which means that custom metadata like descriptions and taxonomy tags can be added for the referenced media. (Basic file and image fields do not support this.)','','none'),(8308,'Media types for audio and video files are provided by default, so there is no need for additional configuration to upload these media.','','none'),(8309,'Contributed or custom projects can provide additional media sources (such as third-party websites, Twitter, etc.).','','none'),(8310,'Existing media items can be reused on any other content items with a media reference field.','','none'),(8311,'Use <em>Media</em> reference fields for most files, images, audio, videos, and remote media. Use <em>File</em> or <em>Image</em> reference fields when creating your own media types, or for legacy files and images created before enabling the Media module.','','9.3.0'),(8312,'For more information, see the <a href=\"@help_url\">Media help page</a>.','','none'),(8313,'Media Name','','none'),(8314,'%type_name: Create new media','','9.3.0'),(8315,'%type_name: Edit own media','','9.3.0'),(8316,'%type_name: Edit any media','','9.3.0'),(8317,'%type_name: Delete own media','','9.3.0'),(8318,'%type_name: Delete any media','','9.3.0'),(8319,'<em>The media source cannot be changed after the media type is created.</em>','','9.3.0'),(8320,'Use audio files for reusable media.','','none'),(8321,'Use video files for reusable media.','','none'),(8322,'The destination system contains data which was not created by a migration.','','none'),(8323,'Migrate Drupal settings','','none'),(8324,'source_module enforcement tags','','none'),(8325,'Old site','','none'),(8326,'The site you want to upgrade.','','none'),(8327,'New site','','none'),(8328,'Preparation steps','','none'),(8329,'WARNING: Content may be overwritten on your new site.','','none'),(8330,'I acknowledge I may lose data. Continue anyway.','','none'),(8331,'There is conflicting content of these types:','','none'),(8332,'There is translated content of these types:','','none'),(8333,'It looks like you are migrating translated content from your old site. Possible ID conflicts for translations are not automatically detected in the current version of Drupal. Refer to the <a target=\"_blank\" href=\":id-conflicts-handbook\">upgrade handbook</a> for instructions on how to avoid ID conflicts with translated content.','','none'),(8334,'On the <a href=\":cache-settings\">Performance page</a>, you can configure how long browsers and proxies may cache pages based on the Cache-Control header; this setting is ignored by the Internal Page Cache module, which caches pages permanently until invalidation, unless they carry an Expires header. There is no other configuration.','','none'),(8335,'The Settings Tray module allows users with the <a href=\":administer_block_permission\">Administer blocks</a> and <a href=\":contextual_permission\">Use contextual links</a> permissions to edit blocks without visiting a separate page. For more information, see the <a href=\":handbook_url\">online documentation for the Settings Tray module</a>.','','none'),(8336,'Editing blocks in place','','none'),(8337,'To edit blocks in place, either click the <strong>Edit</strong> button in the toolbar and then click on the block, or choose \"Quick edit\" from the block\'s contextual link. (See the <a href=\":contextual\">Contextual Links module help</a> for more information about how to use contextual links.)','','none'),(8338,'The Settings Tray for the block will open in a sidebar, with a compact form for configuring what the block shows.','','none'),(8339,'Save the form and the changes will be immediately visible on the page.','','none'),(8340,'The ID of the node to which these statistics apply.','','none'),(8341,'Specify the format of the syslog entry. Available variables are: <dl><dt><code>!base_url</code></dt><dd>Base URL of the site.</dd><dt><code>!timestamp</code></dt><dd>Unix timestamp of the log entry.</dd><dt><code>!type</code></dt><dd>The category to which this message belongs.</dd><dt><code>!ip</code></dt><dd>IP address of the user triggering the message.</dd><dt><code>!request_uri</code></dt><dd>The requested URI.</dd><dt><code>!referer</code></dt><dd>HTTP Referer if available.</dd><dt><code>!severity</code></dt><dd>The severity level of the event; ranges from 0 (Emergency) to 7 (Debug).</dd><dt><code>!uid</code></dt><dd>User ID.</dd><dt><code>!link</code></dt><dd>A link to associate with the message.</dd><dt><code>!message</code></dt><dd>The message to store in the log.</dd></dl>','','none'),(8342,'Either the path \'%path\' is invalid or you do not have access to it.','','none'),(8343,'%capital_name contains the following terms.','','9.3.0'),(8344,'%capital_name contains terms grouped under parent terms','','none'),(8345,'%capital_name contains terms with multiple parents.','','none'),(8346,'Access the taxonomy vocabulary overview page','','9.3.0'),(8347,'Get an overview of all taxonomy vocabularies.','','9.3.0'),(8348,'%vocabulary: Create terms','','9.3.0'),(8349,'%vocabulary: Delete terms','','9.3.0'),(8350,'%vocabulary: Edit terms','','9.3.0'),(8351,'Output the URL as text','','none'),(8352,'Output an absolute link','','none'),(8353,'Min placeholder','','none'),(8354,'Max placeholder','','none'),(8355,'Enable this option to output an absolute link. Required if you want to use the path as a link destination.','','none'),(8356,'Enforce a <code>destination</code> parameter in the link to return the user to the original view upon completing the link action. Most operations include a destination by default and this setting is no longer needed.','','9.3.0'),(8357,'Hint text that appears inside the Min field when empty.','','none'),(8358,'Hint text that appears inside the Max field when empty.','','none'),(8359,'Hint text that appears inside the field when empty.','','9.3.0'),(8360,'There are no workflow types available. In order to create workflows you need to install a module that provides a workflow type. For example, the <a href=\":content-moderation\">Content Moderation</a> module provides a workflow type that enables workflows for content entities.','','none'),(8361,'Transition label','','none'),(8362,'There are no custom blocks available.','','9.3.0'),(8363,'Find and moderate content.','','none'),(8364,'No moderated content available. Only pending versions of content, such as drafts, are listed here.','','none'),(8365,'No front page content has been created yet.<br/>Follow the <a target=\"_blank\" href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/index.html\">User Guide</a> to start building your site.','','9.3.0'),(8366,'A locally hosted audio file.','','none'),(8367,'A locally hosted video file.','','none'),(8368,'Workspace name','','none'),(8369,'Name (A-Z)','','9.3.0'),(8370,'Name (Z-A)','','9.3.0'),(8371,'A flag indicating whether this was a default revision when it was saved.','','9.3.11'),(8372,'Entity untranslatable fields','Validation','none'),(8373,'The Content Moderation module allows you to expand on Drupal\'s \"unpublished\" and \"published\" states for content. It allows you to have a published version that is live, but have a separate working copy that is undergoing review before it is published. This is achieved by using <a href=\":workflows\">Workflows</a> to apply different states and transitions to entities as needed. For more information, see the <a href=\":content_moderation\">online documentation for the Content Moderation module</a>.','','none'),(8374,'Applying workflows','','none'),(8375,'Content Moderation allows you to apply <a href=\":workflows\">Workflows</a> to content, custom blocks, and other <a href=\":field_help\" title=\"Field module help, with background on content entities\">content entities</a>, to provide more fine-grained publishing options. For example, a Basic page might have states such as Draft and Published, with allowed transitions such as Draft to Published (making the current revision \"live\"), and Published to Draft (making a new draft revision of published content).','','none'),(8376,'Moderating content','','none'),(8377,'You can view a list of content awaiting moderation on the <a href=\":moderated\">moderated content page</a>. This will show any content in an unpublished state, such as Draft or Archived, to help surface content that requires more work from content editors.','','none'),(8378,'Each transition is exposed as a permission. If a user has the permission for a transition, they can use the transition to change the state of the content item, from Draft to Published.','','none'),(8379,'Provides moderation states for content.','','9.4.1'),(8380,'Hide non translatable fields on translation forms','','9.3.0'),(8381,'Content translation bundle settings','','none'),(8382,'Bundle settings values','','none'),(8383,'Fields that apply to all languages are hidden to avoid conflicting changes. <a href=\":url\">Edit them on the original language form</a>.','','none'),(8384,'Content translation synchronized fields','Validation','none'),(8385,'Non-translatable field elements can only be changed when updating the current revision.','','none'),(8386,'Non-translatable field elements can only be changed when updating the original language.','','none'),(8387,'The node language.','','none'),(8388,'This layout builder tool allows you to configure the layout of the main content area.','','none'),(8389,'To manage other areas of the page, use the <a href=\"@block-ui\">block administration page</a>.','','none'),(8390,'To manage other areas of the page, use the block administration page.','','none'),(8391,'For more information, see the <a href=\":layout-builder-documentation\">online documentation for the Layout Builder module</a>.','','none'),(8392,'Configure any layout','','none'),(8393,'Configure section','','none'),(8394,'Per-view-mode Layout Builder settings','','none'),(8395,'Allow a customized layout','','none'),(8396,'Layout section','','none'),(8397,'Edit layout for %label','','none'),(8398,'The layout override has been saved.','','none'),(8399,'The changes to the layout have been discarded.','','none'),(8400,'@entity being viewed','','none'),(8401,'Allow each @entity to have its layout customized.','','none'),(8402,'You must revert all customized layouts of this display before you can disable this option.','','none'),(8403,'Are you sure you want to revert this to defaults?','','none'),(8404,'The layout has been reverted back to defaults.','','none'),(8405,'Layout Section','','none'),(8406,'A layout section','','none'),(8407,'Create your media on the <a href=\":add_page\" target=\"_blank\">media add page</a> (opens a new window), then add it by name to the field below.','','none'),(8408,'Use existing media','','none'),(8409,'Type part of the media name.','','none'),(8410,'See the <a href=\":list_url\" target=\"_blank\">media list</a> (opens a new window) to help locate media.','','none'),(8411,'Allowed media types: %types','','none'),(8412,'Media item','','9.3.0'),(8413,'Create new media','','none'),(8414,'The next page provides an overview of the modules that will be upgraded and those that will not be upgraded, before you proceed to perform the upgrade.','','none'),(8415,'Import new configuration and content from old site','','none'),(8416,'Modules that will not be upgraded','','none'),(8417,'Modules that will be upgraded','','none'),(8418,'What will be upgraded?','','none'),(8419,'Module will not be upgradedModules will not be upgraded','','none'),(8420,'Module will be upgradedModules will be upgraded','','none'),(8421,'It is recommended to upgrade to PHP version %recommended or higher for the best ongoing support.  See <a href=\"http://php.net/supported-versions.php\">PHP\'s version support documentation</a> and the <a href=\":php_requirements\">Drupal 8 PHP requirements handbook page</a> for more information.','','9.3.13'),(8422,'Provide text to display if this field contains an empty result. You may include HTML. You may enter data from this view as per the \"Replacement patterns\" in the \"Rewrite Results\" section above.','','9.3.0'),(8423,'Experimental installation profile used','','none'),(8424,'Experimental profiles are provided for testing purposes only. Use at your own risk. To start building a new site, reinstall Drupal and choose a non-experimental profile.','','none'),(8425,'Demo: Umami Food Magazine (Experimental)','','none'),(8426,'Install an example site that shows off some of Drupal’s capabilities.','','none'),(8427,'Umami demo: Content','','none'),(8428,'Imports the content for the Umami demo.','','none'),(8429,'Search by keyword, ingredient, dish','','none'),(8430,'Umami','','none'),(8431,'The theme used for the Umami food magazine demonstration site.','','none'),(8432,'Go to the search page','','none'),(8433,'<span class=\"by-author\">by @author_name</span> @created_date','','none'),(8434,'Tell us what you think','','none'),(8435,'Banner block','','none'),(8436,'A banner block contains a title, summary, link to content and a background image. The background image is scaled to fill the browser\'s width.','','none'),(8437,'A disclaimer block contains disclaimer and copyright text.','','none'),(8438,'Footer promo block','','none'),(8439,'A footer promo block contains a title, promo text, and a \"find out more\" link.','','none'),(8440,'Recipe Name','','none'),(8441,'Umami dates','','none'),(8442,'jS F Y','PHP date format','none'),(8443,'Content Link','','none'),(8444,'Find out more link','','none'),(8445,'Promo text','','none'),(8446,'Promo title','','none'),(8447,'List the ingredients required for this recipe, one per item.','','none'),(8448,'Recipe category','','none'),(8449,'Recipe instruction','','none'),(8450,'Provide a short overview of this recipe.','','none'),(8451,'Large 21:9 (1440x620)','','none'),(8452,'Large 21:9 2x (2880x1240)','','none'),(8453,'Large 3:2 2x (1536x1024)','','none'),(8454,'Large 3:2 (768x512)','','none'),(8455,'Medium 21:9 (1024x440)','','none'),(8456,'Medium 3:2 2x (1200x800)','','none'),(8457,'Medium 3:2 (600x400)','','none'),(8458,'Medium 8:7 (266x236)','','none'),(8459,'Scale crop 7:3 large','','none'),(8460,'Small 21:9 (768x330)','','none'),(8461,'Square Large','','none'),(8462,'Square Medium','','none'),(8463,'Square Small','','none'),(8464,'3:2 Image','','none'),(8465,'Hero or Banner','','none'),(8466,'Articles aside','','none'),(8467,'More featured articles','','none'),(8468,'A view to create a list of featured articles from the Umami website.','','none'),(8469,'Promoted Items','','none'),(8470,'A view to list the items promoted to the top of the homepage.','','none'),(8471,'Promoted Items Double','','none'),(8472,'Attachment: Promoted Items Double','','none'),(8473,'Block: Promoted Items - Single','','none'),(8474,'Recipes listing','','none'),(8475,'Umami Recipes Banner','','none'),(8476,'Umami disclaimer','','none'),(8477,'Umami footer promo','','none'),(8478,'Non-translatable fields can only be changed when updating the current revision.','','none'),(8479,'Non-translatable fields can only be changed when updating the original language.','','none'),(8480,'Moderated content requires non-translatable fields to be edited in the original language form.','','none'),(8481,'Translations cannot be flagged as outdated when content is moderated.','','none'),(8482,'The \"Delete translation\" action is only available for published translations.','','none'),(8483,'@label (Original translation) - <em>The following @entity_type translations will be deleted:</em>','','none'),(8484,'Are you sure you want to delete this @item?Are you sure you want to delete these @items?','','none'),(8485,'Deleted @count item.Deleted @count items.','','none'),(8486,'@count item has not been deleted because you do not have the necessary permissions.@count items have not been deleted because you do not have the necessary permissions.','','none'),(8487,'Insert selected','','9.3.0'),(8488,'A color variable for a theme.','','none'),(8489,'The value of a color variable.','','none'),(8490,'The field \"%field\" failed to render with the error of \"%error\".','','none'),(8491,'The @uri field is required when the @title field is specified.','','none'),(8492,'Language for this menu.','','none'),(8493,'Menu link title translation.','','none'),(8494,'Menu link description translation.','','none'),(8495,'Follow-up migration tags','','none'),(8496,'@label (@derivative)','','none'),(8497,'Provide the information to access the Drupal site you want to upgrade. Files can be imported into the upgraded site as well.  See the <a href=\":url\">Upgrade documentation for more detailed instructions</a>.','','none'),(8498,'<h3>Resolve all issues below to continue the upgrade.</h3>','','none'),(8499,'Information array','','none'),(8500,'The configuration ID','','none'),(8501,'The target entity type ID','','none'),(8502,'The target bundle','','none'),(8503,'The default language','','none'),(8504,'Whether to show language selector on create and edit pages','','none'),(8505,'Whether to hide non translatable fields on translation forms','','none'),(8506,'Configuration validation','','none'),(8507,'The \"%plugin_id\" was not found','','9.3.0'),(8508,'You must have the pdo_sqlite PHP extension installed. See core/INSTALL.sqlite.txt for instructions.','','none'),(8509,'Unable to automatically determine a port. Use the --port to hardcode an available port.','','none'),(8510,'No installation found. Use the \'install\' command.','','none'),(8511,'Error while opening up a one time login URL','','none'),(8512,'Entity has field','Validation','none'),(8513,'The entity must have the %field_name field.','','none'),(8514,'The entity does not support fields.','','none'),(8515,'The selected installation profile %install_profile does not match the profile stored in configuration %config_profile.','','none'),(8516,'Use existing configuration','','none'),(8517,'Install %name using existing configuration.','','none'),(8518,'The configuration from the directory %sync_directory will be used.','','none'),(8519,'An advanced action offers additional configuration options which may be filled out below. Changing the <em>Label</em> field is recommended in order to better identify the precise action taking place.','','none'),(8520,'Aggregator feeds','','none'),(8521,'aggregator feed','','none'),(8522,'aggregator feeds','','none'),(8523,'Aggregator feed items','','none'),(8524,'aggregator feed item','','none'),(8525,'aggregator feed items','','none'),(8526,'The i18n_blocks block numeric identifier.','','none'),(8527,'The default theme.','','none'),(8528,'custom block','','9.3.0'),(8529,'custom blocks','','none'),(8530,'custom block type','','none'),(8531,'custom block types','','none'),(8532,'i18n_string table id','','none'),(8533,'Block property','','none'),(8534,'The translation of the value of \"property\".','','none'),(8535,'Block title translation.','','none'),(8536,'Block body.','','none'),(8537,'Block body translation.','','none'),(8538,'Deleted @count comment.Deleted @count comments.','','none'),(8539,'@count comment has not been deleted because you do not have the necessary permissions.@count comments have not been deleted because you do not have the necessary permissions.','','none'),(8540,'contact forms','','none'),(8541,'contact message','','none'),(8542,'contact messages','','none'),(8543,'@entity_type_plural_label do not support publishing statuses. For example, even after transitioning from a published workflow state to an unpublished workflow state they will still be visible to site visitors.','','none'),(8544,'@label@column (@argument)','','none'),(8545,'Text Editors','','none'),(8546,'text editor','','none'),(8547,'text editors','','none'),(8548,'Field storages','','none'),(8549,'field storage','','none'),(8550,'field storages','','none'),(8551,'Input data could not be read','','none'),(8552,'Temporary file data for \"%path\" could not be written','','none'),(8553,'Temporary file \"%path\" could not be opened for file upload','','none'),(8554,'image style','','9.3.0'),(8555,'image styles','','none'),(8556,'content language setting','','none'),(8557,'content languages settings','','none'),(8558,'It is potentially insecure to display oEmbed content in a frame that is served from the same domain as your main Drupal site, as this may allow execution of third-party code. <a href=\":url\">You can specify a different domain for serving oEmbed content here</a>.','','none'),(8559,'Manage media settings.','','9.4.5'),(8560,'Domain from which to serve oEmbed content in an iframe','','none'),(8561,'The URL of the oEmbed providers database in JSON format','','none'),(8562,'oEmbed display format settings','','none'),(8563,'oEmbed widget format settings','','none'),(8564,'oEmbed media source configuration','','none'),(8565,'URI of thumbnail storage directory','','none'),(8566,'Allowed oEmbed providers','','none'),(8567,'Displaying media assets from third-party services, such as YouTube or Twitter, can be risky. This is because many of these services return arbitrary HTML to represent those assets, and that HTML may contain executable JavaScript code. If handled improperly, this can increase the risk of your site being compromised.','','none'),(8568,'In order to mitigate the risks, third-party assets are displayed in an iFrame, which effectively sandboxes any executable code running inside it. For even more security, the iFrame can be served from an alternate domain (that also points to your Drupal site), which you can configure on this page. This helps safeguard cookies and other sensitive information.','','none'),(8569,'iFrame domain','','none'),(8570,'Enter a different domain from which to serve oEmbed content, including the <em>http://</em> or <em>https://</em> prefix. This domain needs to point back to this site, or existing oEmbed content may not display correctly, or at all.','','none'),(8571,'Maximum size: %max_width x %max_height pixels','','none'),(8572,'Maximum width: %max_width pixels','','none'),(8573,'Maximum height: %max_height pixels','','none'),(8574,'Could not retrieve the remote URL (@url).','','none'),(8575,'oEmbed content','','9.3.0'),(8576,'You can link to media from the following services: @providers','','none'),(8577,'oEmbed URL','','none'),(8578,'oEmbed resource','Validation','none'),(8579,'The given URL does not match any known oEmbed providers.','','none'),(8580,'Sorry, the @name provider is not allowed.','','none'),(8581,'The provided URL does not represent a valid oEmbed resource.','','none'),(8582,'An error occurred while trying to retrieve the oEmbed provider database.','','none'),(8583,'Suggested cache lifetime','','none'),(8584,'Thumbnails location','','none'),(8585,'Thumbnails will be fetched from the provider for local usage. This is the URI of the directory where they will be placed.','','none'),(8586,'Allowed providers','','none'),(8587,'Optionally select the allowed oEmbed providers for this media type. If left blank, all providers will be allowed.','','none'),(8588,'@type URL','','none'),(8589,'Could not prepare thumbnail destination directory @dir for oEmbed media.','','none'),(8590,'oEmbed source','','none'),(8591,'Use oEmbed URL for reusable media.','','none'),(8592,'Remote video','','9.3.0'),(8593,'Use remote video URL for reusable media.','','none'),(8594,'Custom menu links','','none'),(8595,'custom menu link','','9.3.0'),(8596,'custom menu links','','9.3.11'),(8597,'Deleted @count content item.Deleted @count content items.','','none'),(8598,'@count content item has not been deleted because you do not have the necessary permissions.@count content items have not been deleted because you do not have the necessary permissions.','','none'),(8599,'responsive image style','','none'),(8600,'REST resource configurations','','none'),(8601,'Shortcut links','','none'),(8602,'shortcut link','','none'),(8603,'shortcut links','','none'),(8604,'Shortcut sets','','none'),(8605,'shortcut set','','none'),(8606,'shortcut sets','','none'),(8607,'Configuration install','','none'),(8608,'The selected profile has a hook_install() implementation and therefore can not be installed from configuration.','','none'),(8609,'Install profile in settings','','none'),(8610,'This import does not contain system.site configuration, so has been rejected.','','none'),(8611,'Browser and proxy cache maximum age','','none'),(8612,'This is used as the value for max-age in Cache-Control headers.','','none'),(8613,'Drupal provides an <a href=\":module_enable\">Internal Page Cache module</a> that is recommended for small to medium-sized websites.','','none'),(8614,'Term language','','9.3.0'),(8615,'Views','View entity type','none'),(8616,'view','View entity type','none'),(8617,'views','View entity type','none'),(8618,'workflows','','none'),(8619,'Testing install profile all dependencies','','none'),(8620,'Profile for testing that install profiles can require a module.','','none'),(8621,'Testing install profile dependencies','','none'),(8622,'[user:display-name],\n\nThank you for registering at [site:name]. Your application for an account is currently pending approval. Once it has been approved, you will receive another email containing information about how to log in, set your password, and other details.\n\n--  [site:name] team','','9.3.0'),(8623,'A remotely hosted video from YouTube or Vimeo.','','none'),(8624,'A boolean indicating whether this block is reusable.','','none'),(8625,'Whether the Layout Builder is enabled for this display','','none'),(8626,'Are you sure you want to disable Layout Builder?','','none'),(8627,'All customizations will be removed. This action cannot be undone.','','none'),(8628,'Layout Builder has been disabled.','','none'),(8629,'Use Layout Builder','','none'),(8630,'Provides a field for selecting media entities in our media library view','','9.3.0'),(8631,'Select @label','','9.3.0'),(8632,'Zero items selected','','none'),(8633,'All @count items selected','','none'),(8634,'Select all media','','none'),(8635,'Show media item weights','','9.3.0'),(8636,'Hide media item weights','','9.3.0'),(8637,'A maximum of @count files can be uploaded.','','none'),(8638,'The maximum number of media items have been selected.','','none'),(8639,'Update widget','','9.3.0'),(8640,'The media item \"@label\" is not of an accepted type. Allowed types: @types','','none'),(8641,'One media item remaining.@count media items remaining.','','9.3.0'),(8642,'Only one item can be selected.Only @count items can be selected.','','none'),(8643,'Allows you to select items from the media library.','','none'),(8644,'The Migrate Drupal Multilingual module is a requirement for migrating translations. It does not provide a user interface. For more information, see the <a href=\":migrate_drupal_multilingual\">online documentation for the Migrate Drupal Multilingual module</a>.','','none'),(8645,'Migrate Drupal Multilingual','','none'),(8646,'Provides a requirement for multilingual migrations.','','none'),(8647,'The Workspaces module allows workspaces to be defined and switched between. Content is then assigned to the active workspace when created. For more information, see the <a href=\":workspaces\">online documentation for the Workspaces module</a>.','','none'),(8648,'Switch workspace','','none'),(8649,'Workspaces can not be installed when the contributed Workspace module is also installed. See the <a href=\":link\">upgrade path</a> page for more information on how to upgrade.','','none'),(8650,'This form can only be submitted in the default workspace.','','none'),(8651,'Switch to @workspace','','none'),(8652,'Current workspace:','','none'),(8653,'Denied access to view workspace %workspace_label for user %uid','','none'),(8654,'workspaces','','none'),(8655,'Activate the %workspace workspace.','','none'),(8656,'%workspace_label is now the active workspace.','','none'),(8657,'You do not have access to activate the %workspace_label workspace.','','none'),(8658,'The following will also be deleted:','','none'),(8659,'This action cannot be undone, and will also delete all content created in this workspace.','','none'),(8660,'1 @label revision.@count @label revisions.','','none'),(8661,'Select workspace','','none'),(8662,'Deleted workspace','Validation','none'),(8663,'A workspace with this ID has been deleted but data still exists for it.','','none'),(8664,'Entity workspace conflict','Validation','none'),(8665,'The content is being edited in the %label workspace. As a result, your changes cannot be saved.','','none'),(8666,'Drupal system cross profile test','','none'),(8667,'Support module for testing that a module in one profile can be reused in another profile.','','none'),(8668,'Card common','','none'),(8669,'Card common alt','','none'),(8670,'The name of the bundle a mapping applies to.','','none'),(8671,'The serialized mapping of the bundle type and fields to RDF terms.','','none'),(8672,'RDF types.','','none'),(8673,'RDF field mappings.','','none'),(8674,'Inline block','','none'),(8675,'Block revision ID','','none'),(8676,'Serialized block','','none'),(8677,'The view mode in which to render the block.','','none'),(8678,'Inline blocks','','none'),(8679,'The entity type this translation relates to','','none'),(8680,'The entity id this translation relates to','','none'),(8681,'The entity revision id this translation relates to','','none'),(8682,'The target language for this translation.','','none'),(8683,'Boolean indicating whether the translation is published (visible to non-administrators).','','none'),(8684,'Short description of the image used by screen readers and displayed when the image is not loaded. This is important for accessibility.','','9.3.0'),(8685,'Short description of the image used by screen readers and displayed when the image is not loaded. Enabling this field is recommended.','','9.3.0'),(8686,'Edit {{ name }}','','9.3.0'),(8687,'The {node}.language to which this comment is a reply. Site default language is used as a fallback if node does not have a language.','','none'),(8688,'The comment language.','','none'),(8689,'The entity ID this translation relates to','','none'),(8690,'The entity revision ID this translation relates to','','none'),(8691,'Type (article, page, ....)','','none'),(8692,'Option ID.','','none'),(8693,'Integer value of Object ID','','none'),(8694,'The input format used by this string','','none'),(8695,'Translation of the option','','none'),(8696,'Parent lid','','none'),(8697,'Plural index number in case of plural strings','','none'),(8698,'The default language for new terms.','','none'),(8699,'The i18n taxonomy translation setting.','','none'),(8700,'Media selection','','none'),(8701,'Modules could not be listed due to an error: %error','','none'),(8702,'A non-existent config entity name returned by FieldStorageConfigInterface::getBundles(): entity type: %entity_type, bundle: %bundle, field name: %field','','none'),(8703,'Allows users to stage content or preview a full site by using multiple workspaces on a single site.','','9.4.1'),(8704,'Testing requirements','','none'),(8705,'Testing requirements failed requirements.','','none'),(8706,'Profile for testing hook_requirements().','','none'),(8707,'Create @entity_type','','none'),(8708,'JSON:API','','none'),(8709,'Block enabled status','','none'),(8710,'Block weight within region','','none'),(8711,'Theme region within which the block is set','','none'),(8712,'Multilingual mode','','none'),(8713,'Language string ID','','none'),(8714,'A module defined group of translations','','none'),(8715,'Full string ID for quick search: type:objectid:property.','','none'),(8716,'Object property for this string','','none'),(8717,'The {filter_format}.format of the string','','none'),(8718,'Plural index number','','none'),(8719,'@entity fields','','none'),(8720,'Language for this term.','','none'),(8721,'Term name translation.','','none'),(8722,'Term description translation.','','none'),(8723,'Entity Reference Supported New Entities','Validation','none'),(8724,'%collection_label can only be created in the default workspace.','','none'),(8725,'Media type ID','','none'),(8726,'Temporary file \"%path\" could not be opened for file upload.','','none'),(8727,'Remove @label','','9.3.0'),(8728,'The time that the workspace was created.','','none'),(8729,'View @node.type.entity.label','','none'),(8730,'Testing site config','','none'),(8731,'Minimal profile for testing with default site config.','','none'),(8732,'The JSON:API module is a fully compliant implementation of the <a href=\":spec\">JSON:API Specification</a>. By following shared conventions, you can increase productivity, take advantage of generalized tooling, and focus on what matters: your application. Clients built around JSON:API are able to take advantage of features like efficient response caching, which can sometimes eliminate network requests entirely. For more information, see the <a href=\":docs\">online documentation for the JSON:API module</a>.','','none'),(8733,'JSON:API is a particular implementation of REST that provides conventions for resource relationships, collections, filters, pagination, and sorting. These conventions help developers build clients faster and encourages reuse of code.','','none'),(8734,'Exposes entities as a JSON:API-specification-compliant web API.','','9.4.1'),(8735,'Umami Home Banner','','none'),(8736,'The specified file \'%source\' could not be copied to \'%destination\'.','','none'),(8737,'Failed to unlink file \'%path\'.','','none'),(8738,'Cannot delete \'%path\' because it is a directory. Use deleteRecursive() instead.','','none'),(8739,'The file \'%path\' is not of a recognized type so it was not deleted.','','none'),(8740,'The specified file \'%source\' could not be moved to \'%destination\'.','','none'),(8741,'The source file \'%source\' could not be unlinked after copying to \'%destination\'.','','none'),(8742,'File \'%original_source\' (\'%realpath\') could not be copied because it does not exist.','','none'),(8743,'File \'%original_source\' could not be copied because it does not exist.','','none'),(8744,'File \'%original_source\' could not be copied because a file by that name already exists in the destination directory (\'%destination\').','','none'),(8745,'File \'%source\' could not be copied because it would overwrite itself.','','none'),(8746,'Temporary file \'%temp_name\' could not be created.','','none'),(8747,'When checking for updates, anonymous information about your site is sent to <a href=\"@drupal\">Drupal.org</a>.','','9.3.0'),(8748,'Resolve all issues below to continue the installation. For help configuring your database server, see the <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/8/install\">installation handbook</a>, or contact your hosting provider.','','none'),(8749,'If selected and this menu link has children, the menu will always appear expanded. This option may be overridden for the entire menu tree when placing a menu block.','','9.3.0'),(8750,'Checked','Examined','9.3.13'),(8751,'This @label is being edited by user @user, and is therefore locked from editing by others. This lock is @age old. Click here to <a href=\":url\">break this lock</a>.','','none'),(8752,'This will also remove 1 placed block instance. This action cannot be undone.This will also remove @count placed block instances. This action cannot be undone.','','none'),(8753,'Whether to log IP addresses with comments or not.','','none'),(8754,'Select the state that new content will be assigned. This state will appear as the default in content forms and the available target states will be based on the transitions available from this state.','','none'),(8755,'Allows users to configure the display and form display by arranging fields in several columns.','','9.4.1'),(8756,'Forms and links inside the content of the layout builder tool have been disabled.','','none'),(8757,'Layout Builder allows you to use layouts to customize how content, custom blocks, and other <a href=\":field_help\" title=\"Field module help, with background on content entities\">content entities</a> are displayed.','','none'),(8758,'Default layouts','','none'),(8759,'Layout Builder can be selectively enabled on the \"Manage Display\" page in the <a href=\":field_ui\">Field UI</a>. This allows you to control the output of each type of display individually. For example, a \"Basic page\" might have view modes such as Full and Teaser, with each view mode having different layouts selected.','','none'),(8760,'Overridden layouts','','none'),(8761,'If enabled, each individual content item can have a custom layout. Once the layout for an individual content item is overridden, changes to the Default layout will no longer affect it. Overridden layouts may be reverted to return to matching and being synchronized to their Default layout.','','none'),(8762,'Allows users to add and arrange blocks and content fields directly on the content.','','9.4.1'),(8763,'Choose a layout for this section','','none'),(8764,'Column widths','','none'),(8765,'All available blocks are listed.','','none'),(8766,'Are you sure you want to discard your layout changes?','','none'),(8767,'Are you sure you want to remove section @section?','','none'),(8768,'Layout Builder Widget','','none'),(8769,'A field widget for Layout Builder.','','none'),(8770,'Choose the column widths for this layout.','','none'),(8771,'Manually entered paths should start with one of the following characters: / ? #','','none'),(8772,'Manages the creation, configuration, and display of media items.','','9.4.1'),(8773,'Allow media items to be viewed standalone at /media/{id}','','none'),(8774,'Standalone media URL','','none'),(8775,'Allow users to access @media-entities at /media/{id}.','','none'),(8776,'Could not download remote thumbnail from {url}.','','none'),(8777,'Media Library form and view displays have been created for the %type media type.','','9.3.0'),(8778,'Enhances the media list with additional features to more easily find and use existing media items.','','9.4.1'),(8779,'Media library widget settings','','none'),(8780,'Allowed media types, in display order','','none'),(8781,'Loading grid view.','','none'),(8782,'Changed to grid view.','','none'),(8783,'Loading table view.','','none'),(8784,'Changed to table view.','','none'),(8785,'@selected of @count item selected@selected of @count items selected','','none'),(8786,'1 item selected@count items selected','','9.4.5'),(8787,'Add or select media','','9.4.5'),(8788,'Add fileAdd files','','9.3.0'),(8789,'Add @type via URL','','none'),(8790,'Allowed providers: @providers.','','none'),(8791,'Tab order','','none'),(8792,'Tab order: @order','','none'),(8793,'No media items are selected.','','9.3.0'),(8794,'Opening media library.','','9.3.0'),(8795,'Menu tree hierarchy.','Validation','none'),(8796,'You can only change the hierarchy for the <em>published</em> version of this menu link.','','none'),(8797,'%capital_name contains 1 menu link with pending revisions. Manipulation of a menu tree having links with pending revisions is not supported, but you can re-enable manipulation by getting each menu link to a published state.%capital_name contains @count menu links with pending revisions. Manipulation of a menu tree having links with pending revisions is not supported, but you can re-enable manipulation by getting each menu link to a published state.','','none'),(8798,'Failed to read from @title.','','none'),(8799,'The server reports the following message: %error.','','none'),(8800,'The name of the entity type a mapping applies to (node, user, comment, etc.)','','none'),(8801,'Whether or not this module is enabled for search.','','none'),(8802,'Allows users to directly edit the configuration of blocks on the current page.','','9.4.1'),(8803,'Failed to save file due to error \"%error\"','','none'),(8804,'Expand all items','','none'),(8805,'Override the option found on each menu link used for expanding children and instead display the whole menu tree as expanded.','','none'),(8806,'The terms with updated parents have been modified by another user, the changes could not be saved.','','none'),(8807,'%capital_name contains 1 term with pending revisions. Drag and drop of terms with pending revisions is not supported, but you can re-enable drag-and-drop support by getting each term to a published state.%capital_name contains @count terms with pending revisions. Drag and drop of terms with pending revisions is not supported, but you can re-enable drag-and-drop support by getting each term to a published state.','','none'),(8808,'Taxonomy term hierarchy.','Validation','none'),(8809,'You can only change the hierarchy for the <em>published</em> version of this term.','','none'),(8810,'Use the toolbar','','9.3.0'),(8811,'Link to display','','9.3.0'),(8812,'Displays a link to a path-based display of this view while keeping the filter criteria, sort criteria, pager settings and contextual filters.','','9.3.0'),(8813,'The display ID of the view display to link to.','','none'),(8814,'Is Latest Translation Affected Revision','','9.3.0'),(8815,'Restrict the view to only revisions that are the latest translation affected revision of their entity.','','9.3.0'),(8816,'To make sure the results are the same when switching to the other display, it is recommended to make sure the display:','','none'),(8817,'Has a path.','','none'),(8818,'Has the same filter criteria.','','none'),(8819,'Has the same sort criteria.','','none'),(8820,'Has the same pager settings.','','none'),(8821,'Has the same contextual filters.','','none'),(8822,'There are no path-based displays available.','','none'),(8823,'%current_display: The link in the %area area has no configured display.','','none'),(8824,'%current_display: The link in the %area area points to the %linked_display display which no longer exists.','','none'),(8825,'%current_display: The link in the %area area points to the %linked_display display which does not have a path.','','none'),(8826,'%current_display: The link in the %area area points to the %linked_display display which uses different settings than the %current_display display for: %unequal_options. To make sure users see the exact same result when clicking the link, please check that the settings are the same.','','none'),(8827,'The text to display for this field. You may enter data from this view as per the \"Replacement patterns\" below. You may include <a href=\"@twig_docs\">Twig</a> or the following allowed HTML tags: <code>@tags</code>','','9.3.0'),(8828,'The field that is going to be used as the OPML XML URL attribute for each row.','','none'),(8829,'Welcome to the Umami Drupal demo','','none'),(8830,'Drupal is a powerful open source content management system and this demo, based on a fictional food magazine called Umami, will introduce you to some of Drupal\'s concepts and features.','','none'),(8831,'Drupal\'s core capabilities','','none'),(8832,'Drupal provides many of the features you need to start building powerful websites right out-of-the-box. The features presented in this demo are based entirely on Drupal 8\'s core functionality.','','none'),(8833,'This is the main navigation menu for the Umami website. It is simple to create and administer menus and you can create as many menus as your site requires. For example, this site provides this main navigation as well as the user navigation displayed above.','','none'),(8834,'The Umami theme','','none'),(8835,'This website uses the custom Umami theme to style its appearance. This theme has been created using CSS and by customizing Drupal\'s HTML templates that are built using the popular Twig templating system. Themes are also available for download and installation.','','none'),(8836,'Managing content','','none'),(8837,'This example website provides a collection of articles and recipes that demonstrate how content can easily be managed in a flexible and structured way.','','none'),(8838,'Configuring content display','','none'),(8839,'Display modes can be configured to provide different presentations of content. These promoted articles and recipes use the display modes feature to format the images with different ratios.','','none'),(8840,'Displaying content with Views','','none'),(8841,'Drupal makes it simple to create lists of filtered content and control how the content is displayed using the Views feature. This latest recipes example uses a view to fetch the most recent four recipes, displays the view as a block that is positioned on the front page with the block system.','','none'),(8842,'Continue exploring Drupal','','none'),(8843,'The front page tour is now over. Feel free to click around and continue exploring Drupal.','','none'),(8844,'The file %filename could not be uploaded because the name is invalid.','','none'),(8845,'Added media items','','9.3.0'),(8846,'Removing @label.','','9.3.0'),(8847,'Additional selected media','','none'),(8848,'Select @name','','none'),(8849,'Save and insert','','none'),(8850,'The media item %label has been removed.','','none'),(8851,'The media item has been created but has not yet been saved. Fill in any required fields and save to add it to the media library.The media items have been created but have not yet been saved. Fill in any required fields and save to add them to the media library.','','9.3.0'),(8852,'The <a href=\":jsonapi-docs\">JSON:API</a> and <a href=\":rest-docs\">RESTful Web Services</a> modules serve similar purposes. <a href=\":comparison\">Read the comparison of the RESTFul Web Services and JSON:API modules</a> to determine the best choice for your site.','','none'),(8853,'Some multilingual features currently do not work well with JSON:API. See the <a href=\":jsonapi-docs\">JSON:API multilingual support documentation</a> for more information on the current status of multilingual support.','','none'),(8854,'Revision support is currently read-only and only for the \"Content\" and \"Media\" entity types in JSON:API. See the <a href=\":jsonapi-docs\">JSON:API revision support documentation</a> for more information on the current status of revision support.','','none'),(8855,'JSON:API multilingual support','','none'),(8856,'JSON:API revision support','','none'),(8857,'Configure whether to allow only read operations or all operations.','','none'),(8858,'JSON:API settings','','none'),(8859,'Restrict JSON:API to only read operations','','none'),(8860,'Allowed operations','','none'),(8861,'Accept only JSON:API read operations.','','none'),(8862,'Accept all JSON:API create, read, update, and delete operations.','','none'),(8863,'Warning: Only enable all operations if the site requires it. <a href=\":docs\">Learn more about securing your site with JSON:API.</a>','','none'),(8864,'Widget (table)','','9.3.0'),(8865,'Enter a comma-separated list. For example: Vegetarian, Chocolate brownies, Appetizers','','none'),(8866,'Use this taxonomy to group recipes of the same type together.','','none'),(8867,'Recipe Collections','','none'),(8868,'Recipe collections','','none'),(8869,'\"@block\" block','','none'),(8870,'The Layout Builder module makes a number of permissions available, which can be set by role on the <a href=\":permissions\">permissions page</a>. For more information, see the <a href=\":layout-builder-permissions\">Configuring Layout Builder permissions</a> online documentation.','','none'),(8871,'<strong>Warning</strong>: Layout Builder does not support translating layouts. (<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/8/core/modules/layout-builder/layout-builder-and-content-translation\">online documentation</a>)','','none'),(8872,'Create and edit custom blocks','','none'),(8873,'Manage the single-use blocks within the Layout Builder','','none'),(8874,'Block previews are visible. Block labels are hidden.','','none'),(8875,'Block previews are hidden. Block labels are visible.','','none'),(8876,'%entity_type - %bundle: Configure all layout overrides','','none'),(8877,'Warning: Allows configuring the layout even if the user cannot edit the @entity_type_singular itself.','','none'),(8878,'%entity_type - %bundle: Configure layout overrides for @entity_type_plural that the user can edit','','none'),(8879,'%entity_type: Configure all layout overrides','','none'),(8880,'%entity_type: Configure layout overrides for @entity_type_plural that the user can edit','','none'),(8881,'The field \"%field\" failed to render.','','none'),(8882,'Layout Builder user interface','','none'),(8883,'Placeholder for the @preview_fallback','','none'),(8884,'You are editing the layout template for all @bundle @plural_label.','','none'),(8885,'You are editing the layout template for all @plural_label.','','none'),(8886,'Section: @delta','','none'),(8887,'Blocks in Section: @section, Region: @region','','none'),(8888,'@label (current)','','none'),(8889,'Move the @block_label block','','none'),(8890,'You are editing the layout for this @bundle @singular_label. <a href=\":link\">Edit the template for all @bundle @plural_label instead.</a>','','none'),(8891,'You are editing the layout for this @singular_label. <a href=\":link\">Edit the template for all @plural_label instead.</a>','','none'),(8892,'You are editing the layout for this @bundle @singular_label.','','none'),(8893,'You are editing the layout for this @singular_label.','','none'),(8894,'Show content preview','','none'),(8895,'\"@field\" field','','none'),(8896,'The <a href=\":rest-docs\">RESTful Web Services</a> and <a href=\":jsonapi-docs\">JSON:API</a> modules serve similar purposes. <a href=\":comparison\">Read the comparison of the RESTFul Web Services and JSON:API modules</a> to determine the best choice for your site.','','none'),(8897,'\"@view\" views block','','none'),(8898,'Add new @entity-type %label','','none'),(8899,'There are no allowed media types configured for this field. Please contact the site administrator.','','none'),(8900,'There are no allowed media types configured for this field. Edit the field settings to select the allowed media types.','','none'),(8901,'There are no allowed media types configured for this field. <a href=\":url\">Edit the field settings</a> to select the allowed media types.','','none'),(8902,'Archived','Workflow state label','none'),(8903,'Draft','Workflow state label','none'),(8904,'Published','Workflow state label','none'),(8905,'Archive','Workflow transition label','none'),(8906,'Restore to Draft','Workflow transition label','none'),(8907,'Restore','Workflow transition label','none'),(8908,'Create New Draft','Workflow transition label','none'),(8909,'Publish','Workflow transition label','none'),(8910,'Temporary file \"%path\" that was deleted during garbage collection did not exist on the filesystem. This could be caused by a missing stream wrapper.','','none'),(8911,'Temporary file \"%path\" that was deleted during garbage collection did not exist on the filesystem.','','none'),(8912,'Layout Builder tools','','none'),(8913,'Enable Drupal style \"sticky\" table headers (JavaScript)','','9.3.0'),(8914,'Claro','','none'),(8915,'Claro settings','','none'),(8916,'Tabs display toggle','','9.4.5'),(8917,'The %view_id view could not be updated automatically while processing an entity schema update for the %entity_type_id entity type.','','none'),(8918,'Commenting settings can be configured by editing the <em>Comments</em> field on the <em>Manage fields page</em> of an entity type if the <em>Field UI module</em> is enabled. Configuration includes the label of the comments field, the number of comments to be displayed, and whether they are shown in threaded list. Commenting can be configured as: <em>Open</em> to allow new comments, <em>Closed</em> to view existing comments, but prevent new comments, or <em>Hidden</em> to hide existing comments and prevent new comments. Changing this configuration for an entity type will not change existing entity items.','','none'),(8919,'<span class=\"visually-hidden\">Show </span>@title<span class=\"visually-hidden\"> media</span><span class=\"active-tab visually-hidden\"> (selected)</span>','','9.3.0'),(8920,'Showing @title media.','','none'),(8921,'<span class=\"visually-hidden\">Show </span>@title<span class=\"visually-hidden\"> media</span>','','9.3.0'),(8922,'Adding selection.','','9.3.0'),(8923,'Added one media item.Added @count media items.','','none'),(8924,'Term from URL','','none'),(8925,'Filter the contents of the %view_title view','','9.4.5'),(8926,'This theme is not compatible with Drupal @core_version. Check that the .info.yml file contains a compatible \'core\' or \'core_version_requirement\' value.','','none'),(8927,'Drupal Core (@core_requirement) (<span class=\"admin-missing\">incompatible with</span> version @core_version)','','none'),(8928,'Additional Resources','','none'),(8929,'A clean, accessible, and powerful Drupal administration theme.','','9.3.13'),(8930,'Status Details','','9.3.13'),(8931,'Maximum number of autocomplete suggestions.','','none'),(8932,'Failed to connect to your database server. The server reports the following message: %error.<ul><li>Is the database server running?</li><li>Does the database exist or does the database user have sufficient privileges to create the database?</li><li>Have you entered the correct database name?</li><li>Have you entered the correct username and password?</li><li>Have you entered the correct database hostname and port number?</li></ul>','','none'),(8933,'Failed to connect to your database server. The server reports the following message: %error.<ul><li>Is the database server running?</li><li>Does the database exist, and have you entered the correct database name?</li><li>Have you entered the correct username and password?</li><li>Have you entered the correct database hostname and port number?</li></ul>','','none'),(8934,'Failed to open or create database file %database. The database engine reports the following message when attempting to create the database: %error.','','none'),(8935,'Failed to connect to database. The database engine reports the following message: %error.<ul><li>Does the database file exist?</li><li>Does web server have permission to write to the database file?</li>Does the web server have permission to write to the directory the database file should be created in?</li></ul>','','none'),(8936,'The number of suggestions that will be listed. Use <em>0</em> to remove the limit.','','none'),(8937,'Autocomplete suggestion list size: @size','','9.3.13'),(8938,'Bosnia & Herzegovina','','9.3.0'),(8939,'St. Barthélemy','','9.3.0'),(8940,'Ceuta & Melilla','','9.3.0'),(8941,'South Georgia & South Sandwich Islands','','9.3.0'),(8942,'Heard & McDonald Islands','','9.3.0'),(8943,'St. Kitts & Nevis','','9.3.0'),(8944,'St. Martin','','9.3.0'),(8945,'North Macedonia','','9.3.0'),(8946,'Macao SAR China','','9.3.0'),(8947,'St. Pierre & Miquelon','','9.3.0'),(8948,'Svalbard & Jan Mayen','','9.3.0'),(8949,'São Tomé & Príncipe','','9.3.0'),(8950,'Eswatini','','9.3.0'),(8951,'Turks & Caicos Islands','','9.3.0'),(8952,'Trinidad & Tobago','','9.3.0'),(8953,'St. Vincent & Grenadines','','9.3.0'),(8954,'Wallis & Futuna','','9.3.0'),(8955,'The path that this alias belongs to.','','9.3.0'),(8956,'The source path has to start with a slash.','','none'),(8957,'An alias used with this path.','','9.3.0'),(8958,'The alias path has to start with a slash.','','none'),(8959,'Unique path alias.','Validation','none'),(8960,'Valid path.','Validation','none'),(8961,'Either the path \'%link_path\' is invalid or you do not have access to it.','','none'),(8962,'The @label workspace can not be published because it contains 1 item in an unpublished moderation state.The @label workspace can not be published because it contains @count items in an unpublished moderation state.','','none'),(8963,'Moderation state sort','','none'),(8964,'Moderation state field','','none'),(8965,'Full string ID','','none'),(8966,'A boolean indicating whether this translation needs to be updated','','none'),(8967,'JSON:API allowed operations','','none'),(8968,'All (create, read, update, delete)','','none'),(8969,'It is recommended to <a href=\":configure-url\">configure</a> JSON:API to only accept all operations if the site requires it. <a href=\":docs\">Learn more about securing your site with JSON:API.</a>','','none'),(8970,'i18n language','','none'),(8971,'i18n mode','','none'),(8972,'Add section <span class=\"visually-hidden\">at end of layout</span>','','none'),(8973,'Add section <span class=\"visually-hidden\">at start of layout</span>','','none'),(8974,'Add section <span class=\"visually-hidden\">between @first and @second</span>','','none'),(8975,'Add block <span class=\"visually-hidden\">in @section, @region region</span>','','none'),(8976,'@region region in @section','','none'),(8977,'Remove @section','','none'),(8978,'<span class=\"layout-builder__section-label\" aria-hidden=\"true\">@section</span>','','none'),(8979,'Configure @section','','none'),(8980,'@section, Region: @region','','none'),(8981,'Block label','','none'),(8982,'Are you sure you want to remove @section?','','none'),(8983,'The %media-embed-filter-label filter requires <code>&lt;drupal-media&gt;</code> among the allowed HTML tags.','','none'),(8984,'The <code>&lt;drupal-media&gt;</code> tag in the allowed HTML tags is missing the following attributes: <code>%list</code>.','','none'),(8985,'The %media-embed-filter-label filter needs to be placed after the %filter filter.The %media-embed-filter-label filter needs to be placed after the following filters: %filters.','','none'),(8986,'If you would like to change this, <a href=\":display\">add an image style to the %field_name field</a>.','','9.3.11'),(8987,'The default display for the %type media type is not currently using an image style on the %field_name field. Not using an image style can lead to much larger file downloads. @action_item','','9.3.11'),(8988,'The view mode that is used by default','','none'),(8989,'Media types selectable in the Media Library','','9.3.0'),(8990,'View modes selectable in the \"Edit media\" dialog','','none'),(8991,'An error occurred while trying to preview the media. Please save your work and reload this page.','','9.4.5'),(8992,'Embedded media','','9.4.5'),(8993,'Filters out unpublished media if the current user cannot view it.','','none'),(8994,'There is nothing to configure for this media.','','none'),(8995,'@warning <a href=\"@edit_url\">Edit the text format %format</a> to modify the attributes that can be overridden.','','none'),(8996,'The view mode that an embedded media item should be displayed in by default. This can be overridden using the <code>data-view-mode</code> attribute.','','9.3.0'),(8997,'If none are selected, all will be allowed.','','9.3.0'),(8998,'View modes selectable in the \'Edit media\' dialog','','9.3.0'),(8999,'If two or more view modes are selected, users will be able to update the view mode that an embedded media item should be displayed in after it has been embedded.  If less than two view modes are selected, media will be embedded using the default view mode and no view mode options will appear after a media item has been embedded.','','9.3.0'),(9000,'The referenced media source is missing and needs to be re-embedded.','','none'),(9001,'You can embed media items (using the <code>&lt;drupal-media&gt;</code> tag).','','9.3.0'),(9002,'During rendering of embedded media: recursive rendering detected for %entity_id. Aborting rendering.','','none'),(9003,'During rendering of embedded media: the media item with UUID \"@uuid\" does not exist.','','none'),(9004,'During rendering of embedded media: the view mode \"@view-mode-id\" does not exist.','','none'),(9005,'Embeds media items using a custom tag, <code>&lt;drupal-media&gt;</code>. If used in conjunction with the \'Align/Caption\' filters, make sure this filter is configured to run after them.','','9.3.0'),(9006,'The Media Library module provides a rich, visual interface for managing media, and allows media to be reused in entity reference fields or embedded into text content. It overrides the <a href=\":media-collection\">media administration page</a>, allowing users to toggle between the existing table-style interface and a new grid-style interface for browsing and performing administrative operations on media.','','none'),(9007,'To learn more about media management, begin by reviewing the <a href=\":media-help\">documentation for the Media module</a>. For more information about the media library and related functionality, see the <a href=\":media-library-handbook\">online documentation for the Media Library module</a>.','','none'),(9008,'Selection dialog','','none'),(9009,'When selecting media for an entity reference field or a text editor, Media Library opens a modal dialog to help users easily find and select media. The modal dialog can toggle between a grid-style and table-style interface, and new media items can be uploaded directly into it.','','none'),(9010,'Within the dialog, media items are divided up by type. If more than one media type can be selected by the user, the available types will be displayed as a set of vertical tabs. To users who have appropriate permissions, each media type may also present a short form allowing you to upload or create new media items of that type.','','none'),(9011,'Grid-style vs. table-style interface','','none'),(9012,'The Media Library module provides a new grid-style interface for the media administration page that displays media as thumbnails, with minimal textual information, allowing users to visually browse media in their site. The existing table-style interface is better suited to displaying additional information about media items, in addition to being more accessible to users with assistive technology.','','none'),(9013,'Reusing media in entity reference fields','','none'),(9014,'Any entity reference field that references media can use the media library. To enable, configure the form display for the field to use the \"Media library\" widget.','','none'),(9015,'Embedding media in text content','','none'),(9016,'To use the media library within CKEditor, you must add the \"Insert from Media Library\" button to the CKEditor toolbar, and enable the \"Embed media\" filter in the text format associated with the text editor.','','none'),(9017,'Both the table-style and grid-style interfaces are regular views and can be customized via the Views UI, including sorting and filtering. This is the case for both the administration page and the modal dialog.','','none'),(9018,'The %media-embed-filter-label filter must be enabled to use the %drupal-media-library-button button.','','none'),(9019,'Insert from Media Library','','9.4.5'),(9020,'Media Library settings','','9.4.5'),(9021,'Manage Media Library settings.','','9.4.5'),(9022,'Media library settings','','none'),(9023,'Enable advanced UI','','9.3.0'),(9024,'Embed media from the Media Library','','none'),(9025,'The new site is missing modules corresponding to the old site\'s modules. Unless they are installed prior to the upgrade, configuration and/or content needed by them will not be available on your new site. <a href=\':review\'>Read the checklist</a> to help decide what to do.','','none'),(9026,'A path alias set for a specific language will always be used when displaying this page in that language, and takes precedence over path aliases set as <em>- Not specified -</em>.','','9.3.0'),(9027,'No path aliases available. <a href=\":link\">Add URL alias</a>.','','none'),(9028,'The search page that the form submits to, or Default for the default search page.','','none'),(9029,'Provides a service for (de)serializing data to/from formats such as JSON and XML.','','9.4.1'),(9030,'Experimental themes enabled','','9.3.13'),(9031,'Experimental themes found: %theme_list. Experimental themes are provided for testing purposes only. Use at your own risk.','','9.3.13'),(9032,'Configuration sync directory','','none'),(9033,'Your %file file must define the %setting setting as a string containing the directory in which configuration files can be found.','','none'),(9034,'experimental theme','','9.3.13'),(9035,'A local file system path where temporary files will be stored. This directory should not be accessible over the web. This must be changed in settings.php.','','9.3.11'),(9036,'Are you sure you wish to install an experimental theme?','','9.3.0'),(9037,'Experimental themes are provided for testing purposes only. Use at your own risk.','','9.3.0'),(9038,'The following themes are experimental: @themes','','9.3.0'),(9039,'You must enable the @required theme to install @theme.You must enable the @required themes to install @theme.','','none'),(9040,'Internationalization mode.','','none'),(9041,'Language from the taxonomy_vocabulary table.','','none'),(9042,'Translation of either the name or the description.','','none'),(9043,'Language code from locales_target table','','none'),(9044,'Require summary','','none'),(9045,'Always show summary','','none'),(9046,'The summary will also be visible when marked as required.','','none'),(9047,'The summary field is required for @name','','none'),(9048,'Always show the summary field','','none'),(9049,'Summary field will always be visible','','none'),(9050,'Too many password recovery requests from your IP address. It is temporarily blocked. Try again later or contact the site administrator.','','none'),(9051,'Limit the available operators','','9.3.0'),(9052,'List of available operators','','none'),(9053,'Limit the available operators to be shown on the exposed filter.','','9.3.0'),(9054,'Restrict operators to','','9.3.0'),(9055,'Selecting none will make all of them available.','','9.3.0'),(9056,'You selected the \"@operator\" operator as the default value but is not included in the list of limited operators.','','none'),(9057,'Provides an interface to create workflows with transitions between different states (for example publication or user status) provided by other modules.','','9.4.1'),(9058,'Indicates the workspace that this revision belongs to.','','none'),(9059,'Switch to Live','','none'),(9060,'Would you like to switch to the live version of the site?','','none'),(9061,'Switch to the live version of the site.','','none'),(9062,'You are now viewing the live version of the site.','','none'),(9063,'Nightwatch Testing','','none'),(9064,'Minimal profile for running Nightwatch tests. Includes absolutely required modules only.','','none'),(9065,'Media Library thumbnail (220×220)','','9.3.0'),(9066,'Delete {{ name }}','','9.3.0'),(9067,'An uploaded file or document, such as a PDF.','','none'),(9068,'The Help Topics module adds module- and theme-provided help topics to the module overviews from the core Help module. If the core Search module is enabled, these topics are also searchable. For more information, see the <a href=\":online\">online documentation for the Help Topics module</a>.','','none'),(9069,'Viewing help topics','','none'),(9070,'The top-level help topics are listed on the main <a href=\":help_page\">Help page</a>. Links to other topics, including non-top-level help topics, can be found under the \"Related\" heading when viewing a topic page.','','none'),(9071,'Providing help topics','','none'),(9072,'Modules and themes can provide help topics as Twig-file-based plugins in a project sub-directory called <em>help_topics</em>; plugin meta-data is provided in YAML front matter within each Twig file. Plugin-based help topics provided by modules and themes will automatically be updated when a module or theme is updated. Use the plugins in <em>core/modules/help_topics/help_topics</em> as a guide when writing and formatting a help topic plugin for your theme or module.','','none'),(9073,'Translating help topics','','none'),(9074,'The title and body text of help topics provided by contributed modules and themes are translatable using the <a href=\":locale_help\">Interface Translation module</a>. Topics provided by custom modules and themes are also translatable if they have been viewed at least once in a non-English language, which triggers putting their translatable text into the translation database.','','none'),(9075,'Configuring help search','','none'),(9076,'To search help, you will need to install the core Search module, configure a search page, and add a search block to the Help page or another administrative page. (A search page is provided automatically, and if you use the core Seven administrative theme, a help search block is shown on the main Help page.) Then users with search permissions, and permission to view help, will be able to search help. See the <a href=\":search_help\">Search module help page</a> for more information.','','none'),(9077,'See the <a href=\":help_page\">Help page</a> for more topics.','','none'),(9078,'Help Topics','','none'),(9079,'Displays help topics provided by themes and modules.','','9.4.1'),(9080,'Help search','','none'),(9081,'Configure the settings of a block that was previously placed in a region of a theme.','','none'),(9082,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; <a href=\"@layout_url\"><em>Block layout</em></a>.','','none'),(9083,'Click the name of the theme that contains the block.','','none'),(9084,'Optionally, click <em>Demonstrate block regions</em> to see the regions of the theme.','','none'),(9085,'If you only want to change the region where a block is located, or the ordering of blocks within a region, drag blocks to their desired positions and click <em>Save blocks</em>.','','none'),(9086,'If you want to change additional settings, find the region where the block you want to update is currently located, and click <em>Configure</em> in the line of the block description.','','none'),(9087,'Edit the block\'s settings. The available settings vary depending on the module that provides the block, but for all blocks you can change:','','none'),(9088,'<em>Block title</em>: The heading for the block on your site -- for some blocks, you will need to check the <em>Override title</em> checkbox in order to enter a title','','none'),(9089,'<em>Display title</em>: Check the box if you want the title displayed','','none'),(9090,'<em>Visibility</em>: Add conditions for when the block should be displayed','','none'),(9091,'<em>Region</em>: Change the theme region the block is displayed in','','none'),(9092,'Click <em>Save block</em>.','','none'),(9093,'What are blocks?','','none'),(9094,'Blocks are boxes of content rendered into an area, or region, of a web page of your site. Blocks are placed and configured specifically for each theme.','','none'),(9095,'What are custom blocks?','','none'),(9096,'Custom blocks are blocks whose content you can edit. You can define one or more <em>custom block types</em>, and attach fields to each custom block type. Custom blocks can be placed just like blocks provided by other modules.','','none'),(9097,'What is the block description?','','none'),(9098,'The block description is an identification name for a block, which is shown in the administrative interface. It is not displayed on the site.','','none'),(9099,'What is the block title?','','none'),(9100,'The block title is the heading that is optionally shown to site visitors when the block is placed in a region.','','none'),(9101,'Managing blocks overview','','none'),(9102,'The <em>Block</em> module allows you to place blocks in regions of your installed themes, and configure block settings. The <em>Custom Block</em> module allows you to custom block types and custom blocks. See the related topics listed below for specific tasks.','','none'),(9103,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/blocks-chapter.html\">Blocks chapter of the User Guide</a>','','none'),(9104,'Place a block into a theme\'s region.','','none'),(9105,'Click the name of the theme that you want to place the block in.','','none'),(9106,'Find the region where you want the block, and click <em>Place block</em> in that region. A modal dialog will pop up.','','none'),(9107,'Find the block you want to place and click <em>Place block</em>. A <em>Configure block</em> modal dialog will pop up.','','none'),(9108,'Create a custom block, which can later be placed on the site.','','none'),(9109,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; <em>Block layout</em> &gt; <a href=\"@content_url\"><em>Custom block library</em></a>.','','none'),(9110,'Click  <em>Add custom block</em>. If you have more than one custom block type defined on your site, click the name of the type you want to create.','','none'),(9111,'Enter a description of your block (to be shown to administrators) and the body text for your block.','','none'),(9112,'Define a custom block type and its fields.','','none'),(9113,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; <em>Block layout</em> &gt; <em>Custom block library</em> &gt; <a href=\"@types_url\"><em>Block types</em></a>.','','none'),(9114,'Click  <em>Add custom block type</em>.','','none'),(9115,'Enter a label for this block type (shown in the administrative interface). Optionally, edit the automatically-generated machine name or the description.','','none'),(9116,'Click <em>Save</em>. You will be returned to the <em>Block types</em> page.','','none'),(9117,'Click <em>Manage fields</em> in the row of your new block type, and add the desired fields to your block type.','','none'),(9118,'Optionally, click <em>Manage form display</em> or <em>Manage display</em> to change the editing form or field display for your block type.','','none'),(9119,'Use contextual links to access administrative tasks without navigating the administrative menu.','','none'),(9120,'What are contextual links?','','none'),(9121,'<em>Contextual links</em> give users with the <em>Use contextual links</em> permission quick access to administrative tasks related to areas of non-administrative pages. For example, if a page on your site displays a block, the block would have a contextual link that would allow users with permission to configure the block. If the block contains a menu or a view, it would also have a contextual link for editing the menu links or the view. Clicking a contextual link takes you to the related administrative page directly, without needing to navigate through the administrative menu system.','','none'),(9122,'Make sure that the core Contextual Links module is installed, and that you have a role with the <em>Use contextual links</em> permission. Optionally, make sure that a toolbar module is installed (either the core Toolbar module or a contributed module replacement).','','none'),(9123,'Visit a non-administrative page on your site, such as the home page.','','none'),(9124,'Locate a block or another area on the page that you want to edit or configure.','','none'),(9125,'Make the contextual links button visible by hovering your mouse over that area in the page. In most themes, this button looks like a pencil and is placed in the upper right corner of the page area (upper left for right-to-left languages), and hovering will also temporarily outline the affected area. Alternatively, click the contextual links toggle button on the right end of the toolbar (left end for right-to-left languages), which will make all contextual link buttons on the page visible until it is clicked again.','','none'),(9126,'While the contextual links button for the area of interest is visible, click the button to display the list of links for that area. Click a link in the list to visit the corresponding administrative page.','','none'),(9127,'Complete your administrative task and save your settings, or cancel the action. You should be returned to the page you started from.','','none'),(9128,'What are security updates?','','none'),(9129,'Any software occasionally has bugs, and sometimes these bugs have security implications. When security bugs are fixed in the core software, modules, or themes that your site uses, they are released in a <em>security update</em>. You will need to apply security updates in order to keep your site secure.','','none'),(9130,'Security tasks','','none'),(9131,'Keeping track of updates, updating the core software, and updating contributed modules and/or themes are all part of keeping your site secure. See the related topics listed below for specific tasks.','','none'),(9132,'Overview of accessibility','','none'),(9133,'The default drag-and-drop user interface for ordering tables in the administrative interface presents a challenge for some users, including keyboard-only users and users of screen readers and other assistive technology. The drag-and-drop interface can be disabled in a table by clicking a link labeled <em>Show row weights</em> above the table. The replacement interface allows users to order the table by choosing numerical weights (with increasing numbers) instead of dragging table rows.','','none'),(9134,'Administrative interface overview','','none'),(9135,'A menu system, which you can navigate to find pages for administrative tasks. The core Toolbar module displays this menu on the top or left side of the page (right side in right-to-left languages). There are also contributed module replacements for the core Toolbar module, with additional features, such as the <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/project/admin_toolbar\">Admin Toolbar module</a>.','','none'),(9136,'The core Shortcuts module enhances the toolbar with a configurable list of links to commonly-used tasks.','','none'),(9137,'If you install the core Contextual Links module, non-administrative pages will contain links leading to related administrative tasks.','','none'),(9138,'The core Help module displays help topics, and provides a Help block that can be placed on administrative pages to provide an overview of their functionality.','','none'),(9139,'The core Tour module allows modules to provide interactive tours of administrative pages for more detailed help.','','none'),(9140,'See the related topics listed below for specific tasks.','','none'),(9141,'Set up your site so that users can search for help.','','none'),(9142,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em><a href=\"@extend_url\">Extend</a></em>. Verify that the Search, Help, Help Topics, and Block modules are installed (or install them if they are not already installed).','','none'),(9143,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Search and metadata</em> &gt; <em>Search pages</em>.','','none'),(9144,'Verify that a Help search page is listed in the <em>Search pages</em> section. If not, add a new page of type <em>Help</em>.','','none'),(9145,'Click the link for your administrative theme (such as the core Seven theme), near the top of the page, and verify that there is already a search block for help located in the Help region. If not, follow the steps in the related topic to place the <em>Search form</em> block in the Help region. When configuring the block, choose <em>Help</em> as the search page, and in the <em>Pages</em> tab under <em>Visibility</em>, enter <em>/admin/help</em> to make the search form only visible on the main <em>Help</em> page.','','none'),(9146,'Create, view, and use a set of shortcuts to access administrative pages.','','none'),(9147,'What are shortcuts?','','none'),(9148,'<em>Shortcuts</em> are quick links to administrative pages; they are managed by the core Shortcut module. A site can have one or more <em>shortcut sets</em>, which can be shared by one or more users (by default, there is only one set shared by all users); each set contains a limited number of shortcuts. Users need <em>Use shortcuts</em> permission to view shortcuts; <em>Edit current shortcut set</em> permission to add, delete, or edit the shortcuts in the set assigned to them; and <em>Select any shortcut set</em> permission to select a different shortcut set when editing their user profile. There is also an <em>Administer shortcuts</em> permission, which allows an administrator to do any of these actions, as well as select shortcut sets for other users.','','none'),(9149,'Make sure that the core Shortcut module is enabled, and that you have a role with <em>Edit current shortcut set</em> or <em>Administer shortcuts</em> permission. Also, make sure that a toolbar module is installed (either the core Toolbar module or a contributed module replacement).','','none'),(9150,'Navigate to an administrative page that you want in your shortcut list.','','none'),(9151,'Click the shortcut link to add the page to your shortcut list -- in the core Seven administrative theme, the link looks like a star, and is displayed next to the page title. However, if the page is already in your shortcut set, clicking the shortcut link will remove it from your shortcut set.','','none'),(9152,'Repeat until all the desired links have been added to your shortcut set.','','none'),(9153,'Click <em>Shortcuts</em> in the toolbar to display your shortcuts, and verify that the list is complete.','','none'),(9154,'Optionally, click <em>Edit shortcuts</em> at the right end of the shortcut list (left end in right-to-left languages), to remove links or change their order.','','none'),(9155,'Click any link in the shortcut bar to go directly to the administrative page.','','none'),(9156,'Configure the basic settings of your site, including the site name, slogan, main email address, default time zone, default country, and the date formats to use.','','none'),(9157,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>System</em> &gt; <em><a href=\"@information_url\">Basic site settings</a></em>.','','none'),(9158,'Enter the site name, slogan, and main email address for your site.','','none'),(9159,'Click <em>Save configuration</em>. You should see a message indicating that the settings were saved.','','none'),(9160,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Regional and language</em> &gt; <em><a href=\"@regional_url\">Regional settings</a></em>.','','none'),(9161,'Select the default country and default time zone for your site.','','none'),(9162,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Regional and language</em> &gt; <em><a href=\"@datetime_url\">Date and time formats</a></em>.','','none'),(9163,'Look at the <em>Patterns</em> for the Default long, medium, and short date formats. If any of them does not match the date format you want to use on your site, click <em>Edit</em> in that row to edit the format.','','none'),(9164,'Adjust the <em>Format string</em> until the <em>Displayed</em> format matches what you want. (Date format strings are composed of PHP date format codes.)','','none'),(9165,'Click <em>Save format</em>. You should see a message indicating that the format was saved.','','none'),(9166,'Repeat the previous three steps for any other date formats that need to be changed.','','none'),(9167,'Set up your site to respond appropriately to site errors, including 403 and 404 page responses.','','none'),(9168,'What are 403 and 404 responses?','','none'),(9169,'When a user visits a web page, the web server sends a response code in addition to the page content. A normal, non-error response has code 200. If the page does not exist on the site, the response code is 404. If the page exists, but the user is not authorized to visit the page, the response code is 403. The core software provides default responses for both 403 and 404 codes, but if you prefer, you can create your own pages for each.','','none'),(9170,'What other errors can occur?','','none'),(9171,'Under some situations, your site can generate error messages. These can be due to user errors (such as entering invalid values in a form, or incorrect configuration), PHP runtime errors, or software bugs. Some errors may result in a <em>white screen of death</em> (a totally blank web page response); less drastic errors will generate error messages. You can configure what happens when an error message is generated.','','none'),(9172,'If desired, create pages to use for 403 and 404 responses. Note the URLs for these pages.','','none'),(9173,'In the <em>Error pages</em> section, enter the URL for your 403/403 pages, starting after the site home page URL. For example, if your site URL is <em>https://example.com</em> and your 404 page is <em>https://example.com/not-found</em>, you would enter <em>/not-found</em>.','','none'),(9174,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Development</em> &gt; <em><a href=\"@log_settings_url\">Logging and errors</a></em>.','','none'),(9175,'For a production site, select <em>None</em> under <em>Error messages to display</em>. For a site that is in development, select one of the other options, so that you are more aware of the errors the site is generating.','','none'),(9176,'Take a tour of an administrative page.','','none'),(9177,'What are tours?','','none'),(9178,'The core Tour module provides users with <em>tours</em>, which are guided tours of the administrative interface. Each tour starts on a particular administrative page, and consists of one or more <em>tips</em> that highlight elements of the page, guide you through a workflow, or explain key concepts. Users need <em>Access tour</em> permission to view tours, and JavaScript must be enabled in their browsers.','','none'),(9179,'Make sure that the core Tour module is installed, and that you have a role with the <em>Access tour</em> permission. Also, make sure that a toolbar module is installed (either the core Toolbar module or a contributed module replacement).','','none'),(9180,'Visit an administrative page that has a tour, such as the edit view page provided by the core Views UI module.','','none'),(9181,'Click the <em>Tour</em> button at the right end of the toolbar (left end for right-to-left languages). The first tip of the tour should appear.','','none'),(9182,'Click the <em>Next</em> button to advance to the next tip, and <em>End tour</em> at the end to close the tour.','','none'),(9183,'Configure settings related to how user accounts are created and deleted.','','none'),(9184,'What are the settings related to user account creation and deletion?','','none'),(9185,'You can make it possible for new users to register themselves for accounts, with or without email verification or administrative approval. Or, you can make it so only administrators with <em>Administer users</em> permission can register new users.','','none'),(9186,'You can configure what happens to content that a user created, if their account is <em>canceled</em> (deleted).','','none'),(9187,'You can edit the email messages that are sent to users when their accounts are pending, approved, created, blocked, or canceled, or when they request a password reset.','','none'),(9188,'What are variables in email message text?','','none'),(9189,'<em>Variables</em> are short text strings, enclosed in square brackets [], that you can insert into configured email message text. When an individual message is generated, data from your site is substituted for the variables. Some commonly-used variables are:','','none'),(9190,'[site:login-url]: The URL where users can log in to your site.','','none'),(9191,'[user:display-name]: The user\'s displayed name.','','none'),(9192,'[user:mail]: The user\'s email alias.','','none'),(9193,'[user:one-time-login-url]: An expiring URL that a user can use to log in once, if they need to reset their password.','','none'),(9194,'Select the method you want to use for creating user accounts, and check or uncheck the box that requires email verification, to match the settings you want for your site.','','none'),(9195,'Select the desired option for what happens to content that a user created if their account is canceled.','','none'),(9196,'Optionally, edit the text of email messages related to user accounts.','','none'),(9197,'Verify that the other settings are correct.','','none'),(9198,'Topics can be provided by modules or themes. Top-level help topics on your site:','','none'),(9199,'Both the table-style and grid-style interfaces are regular views and can be customized via the <a href=\":views-ui\">Views UI</a>, including sorting and filtering. This is the case for both the administration page and the modal dialog.','','none'),(9200,'In the grid-style interface, the fields that are displayed (including which image style is used for images) can be customized by configuring the \"Media library\" view mode for each of your <a href=\":media-types\">media types</a>. The thumbnail images in the grid-style interface can be customized by configuring the \"Media Library thumbnail (220×220)\" image style.','','none'),(9201,'Provides the API allowing to rename URLs.','','none'),(9202,'The parent workspace.','','none'),(9203,'Merge workspace','','none'),(9204,'Only top-level workspaces can be published.','','none'),(9205,'Merge into @target_label','','none'),(9206,'The %label workspace can not be deleted because it has child workspaces.','','none'),(9207,'There are no changes that can be merged from %source_label to %target_label.','','none'),(9208,'Would you like to merge the contents of the %source_label workspace into %target_label?','','none'),(9209,'Merge workspace contents.','','none'),(9210,'The contents of the %source_label workspace have been merged into %target_label.','','none'),(9211,'There is @count item that can be merged from %source_label to %target_labelThere are @count items that can be merged from %source_label to %target_label','','none'),(9212,'Workspace selection','','none'),(9213,'Medium 8:7','','none'),(9214,'Responsive 3x2','','none'),(9215,'The field that is going to be used as the RSS item link for each row. This must either be an internal unprocessed path like \"node/123\" or a processed, root-relative URL as produced by fields like \"Link to content\".','','none'),(9216,'Recursive rendering detected when rendering entity %entity_type: %entity_id, using the %field_name field on the %parent_entity_type:%parent_bundle %parent_entity_id entity. Aborting rendering.','','none'),(9217,'The user who created the revision.','','9.3.11'),(9218,'Heading type','','none'),(9219,'@interval hence','','9.3.0'),(9220,'The @drupal installer requires that the %default-file file must not be deleted or modified from the original download.','','none'),(9221,'Enter the date using the format @placeholder_date (e.g., @date_format).','','9.4.5'),(9222,'Enter the time using the format @placeholder_time (e.g., @time_format).','','9.4.5'),(9223,'Temporary file could not be created for file upload.','','none'),(9224,'Field discovery failed for Drupal core version @core. Did this site have the Field module installed? Error: @message','','none'),(9225,'Drupal 9 no longer uses the $settings[\'install_profile\'] value in settings.php and it should be removed.','','none'),(9226,'@low_version_number to @high_version_number','','9.3.13'),(9227,'Drupal core security coverage','','9.3.13'),(9228,'Update to a supported minor version soon to continue receiving security updates.','','none'),(9229,'Visit the <a href=\":url\">release cycle overview</a> for more information on supported releases.','','9.3.13'),(9230,'Manage workspace','','none'),(9231,'Other workspaces:','','none'),(9232,'View all workspaces','','none'),(9233,'Not compatible','','none'),(9234,'Requires Drupal core:','','9.4.1'),(9235,'Covered until @end_version','','9.3.13'),(9236,'Coverage has ended','','none'),(9237,'<a href=\":update_status_report\">Update to @next_minor or higher</a> soon to continue receiving security updates.','','none'),(9238,'Covered until @date','','none'),(9239,'<a href=\":update_status_report\">Update to a supported minor</a> as soon as possible to continue receiving security updates.','','none'),(9240,'Allows configuration of tasks to be executed in response to events.','','9.4.1'),(9241,'Gathers and displays syndicated content (RSS, RDF, and Atom feeds) from external sources.','','9.4.1'),(9242,'Allows administrators to ban visits from specific IP addresses.','','9.4.1'),(9243,'Supplies an HTTP Basic authentication provider.','','9.4.1'),(9244,'Allows the creation of custom blocks and block types.','','9.4.1'),(9245,'Manages breakpoints and breakpoint groups for responsive designs.','','9.4.1'),(9246,'Allows users to change the color scheme of compatible themes.','','9.4.1'),(9247,'Allows users to comment on content.','','9.4.1'),(9248,'Allows administrators to import and export configuration changes.','','9.4.1'),(9249,'Allows users to translate configuration text.','','9.4.1'),(9250,'Provides site-wide contact forms and forms to contact individual users.','','9.4.1'),(9251,'Allows users to translate content.','','9.4.1'),(9252,'Provides contextual links to directly access tasks related to page elements.','','9.4.1'),(9253,'Logs system events in the database.','','9.4.1'),(9254,'Caches pages, including those with dynamic content, for all users.','','9.4.1'),(9255,'Provides a user interface for the Field module.','','9.4.1'),(9256,'Defines a field type for files.','','9.4.1'),(9257,'Defines a field type for image media and provides display configuration tools.','','9.4.1'),(9258,'Allows users to configure available languages.','','9.4.1'),(9259,'Allows users to create menu links.','','9.4.1'),(9260,'Users with sufficient access rights will be able to override these options.','','9.3.0'),(9261,'Caches pages for anonymous users and can be used when external page cache is not available.','','9.4.1'),(9262,'Allows users to create search pages based on plugins provided by other modules.','','9.4.1'),(9263,'PHP APCu caching','','9.3.13'),(9264,'Enabled (@size)','','9.3.13'),(9265,'Depending on your configuration, Drupal can run with a @apcu_size APCu limit. However, a @apcu_default_size APCu limit (the default) or above is recommended, especially if your site uses additional custom or contributed modules.','','none'),(9266,'Memory available: @available.','','9.3.13'),(9267,'PHP APCu caching can improve your site\'s performance considerably. It is <strong>highly recommended</strong> to have <a href=\"https://www.php.net/manual/apcu.installation.php\" target=\"_blank\">APCu</a> installed on your server.','','none'),(9268,'The version of Drupal you are trying to update from is too old','','none'),(9269,'Updating to Drupal @current_major is only supported from Drupal version @required_min_version or higher. If you are trying to update from an older version, first update to the latest version of Drupal @previous_major. (<a href=\":url\">Drupal 9 upgrade guide</a>)','','none'),(9270,'Unsupported schema version: @module','','none'),(9271,'The installed version of the %module module is too old to update. Update to an intermediate version first (last removed version: @last_removed_version, installed version: @installed_version).','','none'),(9272,'Displays guided tours of the site interface.','','9.4.1'),(9273,'Provides a user interface for creating and managing views.','','9.4.1'),(9274,'<p class=\"text-align-center\">Explore recipes across every type of occasion, ingredient, and skill level.</p>','','none'),(9275,'<p class=\"text-align-center\">Explore recipes across every type of occasion, ingredient, and skill level</p>','','none'),(9276,'MariaDB','','9.3.13'),(9277,'MySQL, Percona Server, or equivalent','','none'),(9278,'Required by the theme: @theme_namesRequired by the themes: @theme_names','','none'),(9279,'The Migrate Drupal Multilingual module is deprecated and should not be installed.','','none'),(9280,'@theme','','none'),(9281,'@theme (theme) (<span class=\"admin-disabled\">disabled</span>)','','none'),(9282,'This theme requires the listed modules to operate correctly.','','none'),(9283,'This theme requires the listed modules to operate correctly. They must first be enabled by a user with permissions to do so.','','none'),(9284,'This theme requires the listed modules to operate correctly. They must first be enabled via the <a href=\":modules_url\">Extend page</a>.','','none'),(9285,'Review the <a href=\":url\"> suggestions for resolving this incompatibility</a> to repair your installation, and then re-run update.php.','','none'),(9286,'Missing updates for: @module','','none'),(9287,'The following module is installed, but it is incompatible with Drupal @version:The following modules are installed, but they are incompatible with Drupal @version:','','none'),(9288,'Incompatible moduleIncompatible modules','','none'),(9289,'The following theme is installed, but it is incompatible with Drupal @version:The following themes are installed, but they are incompatible with Drupal @version:','','none'),(9290,'Incompatible themeIncompatible themes','','none'),(9291,'The following module is installed, but it is incompatible with PHP @version:The following modules are installed, but they are incompatible with PHP @version:','','none'),(9292,'The following theme is installed, but it is incompatible with PHP @version:The following themes are installed, but they are incompatible with PHP @version:','','none'),(9293,'The following module is marked as installed in the core.extension configuration, but it is missing:The following modules are marked as installed in the core.extension configuration, but they are missing:','','none'),(9294,'Missing or invalid moduleMissing or invalid modules','','none'),(9295,'The following theme is marked as installed in the core.extension configuration, but it is missing:The following themes are marked as installed in the core.extension configuration, but they are missing:','','none'),(9296,'Missing or invalid themeMissing or invalid themes','','none'),(9297,'The installed version of the %module module is too old to update. Update to a version prior to @versions first (missing updates: @missing_updates).The installed version of the %module module is too old to update. Update first to a version prior to all of the following: @versions (missing updates: @missing_updates).','','none'),(9298,'@module_name (<span class=\"admin-missing\">missing</span>)','','9.4.1'),(9299,'@module_name (<span class=\"admin-missing\">incompatible with</span> this version of Drupal core)','','none'),(9300,'@module_name (<span class=\"admin-missing\">incompatible with</span> version @version)','','none'),(9301,'@module_name (<span class=\"admin-disabled\">disabled</span>)','','none'),(9302,'Unable to install @theme due to missing module dependencies.','','none'),(9303,'Empty version','','none'),(9304,'Invalid version: @existing_version','','none'),(9305,'Testing config dependencies and optional configuration','','none'),(9306,'Stable 9','','none'),(9307,'A base theme using Drupal 9.0.0\'s core markup and CSS.','','none'),(9308,'<p>This is a test.</p>','','none'),(9309,'Ban visitors from one or more IP addresses from accessing and viewing your site.','','none'),(9310,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>People</em> &gt; <a href=\"@ban\"><em>IP address bans</em></a>','','none'),(9311,'Enter an <em>IP address</em> and click <em>Add</em>.','','none'),(9312,'You should see the IP address you entered listed under <em>Banned IP addresses</em>. Repeat the above steps to ban additional IP addresses.','','none'),(9313,'What types of data does a site have?','','none'),(9314,'What is a content entity?','','none'),(9315,'A <em>content entity</em> (or more commonly, <em>entity</em>) is an item of content data, which can consist of text, HTML markup, images, attached files, and other data. Content entities are grouped into <em>entity types</em>, which have different purposes and are displayed in very different ways on the site. Most entity types are also divided into <em>entity sub-types</em>, which are divisions within an entity type to allow for smaller variations in how the entities are used and displayed. For example, the <em>Content item</em> entity type that stores page-level content is divided into <em>content type</em> sub-types; the <em>Custom block</em> entity type has <em>custom block types</em>; but the <em>User</em> entity type (for user profile information) does not have sub-types.','','none'),(9316,'What is a field?','','none'),(9317,'Within entity items, the data is stored in individual <em>fields</em>, each of which holds one type of data, such as formatted or plain text, images or other files, or dates. Fields can be added by an administrator on entity sub-types, so that all entity items of a given entity sub-type have the same collection of fields available, and they can be single-valued or multiple-valued. When you create or edit entity items, you are specifying the values for the fields on the entity item.','','none'),(9318,'What is a reference field?','','none'),(9319,'A <em>reference field</em> is a field that stores a relationship between an entity and one or more other entities, which may belong to the same or different entity type. For example, a <em>Content reference</em> field on a content type stores a relationship between one content item and one or more other content items.','','none'),(9320,'What field types are available?','','none'),(9321,'The following field types are provided by the core system and core modules (many more are provided by contributed modules):','','none'),(9322,'Boolean, Number (provided by the core system): Stores true/false values and numbers','','none'),(9323,'Comment (provided by the core Comment module): Allows users to add comments to an entity','','none'),(9324,'Date, Timestamp (Datetime module): Stores dates and times','','none'),(9325,'Date range (Datetime range module): Stores time/date periods with a start and and an end','','none'),(9326,'Email (core system): Stores email addresses','','none'),(9327,'Link (Link module): Stores URLs and link text','','none'),(9328,'Telephone (Telephone module): Stores telephone numbers','','none'),(9329,'What is a formatter?','','none'),(9330,'A <em>formatter</em> is a way to display a field; most field types offer several types of formatters, and most formatters have settings that further define how the field is displayed. It is also possible to completely hide a field from display, and you have the option of showing or hiding the field\'s label when it is displayed.','','none'),(9331,'What is a widget?','','none'),(9332,'A <em>widget</em> is a way to edit a field. Some field types, such as plain text single-line fields, have only one widget available (in this case, a single-line text input field). Other field types offer choices for the widget; for example, single-valued <em>List</em> fields can use a <em>Select</em> or <em>Radio button</em> widget for editing. Many widget types have settings that further define how the field can be edited.','','none'),(9333,'Managing content structure overview','','none'),(9334,'Besides the field modules listed in the previous section, there are additional core modules that you can use to manage your content structure:','','none'),(9335,'The core Node, Comment, Custom Block, Custom Menu Links, User, File, Image, Media, Taxonomy, Contact, and Aggregator modules all provide content entity types.','','none'),(9336,'Depending on the core and contributed modules that you currently have installed on your site, the related topics below, and other topics listed on the main <a href=\"@help_url\">Help page</a>, will help you with tasks related to content structure.','','none'),(9337,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/understanding-data.html\">Concept: Types of Data topic in the User Guide</a>','','none'),(9338,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/planning-chapter.html\">Planning your Site chapter in the User Guide</a>','','none'),(9339,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/structure-reference-fields.html\">Concept: Reference Fields topic in the User Guide</a>','','none'),(9340,'Configure your system so that cron will run automatically.','','none'),(9341,'What are cron tasks?','','none'),(9342,'To ensure that your site and its modules continue to function well, a group of administrative operations should be run periodically. These operations are called <em>cron</em> tasks, and running the tasks is known as <em>running cron</em>. Depending on how often content is updated on your site, you might need to run cron on a schedule ranging from hourly to weekly to keep your site running well.','','none'),(9343,'What options are available for running cron?','','none'),(9344,'If the core Automated Cron module is installed, your site will run cron periodically, on a schedule you can configure.','','none'),(9345,'You can set up a task on your web server to visit the <em> cron URL</em>, which is unique to your site, on a schedule.','','none'),(9346,'You can also run cron manually, but this is not the recommended way to make sure it is run periodically.','','none'),(9347,'In the <em>Manage</em> administration menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>System</em> &gt; <a href=\"@cron\"><em>Cron</em></a>. Note the <em>Last run</em> time on the page.','','none'),(9348,'If you want to run cron right now, click <em>Run cron</em> and wait for cron to finish.','','none'),(9349,'If you have a way to configure tasks on your web server, copy the link where it says <em>To run cron from outside the site, go to</em>. Set up a task to visit that URL on your desired cron schedule, such as once an hour or once a week. (On Linux-like servers, you can use the <em>wget</em> command to visit a URL.) If you configure an outside task, you should uninstall the Automated Cron module.','','none'),(9350,'If you are not configuring an outside task, and you have the core Automated Cron module installed, select a schedule for automated cron runs in <em>Cron settings</em> &gt; <em>Run cron every</em>. Click <em>Save configuration</em>.','','none'),(9351,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/security-cron-concept.html\">Concept: Cron in the User Guide</a>','','none'),(9352,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/security-cron.html\">Configuring Cron Maintenance Tasks in the User Guide</a>','','none'),(9353,'What is a module?','','none'),(9354,'A <em>module</em> is a set of PHP, JavaScript, and/or CSS files that extends site features and adds functionality. A set of <em>Core modules</em> is distributed as part of the core software download. Additional <em>Contributed modules</em> can be downloaded separately from the <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/project/project_module\">Download &amp; Extend page on drupal.org</a>.','','none'),(9355,'What is an Experimental module?','','none'),(9356,'An <em>Experimental</em> module is a module that is still in development and is not yet stable. Using Experimental modules on production sites is not recommended.','','none'),(9357,'What are installing and uninstalling?','','none'),(9358,'Installing a core or downloaded contributed module means turning it on, so that you can use its features and functionality. Uninstalling means turning it off and removing all of its configuration. A module cannot be uninstalled if another installed module depends on it, or if you have created content on your site using the module -- you would need to delete the content and uninstall dependent modules first.','','none'),(9359,'Extending overview','','none'),(9360,'See the related topics listed below for help performing tasks related to extending the functionality of your site.','','none'),(9361,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/understanding-modules.html\">Concept: Modules topic in the User Guide</a>','','none'),(9362,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/extend-chapter.html\">Extending and customizing your site chapter in the User Guide</a>','','none'),(9363,'Maintaining and troubleshooting overview','','none'),(9364,'Here are some tasks and hints related to maintaining your site, and troubleshooting problems that may come up on your site. See the related topics below for more information.','','none'),(9365,'When performing maintenance, such as installing, uninstalling, or upgrading a module, put your site in maintenance mode.','','none'),(9366,'Configure your site so that cron runs periodically.','','none'),(9367,'If your site is not behaving as expected, clear the cache before trying to diagnose the problem.','','none'),(9368,'There are several site reports that can help you diagnose problems with your site. There are also two core modules that can be used for error logging: Database Logging and Syslog.','','none'),(9369,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/prevent-chapter.html\">Preventing and Fixing Problems chapter in the User Guide</a>','','none'),(9370,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/security-chapter.html\">Security and Maintenance chapter in the User Guide</a>','','none'),(9371,'Navigate to the page for managing the entity sub-type you want to add the field to. For example, to add a field to a content type, in the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; <a href=\"@content_types\"><em>Content types</em></a>.','','none'),(9372,'Find the particular sub-type that you want to add the field to, and click <em>Manage fields</em>.','','none'),(9373,'Click <em>Add field</em>.','','none'),(9374,'The <em>Label</em> field should now be visible; enter a label for the field, which is used as the field label for both content editing and content display.','','none'),(9375,'Click <em>Save and continue</em>.','','none'),(9376,'On the next screen, enter a value for <em>Allowed number of values</em>. You can limit the field to one value per entity item, a set number of values, or set it to have unlimited values. Click <em>Save field settings</em>.','','none'),(9377,'On the next screen, optionally edit the settings for the field, which vary depending on what field type you are creating. For all fields, you can edit the <em>Label</em>, <em>Help text</em> (text to be displayed below the field on the content editing page), and <em>Required field</em> (to make it so a value must be entered in order to save the content when editing). You can also configure a default value for the field.','','none'),(9378,'Navigate to the page for managing the entity type you want to add the field to. For example, to add a field to a content type, in the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; <a href=\"@content_types\"><em>Content types</em></a>.','','none'),(9379,'Find the particular sub-type that you want to configure the display of, and click <em>Manage display</em> in the <em>Operations</em> list.','','none'),(9380,'Use the drag arrows to order the fields in your preferred order.','','none'),(9381,'Drag any fields that you do not wish to see in the display to the <em>Disabled</em> section.','','none'),(9382,'In the <em>Label</em> column, select the position for each field label in the display, or <em>- Hidden -</em> to hide a label. You can also choose <em>- Visually Hidden-</em> if you want the label\'s text to appear in the HTML page, so that screen readers and search engines can read it, but it will not be visible.','','none'),(9383,'In the <em>Format</em> column, select the formatter for displaying each field.','','none'),(9384,'After selecting the desired formatters, click the settings gear in each row to change the settings for the formatter.','','none'),(9385,'When you are done making changes, click <em>Save</em>.','','none'),(9386,'Test the display for your entity sub-type by viewing an entity. If needed, return to these steps to further refine the display.','','none'),(9387,'Find the particular sub-type that you want to configure the editing form for, and click <em>Manage form display</em> in the <em>Operations</em> list.','','none'),(9388,'Drag any fields that you do not wish to see on the editing form to the <em>Disabled</em> section.','','none'),(9389,'In the <em>Widget</em> column, select the widget for editing each field.','','none'),(9390,'After selecting the desired widgets, click the settings gear in each row to change the settings for the widget.','','none'),(9391,'Test the editing form for your entity sub-type by editing or creating an entity. If needed, return to these steps to further refine the form.','','none'),(9392,'In <em>Add a new field</em>, select the type of reference field you want to add. The <em>Reference</em> section of the select list shows the most common types of reference field; choose <em>Other...</em> if the entity type you want to reference is not listed.','','none'),(9393,'On the next screen, verify that the type of entity you want to reference is shown in <em>Type of item to reference</em>, or select it if not. Enter a value for <em>Allowed number of values</em>. You can limit the field to one value per entity item, a set number of values, or set it to have unlimited values. Click <em>Save field settings</em>.','','none'),(9394,'On the next screen, optionally edit the settings for <em>Label</em>, <em>Help text</em> (text to be displayed below the field on the content editing page), and <em>Required field</em> (to make it so a value must be entered in order to save the content when editing).','','none'),(9395,'In the <em>Reference type</em> section, you will usually want to limit the entity sub-types that can be referenced; for example, if you are creating a <em>Content</em> reference, you can check one or two <em>Content type</em> choices. The choices will be easier for content editors to scan if you also choose a sort value (normally the entity title or label field).','','none'),(9396,'Clear the data in the site cache.','','none'),(9397,'What is the cache?','','none'),(9398,'Some of the calculations that are done when your site loads a page take a long time to run. To save time when these calculations would need to be done again, their results can be <em>cached</em> in your site\'s database. There are internal mechanisms to <em>clear</em> cached data when the conditions or assumptions that went into the calculation have changed, but you can also clear cached data manually. When your site is misbehaving, a good first step is to clear the cache and see if the problem goes away.','','none'),(9399,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Development</em> &gt; <em><a href=\"@performance_url\"><em>Performance</em></a></em>.','','none'),(9400,'Click <em>Clear all caches</em>. Your site\'s cached data will be cleared.','','none'),(9401,'Put your site in maintenance mode to perform maintenance operations, and then return to normal mode when finished.','','none'),(9402,'What is maintenance mode?','','none'),(9403,'When your site is in maintenance mode, most site visitors will see a simple maintenance mode message page, rather than being able to use the full functionality of the site. Users with <em>Use the site in maintenance mode</em> permission who are already logged in will be able to use the full site, and the log in page at <em>/user</em> will also be accessible to anyone.','','none'),(9404,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Development</em> &gt; <a href=\"@maintenance_url\"><em>Maintenance mode</em></a>.','','none'),(9405,'Check <em>Put site into maintenance mode</em>, optionally change the <em>Message to display when in maintenance mode</em>, and click <em>Save configuration</em>. Your site will be in maintenance mode.','','none'),(9406,'Perform your maintenance operations.','','none'),(9407,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Development</em> &gt; <em><a href=\"@maintenance_url\">Maintenance mode</a></em>.','','none'),(9408,'Uncheck <em>Put site into maintenance mode</em> and click <em>Save configuration</em>. Your site will be back in normal operation mode.','','none'),(9409,'Install a core module, or a contributed module that has already been downloaded.','','none'),(9410,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <a href=\"@extend_url\"><em>Extend</em></a>.','','none'),(9411,'Enter a word from the module name or description into the filter box, to make the list of modules smaller. Locate the module you want to install.','','none'),(9412,'Check the box next to the name of the module you want to install; you can also check more than one box to install multiple modules at the same time. If the checkbox is disabled for the module you are trying to install, expand the information to see why -- you may need to download an additional module that your module requires.','','none'),(9413,'Click <em>Install</em> at the bottom of the page. If you chose to install a module with dependencies that were not already installed, or if you chose an Experimental module, confirm your choice on the next page.','','none'),(9414,'Wait for the module (or modules) to be installed. You should be returned to the <em>Extend</em> page with a message saying the module or modules were installed.','','none'),(9415,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Extend</em> &gt; <a href=\"@uninstall_url\"><em>Uninstall</em></a>.','','none'),(9416,'Enter a word from the module name or description into the filter box, to make the list of modules smaller. Locate the module you want to uninstall.','','none'),(9417,'In the <em>Description</em> column, see if there are reasons that this module cannot be uninstalled. For example, you may have created content using this module (which you would need to delete first), or there may be another module installed that requires this module to be installed (you would need to uninstall the other module first).','','none'),(9418,'If there are no reasons listed, the module can be uninstalled. Check the box in the <em>Uninstall</em> column, next to the module\'s name.','','none'),(9419,'Click <em>Uninstall</em> at the bottom of the page. Verify the list of modules to be uninstalled and configuration to be deleted on the confirmation page, and click <em>Uninstall</em>.','','none'),(9420,'Wait for the module to be uninstalled. You should be returned to the <em>Uninstall</em> page with a message saying the module was uninstalled.','','none'),(9421,'Run reports to learn about the status and health of your site.','','none'),(9422,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Reports</em> &gt; <a href=\"@status_url\"><em>Status report</em></a> to see a report that summarizes the health and status of your site. If there are any warnings or errors, you will need to fix them.','','none'),(9423,'If you have the core Database Logging module installed, in the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Reports</em> &gt; <em>Recent log messages</em> to see a report of the error and informational messages your site has generated. You can filter the report by <em>Severity</em> to see only the most critical messages, if desired.','','none'),(9424,'If you have the core Update Manager module installed, in the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Reports</em> &gt; <em>Available updates</em> to see a report of the updates that are available for your site software. If <em>Last checked</em> is far in the past, click <em>Check manually</em> to update the report. Scan the report; if Drupal core or any modules or themes have security updates available, you should update them as soon as possible.','','none'),(9425,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/security-chapter.html\">Security and Maintenance chapter in the User Guide</a>, which includes information on how to update your site\'s core software, modules, and themes','','none'),(9426,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <a href=\"@people_url\"><em>People</em></a>.','','none'),(9427,'Click <em>Add user</em>.','','none'),(9428,'Enter the <em>Email address</em>, <em>Username</em>, and <em>Password</em> (twice) for the new user.','','none'),(9429,'Verify that the <em>Roles</em> checked for the new user are correct.','','none'),(9430,'If you want the new user to receive an email message notifying them of the new account, check <em>Notify user of new account</em>.','','none'),(9431,'Optionally, change other settings on the form.','','none'),(9432,'Click <em>Create new account</em>.','','none'),(9433,'You will be left on the <em>Add user</em> page; repeat these steps if you have more user accounts to create.','','none'),(9434,'Create a new role.','','none'),(9435,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>People</em> &gt; <a href=\"@roles_url\"><em>Roles</em></a>.','','none'),(9436,'Click <em>Add role</em>.','','none'),(9437,'Enter the desired <em>Role name</em>. If desired, click <em>Edit</em> to change the <em>Machine name</em> for the role.','','none'),(9438,'Click <em>Save</em>. You should be returned to the <em>Roles</em> page and your new role should be in the role list.','','none'),(9439,'What is a user?','','none'),(9440,'A user is anyone accessing or viewing your site. <em>Anonymous</em> users are users who are not logged in, and <em>Authenticated</em> users are users who are logged in.','','none'),(9441,'What is a role?','','none'),(9442,'<em>Roles</em> are used to group and classify users; each user can be assigned one or more roles. There are also special roles for all anonymous and all authenticated users.','','none'),(9443,'What is a permission?','','none'),(9444,'Granting a <em>permission</em> to a role allows users who have been assigned that role to perform an action on the site, such as viewing content, editing or creating  a particular type of content, administering settings for a particular module, or using a particular function of the site (such as search).','','none'),(9445,'Overview of managing user accounts and visitors','','none'),(9446,'The core User module allows users to register, log in, and log out, and administrators to manage user roles and permissions. The core Ban module allows administrators to ban certain IP addresses from accessing the site. Depending on which modules you have installed on your site, the related topics below will help you with tasks related to managing user accounts and visitors.','','none'),(9447,'Modify the permissions for an existing role.','','none'),(9448,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>People</em> &gt; <a href=\"@permissions_url\"><em>Permissions</em></a>.','','none'),(9449,'Review the permissions for the role, paying particular attention to the permissions marked with <em>Warning: Give to trusted roles only; this permission has security implications.</em> Uncheck permissions that this role should not have, in the row of the permission and the column of the role; check permissions that this role should have.','','none'),(9450,'Click <em>Save permissions</em>.','','none'),(9451,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>People</em> &gt; <a href=\"@account_settings_url\"><em>Account settings</em></a>.','','none'),(9452,'Update or delete an existing user account.','','none'),(9453,'Enter all or part of the user name or email address of the user account you want to update or delete, and click <em>Filter</em>. A short list of user accounts, including the account of interest, should be shown in the table; if not, modify the filter text until you can find the account of interest.','','none'),(9454,'Click <em>Edit</em> in the <em>Operations</em> area of the account of interest.','','none'),(9455,'To delete the user account, scroll to the bottom and click <em>Cancel account</em>. Select what you want to happen to the user\'s content on the next screen, and click <em>Cancel account</em>.','','none'),(9456,'To update the user account, enter new values in the form and click <em>Save</em>.','','none'),(9457,'Olivero Utilities','','none'),(9458,'Enable mobile menu at all widths','','none'),(9459,'Header site branding background color','','none'),(9460,'Search by keyword or phrase.','','none'),(9461,'Nav Medium','','none'),(9462,'Grid Medium','','none'),(9463,'Grid Max','','none'),(9464,'Olivero','','none'),(9465,'olivero settings','','none'),(9466,'Schema information for module %module was missing from the database. You should manually review the module updates and your database to check if any updates have been skipped up to, and including, %last_update_hook.','','none'),(9467,'Path: @uri. %type: @message in %function (line %line of %file).','','none'),(9468,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Web services</em> &gt; <a href=\"@aggregator_overview_url\"><em>Aggregator</em></a>.','','none'),(9469,'Click <em>Add feed</em> if you have an individual feed URL to add, or <em>Import OPML</em> if you have an OPML-formatted list of feeds to add.','','none'),(9470,'If you clicked <em>Add feed</em>, enter a <em>Title</em> for the feed and the <em>URL</em> of the feed. Select an <em>Update interval</em> and click <em>Save</em>.','','none'),(9471,'If you clicked <em>Import OPML</em>, either choose an <em>OPML file</em> from your local computer or enter an <em>OPML Remote URL</em> to import an OPML list from a URL. Select an <em>Update interval</em> and click <em>Import</em>.','','none'),(9472,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate back to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Web services</em> &gt; <a href=\"@aggregator_overview_url\"><em>Aggregator</em></a>. You should see the new feed or feeds that you added in the list under <em>Feed overview</em>.','','none'),(9473,'To verify that your feed is working, click <em>Update items</em> in the <em>Operations</em> list for your feed, and then click the feed name to view the imported items on the standard provided feed page.','','none'),(9474,'Manage an existing feed or change its configuration.','','none'),(9475,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Web services</em>&gt; <a href=\"@aggregator_overview_url\"><em>Aggregator</em></a>.','','none'),(9476,'Click <em>Edit</em> in the <em>Operations</em> list for the feed you want to configure. Enter new values and click <em>Save</em>.','','none'),(9477,'Optionally, delete the previously-imported items from the feed by clicking <em>Delete items</em> in the <em>Operations</em> list for the feed.','','none'),(9478,'Optionally, import new items from the feed by clicking <em>Update items</em> in the <em>Operations</em> list for the feed. You can also run the site Cron process to import items into all feeds, depending on the configured <em>Update interval</em> for each feed.','','none'),(9479,'Optionally, click <em>Settings</em> to configure the settings for all feeds, including the <em>Number of items shown in listing pages</em> and how long to keep old items from feeds on your site. Click <em>Save configuration</em>.','','none'),(9480,'What is a feed?','','none'),(9481,'What is OPML?','','none'),(9482,'OPML (Outline Processor Markup Language) is a specification for making hierarchical lists, which is commonly used for lists of feeds.','','none'),(9483,'What are the options for updating feed items?','','none'),(9484,'What are the options for displaying feeds?','','none'),(9485,'Using the core Aggregator, Views, Views UI, and Block modules, you can display feed data in your site in various ways (see related topics for more information):','','none'),(9486,'Place the <em>Aggregator feed</em> block in a region of your theme; each block you place lists the most recent items from one feed.','','none'),(9487,'Create a custom view that shows either <em>Aggregator feed</em> (feeds) or <em>Aggregator feed item</em> (items from feeds).','','none'),(9488,'Overview of aggregation','','none'),(9489,'The core Aggregator module allows you to add, edit, and delete feeds, choose how often to import items from feeds, and display the feeds. See the related topics below for specific tasks.','','none'),(9490,'Add, remove, or rearrange the fields on personal and site-wide contact forms.','','none'),(9491,'What are the fields on contact forms?','','none'),(9492,'Both personal and site-wide contact forms will always have <em>Subject</em> and <em>Message</em> fields. You can add additional fields for users to fill out if desired. Note that if you want to display other content on a form page, such as text or images, you can use a custom block.','','none'),(9493,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; <a href=\"@contact_url\"><em>Contact forms</em></a>.','','none'),(9494,'Click <em>Manage fields</em> for the form you want to change the fields of, and add or remove one or more fields on the form.','','none'),(9495,'Click <em>Manage form display</em> to change the order or configuration of the fields on the form.','','none'),(9496,'Configure personal contact forms for registered users on the website.','','none'),(9497,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>People</em> &gt; <a href=\"@config_url\"><em>Account settings</em></a>.','','none'),(9498,'In the <em>Contact settings</em> section, check/uncheck the box to enable/disable the contact form for new user accounts.','','none'),(9499,'Click <em>Save configuration</em>.','','none'),(9500,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>People</em> &gt; <a href=\"@permission_url\"><em>Permissions</em></a>.','','none'),(9501,'Verify that permissions are correct for your site\'s roles, including the generic <em>Anonymous user</em> and <em>Authenticated user</em>. In order to use personal contact forms, users need both <em>View user information</em> (in the <em>User</em> section, which enables them to view user profiles) and <em>Use users\' personal contact forms</em> (in the <em>Contact</em> section, which enables them to use contact forms if they can view user profiles).','','none'),(9502,'Create a new site-wide contact form.','','none'),(9503,'Click <em>Add contact form</em>.','','none'),(9504,'Fill in the <em>Label</em> (title) for the form, <em>Recipients</em>, and optionally the other settings.','','none'),(9505,'Click <em>Save</em>. You should see your new contact form in the table, along with a link to view it.','','none'),(9506,'What are contact forms?','','none'),(9507,'There are two different types of contact forms provided by the core Contact module: personal contact forms, which allow users to contact other users on the site, and site-wide contact forms, which allow users to contact site managers or administrators. A site can have more than one site-wide contact form; each has its own fields to fill out, recipients, and URL; you can also change the fields that are shown on personal contact forms.','','none'),(9508,'Site visitors can email registered users on your site by using the personal contact form, without knowing or learning the email address of the recipient. When a user with the correct permissions is viewing another user\'s profile, the viewer will see a <em>Contact</em> tab or link, which leads to the personal contact form if the user whose profile is being viewed has their personal contact form enabled (this is a user account setting).','','none'),(9509,'Contact form management tasks','','none'),(9510,'See the related topics below for specific tasks.','','none'),(9511,'Set a site-wide contact form to be the default contact form (the form that is shown on the <em>/contact</em> URL).','','none'),(9512,'Click <em>Edit</em> for the site-wide form you want to be the default.','','none'),(9513,'Check <em>Make this the default form</em> and click <em>Save</em>.','','none'),(9514,'Tracking overview','','none'),(9515,'There are three core modules that provide tracking:','','none'),(9516,'The core Activity Tracker module provides a <em>Recent content</em> page that shows new and updated content, and an <em>Activity</em> tab for user profiles that shows specific users\' new and updated content.','','none'),(9517,'The core History module tracks how recently users have viewed content items, and provides a Views field and filter that can be used to show users content that they haven\'t yet seen.','','none'),(9518,'The core Statistics module tracks how many times content items have been viewed, and provides a popular content block and a popularity counter for content item pages.','','none'),(9519,'If you have one or more tracking modules installed on your site, see the related topics listed below for specific tasks.','','none'),(9520,'Click <em>Save settings</em>. You should be returned to the <em>Manage fields</em> page, with your new field in the list.','','none'),(9521,'What content visits are tracked?','','none'),(9522,'The core History module tracks when each logged-in user has most recently visited each content item page on the site. This allows content to be marked as <em>new</em> or <em>updated</em> for each user, meaning that it was newly created or has been updated since the last time they visited its page. These records are kept for one month, meaning that content older than one month is never marked as new or updated.','','none'),(9523,'What options are available for using this tracking information?','','none'),(9524,'You can display the new/updated status of content by creating or editing a view. There is a <em>Has new content</em> field for <em>Content</em> views, which displays the new/updated marker. There is also a <em>Has new content</em> filter, which limits the view to new and updated content.','','none'),(9525,'Configure and display tracking of how many times content has been viewed on your site, assuming that the core Statistics module is currently installed.','','none'),(9526,'What are the options for displaying popularity tracking?','','none'),(9527,'You can display a <em>content hits</em> counter of how many times a content item has been viewed, at the bottom of content item pages. You can also place a <em>Popular content</em> block in a region of your theme, which shows a list of the most popular and most recently-viewed content.','','none'),(9528,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>System</em> &gt; <a href=\"@statistics_settings\"><em>Statistics</em></a>.','','none'),(9529,'Check <em>Count content views</em> and click <em>Save configuration</em>.','','none'),(9530,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>People</em> &gt; <a href=\"@permissions\"><em>Permissions</em></a>.','','none'),(9531,'In the <em>Statistics</em> section, check or uncheck the <em>View content hits</em> permission for each role. Click <em>Save permissions</em>.','','none'),(9532,'Optionally, in the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; <em>Block layout</em>. Place the <em>Popular content</em> block in a region in your theme (you will need to have the core Block module installed; see related topic for more details on block placement).','','none'),(9533,'What displays of recently-updated content are available?','','none'),(9534,'Assuming that you have the core Activity Tracker module installed, these pages that show recently-updated content are available:','','none'),(9535,'<a href=\"@recent\"><em>Recent content</em></a>: Shows the content that has been most recently added, updated, or commented on.','','none'),(9536,'The <em>My recent content</em> tab on the <em>Recent content</em> page (for logged-in users) limits the list to content created or commented on by the user viewing the page.','','none'),(9537,'The <em>Activity</em> tab on a user profile shows the same list for the user whose profile is being viewed.','','none'),(9538,'Whether to force the output to be an absolute link (beginning with http: or https:)','','none'),(9539,'Whether to force this URL to point to a secure location (beginning with https:)','','none'),(9540,'Checked %langcode translation for %project.','','9.3.0'),(9541,'Downloaded %langcode translation for %project.','','none'),(9542,'Imported %langcode translation for %project.','','9.3.0'),(9543,'It looks like you have content on your new site which <strong>may be overwritten</strong> if you continue to run this upgrade. The upgrade should be performed on a clean Drupal @version installation. For more information see the <a target=\"_blank\" href=\":id-conflicts-handbook\">upgrade handbook</a>.','','none'),(9544,'An upgrade has already been performed on this site. To perform a new migration, create a clean and empty new install of Drupal @version. Rollbacks are not yet supported through the user interface. For more information, see the <a href=\":url\">upgrading handbook</a>.','','none'),(9545,'Upgrade a site by importing its files and the data from its database into a clean and empty new install of Drupal @version. See the <a href=\":url\">Drupal site upgrades handbook</a> for more information.','','none'),(9546,'This empty Drupal @version installation you will import the old site to.','','none'),(9547,'<strong>Enable all modules on this new site</strong> that are enabled on the old site. For example, if the old site uses the Book module, then enable the Book module on this new site so that the existing data can be imported to it.','','none'),(9548,'The menu name (= set name) for this shortcut link.','','none'),(9549,'There are errors with some installed themes. Visit the <a href=\":link\">status report page</a> for more information.','','none'),(9550,'There are errors with some installed modules. Visit the <a href=\":link\">status report page</a> for more information.','','none'),(9551,'Display machine name must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, or underscores.','','none'),(9552,'Module %name has an entry in the system.schema key/value storage, but is missing from your site. <a href=\":url\">More information about this error</a>.','','none'),(9553,'Module %name has an entry in the system.schema key/value storage, but is not installed. <a href=\":url\">More information about this error</a>.','','none'),(9554,'Missing required data for configuration: %config','','none'),(9555,'Search form (narrow)','','none'),(9556,'Search form (wide)','','none'),(9557,'What is a book?','','none'),(9558,'A book is a structured group of content pages, arranged in a hierarchical structure called a <em>book outline</em>. A book hierarchy can be up to nine levels deep, and a book can include <em>Book page</em> content items or other content items. Every book has a default book-specific navigation block, which contains links that lead to the previous and next pages in the book and to the level above the current page in the book\'s structure.','','none'),(9559,'What are the permissions for books?','','none'),(9560,'Allows users to add new books to the site.','','none'),(9561,'Add content and child pages to books and manage their hierarchies','','none'),(9562,'Allows users to add configured types of content to existing books.','','none'),(9563,'Allows users to add <em>any</em> type of content to a book, use the book overview administration page, and rearrange the pages of a book from the book outline page.','','none'),(9564,'Administer site configuration (in the System module section)','','none'),(9565,'Allows users to do many site configuration tasks, including configuring books. This permission has security implications.','','none'),(9566,'Allows users to click the <em>printer-friendly version</em> link to generate a printer-friendly display of the page, which includes pages below it in the book outline.','','none'),(9567,'<em>Book page</em> content permissions (in the Node module section)','','none'),(9568,'Like other content types, the <em>Book page</em> content type has separate permissions for creating, editing, and deleting a user\'s own and any content items of this type.','','none'),(9569,'Managing books','','none'),(9570,'Book management is handled by the core Book module. The topics listed below will help you create, edit, and configure books.','','none'),(9571,'Add a page to an existing book.','','none'),(9572,'Enter a title for the page and some text for the body of the page.','','none'),(9573,'In the vertical tabs area, click <em>Book Outline</em>. Select the book you want to add the page to in the <em>Book</em> select list. If you want to insert this page into the book hierarchy, also select the desired parent page in the <em>Parent item</em> select list.','','none'),(9574,'Select the desired weight for the page in the <em>Weight</em> select list (pages with the same parent item are ordered from lowest to highest weight).','','none'),(9575,'Click <em>Save</em> to add the page to the book.','','none'),(9576,'Configure settings related to books.','','none'),(9577,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; <em>Books</em> &gt; <a href=\"@settings\"><em>Settings</em></a>.','','none'),(9578,'Check all of the content types that you would like to use as book pages in the <em>Content types allowed in book outlines</em> field.','','none'),(9579,'In the <em>Content type for the Add child page link</em> field, select the content type that will be created from the <em>Add child page</em> link on a book page.','','none'),(9580,'Create a new book.','','none'),(9581,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Content</em> &gt; <em>Add content</em> &gt; <em>Book page</em>. If you have configured additional content types that can be added to books, you can substitute a different content type for <em>Book page</em>.','','none'),(9582,'Enter a title for the book, and if desired, some text for the body of the book\'s title page.','','none'),(9583,'In the vertical tabs area, click <em>Book Outline</em>. Select <em>- Create a new book -</em> from the <em>Book</em> select list.','','none'),(9584,'Click <em>Save</em> to create the book.','','none'),(9585,'Change the order and titles of pages within a book.','','none'),(9586,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; <a href=\"@overview\"><em>Books</em></a>.','','none'),(9587,'Click <em>Edit order and titles</em> for the book you would like to change.','','none'),(9588,'Drag the book pages to the desired order.','','none'),(9589,'If desired, enter new text for one or more of the page titles within the book.','','none'),(9590,'Click <em>Save book pages</em>.','','none'),(9591,'What are breakpoints?','','none'),(9592,'Breakpoints are the point at which your site\'s content will respond to provide the user with the best possible layout to consume the information. A breakpoint separates the height or width of viewports (screens, printers, and other media output types) into steps. For instance, a width breakpoint of 40em creates two steps: one for widths up to 40em and one for widths above 40em. Breakpoints can be used to define when layouts should shift from one form to another, when images should be resized, and other changes that need to respond to changes in viewport height or width.','','none'),(9593,'What are media queries?','','none'),(9594,'Media  queries are a formal way to encode breakpoints. For instance, a width breakpoint at 40em would be written as the media query \"(min-width: 40em)\". Breakpoints are really just media queries with some additional meta-data, such as a name and multiplier information.','','none'),(9595,'What are resolution multipliers?','','none'),(9596,'What is a breakpoint group?','','none'),(9597,'Managing breakpoints and breakpoint groups overview','','none'),(9598,'The <em>Breakpoint</em> module allows you to define breakpoints and breakpoint groups in YAML files. Modules and themes can use the API provided by the <em>Breakpoint</em> module to define breakpoints and breakpoint groups, and to assign resolution multipliers to breakpoints.','','none'),(9599,'Working with breakpoints in Drupal 8','','none'),(9600,'Change the colors for links, backgrounds, and text in a theme that supports the Color module. Color-specific stylesheets will be generated and saved; you will need to follow these steps again to regenerate the stylesheets if you make any changes to the base stylesheets of your theme.','','none'),(9601,'In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to <a href=\"@appearance\">Appearance</a>.','','none'),(9602,'Click the <em>Settings</em> link for the theme you want to change the colors of.','','none'),(9603,'In the <em>Color scheme</em> section, choose new colors for the backgrounds, text, and links that your theme defines colors for. However, if you do not see color settings, then your theme does not support the Color module.','','none'),(9604,'Click <em>Save configuration</em>. Color-specific stylesheets will be generated and saved in the file system.','','none'),(9605,'Color module overview','','none'),(9606,'What is a theme?','','none'),(9607,'A <em>theme</em> is a set of files that define the visual look and feel of your site. The core software and modules that run on your site determine which content (including HTML text and other data stored in the database, uploaded images, and any other asset files) is displayed on the pages of your site. The theme determines the HTML markup and CSS styling that wraps the content. Several basic themes are supplied with the core software; additional <em>contributed themes</em> can be downloaded separately from the <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/project/project_theme\">Download &amp; Extend page on drupal.org</a>, or you can create your own theme.','','none'),(9608,'What is a base theme?','','none'),(9609,'A base theme is a theme that is not meant to be used directly on a site, but instead acts as a scaffolding for building other themes. The core Classy theme is one example; other base themes can be downloaded from the <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/project/project_theme\">Download &amp; Extend page on drupal.org</a>.','','none'),(9610,'What is a layout?','','none'),(9611,'Changing site appearance overview','','none'),(9612,'The main way to change the overall appearance of your site is to switch the default theme. You can also change the color palette of some themes, if the core Color module is installed and the theme supports it; some themes also have other settings. The core Layout Builder and Layout Discovery modules allow you to define layouts for your site\'s content, and the core Breakpoint module helps themes change appearance for different-sized devices. See the related topics listed below for specific tasks.','','none'),(9613,'Extending and Customizing Your Site chapter in the User Guide','','none'),(9614,'Theming Drupal 8','','none'),(9615,'The core Field UI module provides a user interface for managing fields and their display on entities.','','none'),(9616,'The core Layout Builder module provides a more flexible user interface for configuring the display of entities.','','none'),(9617,'The core Filter, RDF, Responsive Image, and Path modules provide settings and display options for entities and fields.','','none'),(9618,'What is site performance?','','none'),(9619,'Site performance, in this context, refers to speed factors such as the page load time and the response time after a user action on a page.','','none'),(9620,'What is caching?','','none'),(9621,'Caching is saving already-rendered HTML output and other calculated data for later use the first time it is needed. This saves time, because the next time the same data is needed it can be quickly retrieved instead of recalculated. Automatic caching systems also include mechanisms to delete cached calculations or mark them as no longer valid when the underlying data changes. To facilitate that, cached data has a <em>lifetime</em>, which is the maximum time before the data will be deleted from the cache (forcing recalculation).','','none'),(9622,'What is file aggregation?','','none'),(9623,'Aggregation is when CSS and JavaScript files are merged together and compressed into a format that is much smaller than the original. This allows for faster transmission and faster rendering on the other end.','','none'),(9624,'What can I do to improve my site\'s performance?','','none'),(9625,'The following Drupal core modules and mechanisms can improve your site\'s performance:','','none'),(9626,'Internal Page Cache module','','none'),(9627,'Caches pages requested by users who are not logged in (anonymous users). Do not use if your site needs to send different output to different anonymous users.','','none'),(9628,'Internal Dynamic Page Cache module','','none'),(9629,'Caches data for both authenticated and anonymous users, with non-cacheable data in the page converted to placeholders and calculated when the page is requested.','','none'),(9630,'Big Pipe module','','none'),(9631,'Changes the way pages are sent to users, so that cacheable parts are sent out first with placeholders, and the uncacheable or personalized parts of the page are streamed afterwards. This allows the browser to render the bulk of the page quickly and fill in the details later.','','none'),(9632,'Performance page settings','','none'),(9633,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, if you navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Development</em> &gt; <em>Performance</em>, you will find a setting for the maximum cache lifetime, as well as the ability to turn on CSS and JavaScript file aggregation.','','none'),(9634,'Online documentation for the Internal Page Cache module','','none'),(9635,'Online documentation for the Internal Dynamic Page Cache module','','none'),(9636,'Online documentation for the BigPipe module','','none'),(9637,'What are the parts of a layout?','','none'),(9638,'Find the particular sub-type that you want to create a layout for, and click <em>Manage display</em> in the <em>Operations</em> list.','','none'),(9639,'Under <em>Layout options</em>, check <em>Use Layout Builder</em>. You can also check the box below to allow each entity item to have its layout individually customized (if it is left unchecked, the site will use the same layout for all items of this entity sub-type).','','none'),(9640,'Click <em>Save</em>. You will be returned to the <em>Manage display</em> page, but you will no longer see the table of fields of the classic display manager.','','none'),(9641,'Click <em>Manage layout</em> to enter layout management view. A default layout will be set up for you, with a single one-column section containing the fields on your entity sub-type.','','none'),(9642,'To remove the default section and start from an empty layout, find and click the <em>Remove</em> button for the default section, which looks like an X. Confirm by clicking <em>Remove</em> in the pop-up dialog.','','none'),(9643,'Add new sections, each with one to four columns, to your layout. For instance, you might want a one-column section at the top, a two-column section in the middle, and then a one-column section at the bottom. To add a section, click <em>Add section</em> and click the desired number of columns. For multi-column sections, set the column width percentages and click <em>Add section</em> in the pop-up dialog.','','none'),(9644,'In each section, click <em>Add block</em> to add a block. You will see a list of the blocks available on your site, plus a section called <em>Content fields</em> with a block for each field on your content item. Each block can be configured, if desired, with a <em>Title</em>, and for content field blocks, you can also configure the field formatter. Continue to add blocks to your sections until all the desired blocks and fields are displayed.','','none'),(9645,'Verify your layout. You can check <em>Show content preview</em> to show a preview of what your layout will look like, or uncheck it to see the names of the fields and blocks in each section.','','none'),(9646,'If needed, reorder the blocks by dragging them to new locations. If you hover over a block, a contextual menu will appear that will let you change the configuration of the block, remove the block, or <em>Move</em> blocks within the section using a more compact interface.','','none'),(9647,'When you are satisfied with your layout, click <em>Save layout</em>.','','none'),(9648,'Creating layout defaults','','none'),(9649,'Building Layouts Using the Layout Builder UI','','none'),(9650,'Install a core theme, or a contributed theme that has already been downloaded. Choose the default themes to use for the site and for administrative pages.','','none'),(9651,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <a href=\"@themes_url\"><em>Appearance</em></a>.','','none'),(9652,'Locate the themes that you want to use as the site default theme and for administrative pages.','','none'),(9653,'For each of these themes, if the theme is in the <em>Uninstalled themes</em> section, click the <em>Install</em> link to install the theme. Wait for the theme to be installed (translations might be downloaded). You should be returned to the <em>Appearance</em> page.','','none'),(9654,'Locate the theme that you want to be your default theme, which should now be in the <em>Installed themes</em> section. If it is not already labeled as the <em>default theme</em>, click the <em>Set as default</em> link.','','none'),(9655,'At the bottom of the page, select the <em>Administration theme</em> that you want to use on administrative pages. Click <em>Save configuration</em> if you selected a new theme.','','none'),(9656,'If you changed the default theme for your site, visit the site home page or another page on the non-administration part of your site and verify that the site is using the new theme. If you changed the administration theme, verify that the new theme is used on administrative pages.','','none'),(9657,'Uninstall a theme that was previously installed, but is no longer being used on the site.','','none'),(9658,'Locate the theme that you want to uninstall, in the <em>Installed themes</em> section.','','none'),(9659,'Click the <em>Uninstall</em> link to install the theme. If there is not an <em>Uninstall</em> link, the theme cannot be uninstalled because it is either being used as the site default theme, being used as the <em>Administration theme</em>, or is the base theme for another installed theme.','','none'),(9660,'The form has become outdated. Press the back button, copy any unsaved work in the form, and then reload the page.','','none'),(9661,'Configure one or more search pages.','','none'),(9662,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Search and Metadata</em> &gt; <a href=\"@search_settings\"><em>Search pages</em></a>.','','none'),(9663,'Scroll down to the <em>Search pages</em> section. You will see a list of the already-configured search pages on your site.','','none'),(9664,'To configure an existing search page, click <em>Edit</em>. Or, to add a new search page, select the <em>Search page type</em> and click <em>Add search page</em>.','','none'),(9665,'Enter the desired <em>Label</em> name and URL <em>Path</em> for the search page.','','none'),(9666,'For <em>Content</em> search pages, select the desired level of influence in ranking search results of the available <em>Content ranking</em> factors.','','none'),(9667,'Click <em>Save</em>. You will be returned to the <em>Search pages</em> page.','','none'),(9668,'Verify that the correct search page is listed as <em>Default</em> in the <em>Status</em> column. If not, click <em>Set as default</em> in the <em>Operations</em> list for the correct search page.','','none'),(9669,'Optionally, disable or delete any search pages that you do not want to have available on the site (disabling is temporary, while deleting is permanent).','','none'),(9670,'Manage the search index, and make sure that the site is fully indexed for searching.','','none'),(9671,'What is the search index?','','none'),(9672,'Under <em>Indexing throttle</em>, select the <em>Number of items to index per cron run</em>. A smaller number will make cron faster and reduce the possibility of timeout; a larger number will make sure more of your site is indexed in fewer cron runs.','','none'),(9673,'Under <em>Default indexing settings</em>, enter the desired <em>Minimum word length to index</em>. Words smaller than this length will be dropped from both keywords when searching and content when indexing.','','none'),(9674,'If your site uses Chinese, Japanese, or Korean languages, optionally check <em>Simple CJK handling</em> under <em>Default indexing settings</em> to provide some support for these languages.','','none'),(9675,'Click <em>Save configuration</em>, and you should be returned to the <em>Search pages</em> page.','','none'),(9676,'Click <em>Re-index site</em> if you have changed the indexing configuration, or later on, if you believe that the search index has been corrupted.','','none'),(9677,'After waiting for cron to run several times, verify that the content has been fully indexed for searching. The overall status is listed under <em>Indexing progress</em>, and the status for each search page is shown in the <em>Indexing progress</em> column of the <em>Search pages</em> section.','','none'),(9678,'What are search pages?','','none'),(9679,'The core Search module organizes site search into <em>pages</em>. Each page allows users to search a particular type of content with a particular configuration. The configuration includes specifying a URL that starts with <em>search</em>, a name for the page, and additional options for some search page types.','','none'),(9680,'What modules provide site search?','','none'),(9681,'The core Search module provides the ability to configure search pages; search page types are provided by both core and contributed modules. The core modules that provide search page types are:','','none'),(9682,'The Node module, for searching content pages','','none'),(9683,'The User module, for searching user profiles','','none'),(9684,'The Help module, for searching help topics','','none'),(9685,'As an alternative to the core Search module\'s system of search pages, you can use contributed modules to provide site search. For example, the <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/project/apachesolr\">Apache Solr</a> and <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/project/sphinx\">Sphinx</a> contributed modules use third-party technology to provide site search.','','none'),(9686,'What are the limitations of the core Search module?','','none'),(9687,'There are two main limitations of the core Search module. First, it is not appropriate for very large sites -- if you have a large site, look into other search technologies like Apache Solr. Second, the Node search page type only supports exact keyword matching, which is not the behavior that most users will expect. You can improve this by installing a language-specific stemming module for your language (such as <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/project/porterstemmer\">Porter Stemmer</a> for American English), which makes it so that, for example, a search for the word walk would match pages containing the words walk, walking, and walked.','','none'),(9688,'What are the search permissions?','','none'),(9689,'Users with <em>Use search</em> permission can use the <em>Search form</em> block and <em>Search</em> page; this permission is required for any search configured in the core Search module.','','none'),(9690,'In addition to <em>Use search</em>, <em>View user information</em> permission is needed for searching users.','','none'),(9691,'In addition to <em>Use search</em>, <em>View published content</em> permission is needed for searching content.','','none'),(9692,'Users with <em>Use advanced search</em> permission can use more complex search filtering when performing content searches.','','none'),(9693,'Configuring site search overview','','none'),(9694,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/documentation/modules/search\">Online documentation for the Search module</a>','','none'),(9695,'Document root for files','','none'),(9696,'Document root for public files','','none'),(9697,'Document root for private files','','none'),(9698,'Content has been marked for re-indexing for all active search pages. Searching will continue to work, but new content won\'t be indexed until all existing content has been re-indexed.','','none'),(9699,'The Shortcut module creates an add/remove link for each page on your site; the link lets you add or remove the current page from the currently-enabled set of shortcuts (if your theme displays it and you have permission to edit your shortcut set). The core Seven administration theme displays this link next to the page title, as a gray or yellow star. If you click on the gray star, you will add that page to your preferred set of shortcuts. If the page is already part of your shortcut set, the link will be a yellow star, and will allow you to remove the current page from your shortcut set.','','none'),(9700,'Enables the mobile menu toggle at all widths.','','none'),(9701,'Creating a feed','','none'),(9702,'Managing and configuring an existing feed','','none'),(9703,'Importing syndicated content','','none'),(9704,'Configuring a previously-placed block','','none'),(9705,'Managing blocks','','none'),(9706,'Placing a block','','none'),(9707,'Creating a custom block','','none'),(9708,'Defining a custom block type','','none'),(9709,'Adding content to a book','','none'),(9710,'Configuring books','','none'),(9711,'Creating a book','','none'),(9712,'Changing the outline of a book','','none'),(9713,'Managing height, width, and resolution breakpoints','','none'),(9714,'Changing the color palette of a theme','','none'),(9715,'Managing the fields of contact forms','','none'),(9716,'Configuring personal contact forms','','none'),(9717,'Creating a new contact form','','none'),(9718,'Managing contact forms','','none'),(9719,'Setting a default contact form','','none'),(9720,'Using contextual links','','none'),(9721,'Changing the appearance of your site','','none'),(9722,'Managing content structure','','none'),(9723,'Running and configuring cron','','none'),(9724,'Extending and modifying your site functionality','','none'),(9725,'Maintaining and troubleshooting your site','','none'),(9726,'Optimizing site performance','','none'),(9727,'Making your site secure','','none'),(9728,'Tracking the content of your website','','none'),(9729,'Accessibility of the administrative interface','','none'),(9730,'Using the administrative interface','','none'),(9731,'Adding a field to an entity sub-type','','none'),(9732,'Configuring field display for an entity sub-type','','none'),(9733,'Configuring the edit form for an entity sub-type','','none'),(9734,'Adding a reference field to an entity sub-type','','none'),(9735,'Tracking which content a user has visited','','none'),(9736,'Changing the layout for an entity','','none'),(9737,'Configuring site search','','none'),(9738,'Creating and using shortcut administrative links','','none'),(9739,'Tracking and displaying popular content','','none'),(9740,'Clearing the site cache','','none'),(9741,'Changing basic site settings','','none'),(9742,'Configuring error responses, including 403/404 pages','','none'),(9743,'Enabling and disabling maintenance mode','','none'),(9744,'Installing a module','','none'),(9745,'Uninstalling a module','','none'),(9746,'Running reports on your site','','none'),(9747,'Installing a theme and setting default themes','','none'),(9748,'Uninstalling an unused theme','','none'),(9749,'Taking tours of administrative pages','','none'),(9750,'Viewing lists of recently-updated content','','none'),(9751,'Creating a user account','','none'),(9752,'Adding a new role','','none'),(9753,'Managing user accounts and site visitors','','none'),(9754,'Modifying the permissions for a role','','none'),(9755,'Configuring how user accounts are created and deleted','','none'),(9756,'Modifying or deleting a user account','','none'),(9757,'Module Link','','none'),(9758,'Mobile menu all widths','','none'),(9759,'Site branding background color','','none'),(9760,'<em>You haven’t created any frontpage content yet.</em>','','none'),(9761,'Congratulations and welcome to the Drupal community!','','none'),(9762,'Drupal is an open source platform for building amazing digital experiences. It’s made, used, taught, documented, and marketed by the <a href=\"@drupal_community\">Drupal community</a>. Our community is made up of people from around the world with a shared set of <a href=\"@drupal_values\">values</a>, collaborating together in a respectful manner. As we like to say:','','none'),(9763,'Come for the code, stay for the community.','','none'),(9764,'There are a few ways to get started with Drupal:','','none'),(9765,'<a href=\"@drupal_user_guide\">User Guide:</a> Includes installing, administering, site building, and maintaining the content of a Drupal website.','','none'),(9766,'<a href=\"@create_content\">Create Content:</a> Want to get right to work? Start adding content. <strong>Note:</strong> the information on this page will go away once you add content to your site. Read on and bookmark resources of interest.','','none'),(9767,'<a href=\"@drupal_extend\">Extend Drupal:</a> Drupal’s core software can be extended and customized in remarkable ways. Install additional functionality and change the look of your site using addons contributed by our community.','','none'),(9768,'Bookmark these links to our active Drupal community groups and support resources.','','none'),(9769,'<a href=\"@drupal_global_training_days\">Global Training Days:</a> Helpful information for evaluating Drupal as a framework and as a career path. Taught in your local language.','','none'),(9770,'<a href=\"@drupal_events\">Upcoming Events:</a> Learn and connect with others at conferences and events held around the world.','','none'),(9771,'<a href=\"@drupal_community\">Community Page:</a> List of key Drupal community groups with their own content.','','none'),(9772,'Get support and chat with the Drupal community on <a href=\"@drupal_slack\">Slack</a> or <a href=\"@drupal_chat\">DrupalChat</a>. When you’re looking for a solution to a problem, go to <a href=\"@drupal_answers\">Drupal Answers on Stack Exchange</a>.','','none'),(9773,'Migration failed with source plugin exception: @e in @file line @line','','none'),(9774,'Display %display has set node/% as path. This will not produce what you want. If you want to have multiple versions of the node view, use Layout Builder.','','none'),(9775,'See <a href=\"https://www.php.net/manual/datetime.format.php#refsect1-datetime.format-parameters\" target=\"_blank\">the documentation for PHP date formats</a>.','','9.3.0'),(9776,'The specified file \'%original_source\' could not be copied because the destination directory \'%destination_directory\' is not properly configured. This may be caused by a problem with file or directory permissions.','','none'),(9777,'A user-defined date format. See the <a href=\"https://www.php.net/manual/datetime.format.php#refsect1-datetime.format-parameters\">PHP manual</a> for available options.','','9.3.0'),(9778,'Manage translations for any entity that the user can edit','','9.3.0'),(9779,'The Filter module allows administrators to configure text formats. Text formats change how HTML tags and other text will be <em>processed and displayed</em> in the site. They are used to transform text, and also help to defend your website against potentially damaging input from malicious users. Visual text editors can be associated with text formats by using the <a href=\":editor_help\">Text Editor module</a>. For more information, see the <a href=\":filter_do\">online documentation for the Filter module</a>.','','none'),(9780,'Enabling the Forum module provides a default <em>Forums</em> menu link in the Tools menu that links to the <a href=\":forums\">Forums page</a>.','','none'),(9781,'Create a new feed to display syndicated data from an outside source on your website, or import an OPML file to create multiple feeds.','','none'),(9782,'A feed is syndicated content data provided by a source outside of your website, which is imported into your website.','','none'),(9783,'There are four main types of data. <em>Content</em> is the information (text, images, etc.) meant to be displayed to website visitors. <em>Configuration</em> is data that defines how the content is displayed; some configuration (such as field labels) may also be visible to site visitors. <em>State</em> is temporary data about the state of your site, such as the last time the system <em>cron</em> jobs ran. <em>Session</em> is a subset of State information, related to users\' interactions with the site, such as site cookies and whether or not they are logged in.','','none'),(9784,'List (Options module): Stores values chosen from pre-defined lists, where the values can be numbers or text; see section below for more on list fields.','','none'),(9785,'Reference (core system): Stores entity references; see section above','','none'),(9786,'Text (Text module): Stores formatted and unformatted text; see section below for more on text fields.','','none'),(9787,'What settings are available for List field types?','','none'),(9788,'List fields associate pre-defined <em>keys</em> (or value codes) with <em>labels</em> that the user sees. For example, you might define a list field that shows the user the names of several locations, while behind the scenes a location code is stored in the database. Each list field type corresponds to one type of stored key. For example, a <em>List (integer)</em> field stores integers, while the <em>List (text)</em> field stores text strings. Once you have chosen the field type, the main setting for a list field is the <em>Allowed values</em> list, which associates the keys with the labels.','','none'),(9789,'What types of Text fields are available?','','none'),(9790,'There are several types of text fields, with different characteristics. Text fields can be either <em>plain</em> or <em>formatted</em>: plain text fields do not contain HTML, while formatted fields can contain HTML and are processed through <em>text filters</em> (these are provided by the core Filter module; if you have that module enabled, see the related topic below on filters for more information). Text fields can also be regular-length (with a limit of 255 characters) or <em>long</em> (with a very large character limit), and long formatted text fields can include a <em>summary</em> attribute. All possible combinations of these characteristics exist as text field types; for example, <em>Text (plain)</em> and <em>Text (formatted, long, with summary)</em> are two examples of text field types.','','none'),(9791,'What is a menu?','','none'),(9792,'A menu is a collection of <em>menu links</em> used to navigate a web site. Menus and menu links can be provided by modules or site administrators.','','none'),(9793,'Managing menus overview','','none'),(9794,'The core Menu UI module provides a user interface for managing menus, including creating new menus, reordering menu links, and disabling links provided by modules. It also provides the ability for links to content items to be added to menus while editing, if configured on the content type. The core Custom Menu Links module provides the ability to add custom links to menus. Each menu can be displayed by placing a block in a theme region; some themes also can display a menu outside of the block system. See the related topics listed below for specific tasks.','','none'),(9795,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/menu-concept.html\">User guide page Concept: Menu</a>','','none'),(9796,'Enabling web services','','none'),(9797,'What is a web service?','','none'),(9798,'A web service allows your site to provide its content and data to other web sites and applications. Typically, the data is transported via <a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hypertext_Transfer_Protocol\">HTTP</a> in a serialized machine-readable format.','','none'),(9799,'What is serialization?','','none'),(9800,'What is Hypertext Application Language (HAL)?','','none'),(9801,'<a href=\"http://stateless.co/hal_specification.html\">Hypertext Application Language (HAL)</a> is a serialization format that supports linking, which enables web applications to follow links and explore relationships between the data and content items that are provided by the web service. Serialized HAL data can be provided in either JSON or XML format.','','none'),(9802,'What is HTTP Basic authentication?','','none'),(9803,'<a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Basic_access_authentication\">HTTP Basic authentication</a> is a method for authenticating requests by sending a user name and password along with the request.','','none'),(9804,'What modules provide web services?','','none'),(9805,'The following Drupal core modules provide web services:','','none'),(9806,'JSON:API module','','none'),(9807,'RESTful Web Services module','','none'),(9808,'Exposes entities and other resources to other applications using a <a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Representational_state_transfer\">REST</a> implementation. Data is exchanged using a serialization format such as HAL, and transferred using an authentication method such as HTTP Basic Authentication.','','none'),(9809,'Serialization module','','none'),(9810,'Provides a framework for adding specific serialization formats for other modules to use.','','none'),(9811,'HAL module','','none'),(9812,'Adds support for serializing content entities using the JSON version of HAL.','','none'),(9813,'HTTP Basic Authentication module','','none'),(9814,'Provides a way for web services to be authenticated using HTTP Basic authentication against Drupal user accounts.','','none'),(9815,'RDF module','','none'),(9816,'There are also contributed modules that provide web services.','','none'),(9817,'Online documentation for the RESTful Web Services module','','none'),(9818,'Online documentation for the JSON:API module','','none'),(9819,'Comparison of the RESTFul Web Services and JSON:API modules','','none'),(9820,'Connecting text editors to text formats','','none'),(9821,'What is a text editor?','','none'),(9822,'A text editor is software (typically, a JavaScript library) that provides buttons and other command mechanisms to make editing HTML text easier. Some editors are called <em>visual</em> or <em>WYSIWYG (What You See Is What You Get)</em> editors; these editors hide the details of HTML from the user, and instead show formatted output on the screen. The core Text Editor module provides a framework for deploying text editors on your site. The core CKEditor module provides CKEditor, which is a widely-used JavaScript WYSIWYG editor that creates clean and valid HTML; the module also enforces the HTML tag restrictions in the associated text format. Various contributed modules provide other editors; to install a new editor, besides installing the module, you may need to download the editor library from a third-party site.','','none'),(9823,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Content Authoring</em> &gt; <a href=\"@content_url\"><em>Text formats and editors</em></a>. The <em>Text editor</em> column in the table shows the text editor that is currently connected to each text format, if any.','','none'),(9824,'Select <em>CKEditor</em> as the <em>Text editor</em>, or another text editor that you have installed. The rest of these steps assume you selected <em>CKEditor</em>.','','none'),(9825,'Under <em>Toolbar configuration</em>, drag buttons between <em>Available buttons</em> and <em>Active toolbar</em>; only buttons in <em>Active toolbar</em> will be shown to the user. If you are using a mouse, you can hover over a button to see a tooltip explaining what the button does.','','none'),(9826,'Drag buttons within <em>Active toolbar</em> to the desired order, and group buttons by dragging them into the grouping boxes; click <em>Add group</em> to add additional groups.','','none'),(9827,'Under <em>CKEditor plugin settings</em>, configure the buttons that have configuration. This section will not be present if there are no active buttons with configuration.','','none'),(9828,'Managing text filters and text formats','','none'),(9829,'Configure text formats on the site.','','none'),(9830,'What are text filters and text formats?','','none'),(9831,'A text filter is a processing step that can be applied to text, either to transform it in some way (such as converting URLs in the text into HTML links), or to defend against potentially-dangerous input from site users. A text format is an ordered sequence of text filters. Text filters are provided by modules; text formats are managed by the core Filter module.','','none'),(9832,'Text fields that have \"formatted\" in the field type name, such as <em>Text (formatted)</em>, use text formats. Users choose the text format when editing the field text; when the field text is shown on the site, it is processed by the chosen text format. Administrators can configure text formats and assign permissions for who can use each format. If the core Text Editor module is enabled, administrators can also associate visual editors with text formats.','','none'),(9833,'What text filters are available?','','none'),(9834,'Some of the more commonly used text filters are:','','none'),(9835,'Limits which HTML tags can be used; useful both for site security and enforcing site design.','','none'),(9836,'Line breaks in HTML source are displayed as horizontal spaces. This filter converts line breaks into HTML paragraph and line break tags.','','none'),(9837,'Takes plain URLs in text and turns them into HTML links.','','none'),(9838,'For text formats that allow HTML image tags, restricts images to URLs within this site.','','none'),(9839,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Content Authoring</em> &gt; <a href=\"@content_url\"><em>Text formats and editors</em></a>. If you do not have the core Text Editor module installed, the menu link and page title will instead be <em>Text formats</em>.','','none'),(9840,'Click <em>Configure</em> to configure an existing text format, or <em>+ Add text format</em> to create a new text format.','','none'),(9841,'Enter the desired <em>Name</em> for the text format.','','none'),(9842,'Check the <em>Roles</em> that can use this text format. Some HTML tags allow users to embed malicious links or scripts in text. To ensure security, anonymous and untrusted users should only have access to text formats that restrict them to either plain text or a safe set of HTML tags. <strong>Improper text format configuration is a security risk.</strong>','','none'),(9843,'If the core Text Editor module is installed, see the related topic to connect a text editor to this text format.','','none'),(9844,'Under <em>Enabled filters</em>, check the text filters that you want to use.','','none'),(9845,'Under <em>Filter processing order</em>, drag the filters to the correct order. Choose the order carefully; for example, if you have a filter that results in a particular HTML tag being added to the text, that should run after a filter that restricts HTML tags, to avoid deleting the new tags the first filter added.','','none'),(9846,'Under <em>Filter settings</em>, verify and adjust the settings for each active filter that has configuration options.','','none'),(9847,'Click <em>Save configuration</em>, which will return you to the <em>Text formats and editors</em> page.','','none'),(9848,'Repeat these steps if you have additional text formats to configure.','','none'),(9849,'Creating threaded discussion forums','','none'),(9850,'What is a forum?','','none'),(9851,'A forum is nested hierarchy of discussions, where users post topics and comment on them.','','none'),(9852,'What is the forum hierarchy?','','none'),(9853,'The forum hierarchy consists of:','','none'),(9854,'Optional <em>containers</em> can be used to group similar forums (for example, <em>Recipes</em>). Forums can be inside containers and vice versa.','','none'),(9855,'<em>Comments</em> submitted by users (for example, <em>You wash the potatoes first and then...</em>).','','none'),(9856,'The <em>forums</em> and <em>containers</em> in the hierarchy are implemented as terms in a hierarchical taxonomy vocabulary. The topics are content items posted in forums (not in containers), and replies are comments on each topic item. Deeply nested hierarchies of forums and containers are generally difficult for users to understand and navigate, so it is recommended to keep your hierarchy simple.','','none'),(9857,'Managing and using forums overview','','none'),(9858,'The core Forum module supplies a content type called <em>Forum topic</em>, along with associated comment type and taxonomy vocabulary. As with other comment types, you can configure comments on forum topics to be threaded or unthreaded. See the related topics listed below for specific tasks.','','none'),(9859,'Configuring forums','','none'),(9860,'Configure settings for forums, and set up forum structure.','','none'),(9861,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; <em>Forums</em> &gt; <a href=\"@settings\"><em>Settings</em></a>.','','none'),(9862,'Choose the desired settings for <em>Hot topic threshold</em>, <em>Topics per page</em>, and <em>Default order</em>. Click <em>Save configuration</em> if you have made any changes.','','none'),(9863,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; <a href=\"@overview\"><em>Forums</em></a>.','','none'),(9864,'Create the containers that you want in your forum hierarchy, starting at the top level, if any. To create a container, click <em>Add container</em>, enter the container name and optionally other settings, and click <em>Save</em>.','','none'),(9865,'Create the forums that you want in your forum hierarchy, starting at the top level. To create a forum, click <em>Add forum</em> and enter the forum name. If your hierarchy has this forum inside a container or another forum, select the parent forum/container in the <em>Parent</em> field. Review and/or edit the other settings, and click <em>Save</em>.','','none'),(9866,'Optionally, delete the provided <em>General discussion</em> forum, if you do not want this forum to be available on your site.','','none'),(9867,'Review and/or edit the permissions related to forums. The administrative permission for editing the forum settings is in the <em>Forum</em> module section of the permissions page, and administrative permissions for editing the forum hierarchy are in the <em>Taxonomy</em> module section. The user permissions for creating forum topics are in the <em>Node</em> module section, and for commenting on topics are in the <em>Comment</em> module section.','','none'),(9868,'Add links to the main <a href=\"@index\"><em>Forums</em></a> page (path: <em>/forum</em>), and optionally to individual forum pages, to navigation menus on your site, so that users can find the forums.','','none'),(9869,'Locking a forum topic','','none'),(9870,'Lock a topic to prevent users from making any more comments.','','none'),(9871,'Starting from the <a href=\"@index\">forums page</a>, navigate to the forum that currently contains the topic.','','none'),(9872,'Locate the topic within the forum, and click on the title to view the topic.','','none'),(9873,'Click <em>Edit</em>.','','none'),(9874,'Under <em>Comment settings</em>, check <em>Closed</em>.','','none'),(9875,'Moving a topic to a new forum','','none'),(9876,'Move a forum topic and all of its comments to a new forum.','','none'),(9877,'In the <em>Forums</em> field, select the new forum that you want the topic to move to.','','none'),(9878,'Check <em>Leave shadow copy</em> to create a link in the original forum pointing to the new location.','','none'),(9879,'Starting a forum discussion','','none'),(9880,'Post a new topic in a forum to start a discussion.','','none'),(9881,'Starting from the <a href=\"@index\">forums page</a>, navigate to the forum where you want to post the topic.','','none'),(9882,'Click <em>Add new Forum topic</em>.','','none'),(9883,'Enter the topic\'s <em>Subject</em> and <em>Body</em>.','','none'),(9884,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; <em>Block layout</em>.','','none'),(9885,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em><a href=\"@help_url\">Help</a></em>. Verify that the search block is visible, and try a search.','','none'),(9886,'Configure menu settings for a content type','','none'),(9887,'For an existing content type, configure the available menus that will be shown as options on content editing screens; links to content items of this type can be added to these menus during editing.','','none'),(9888,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; <a href=\"@content_types\"><em>Content types</em></a>.','','none'),(9889,'Locate the content type you want to configure, and click <em>Edit</em> in the <em>Operations</em> list.','','none'),(9890,'Under <em>Menu settings</em>, check the menus that you want to be available when editing a content item of this type.','','none'),(9891,'Optionally, select the <em>Default parent item</em>, to put links to content items under a default location in the menu structure.','','none'),(9892,'Click <em>Save content type</em>.','','none'),(9893,'Adding a link to a menu','','none'),(9894,'Add a link to a menu. Note that you can also add a link to a menu from the content edit page if menu settings have been configured for the content type.','','none'),(9895,'In the <em>Manage</em> administration menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; <a href=\"@structure_menu\"><em>Menus</em></a>.','','none'),(9896,'Locate the desired menu and click <em>Add link</em> in the <em>Operations</em> list.','','none'),(9897,'Enter the <em>Menu link title</em> to be displayed.','','none'),(9898,'Enter the <em>Link</em>, one of the following:','','none'),(9899,'An internal path, such as <em>/node/add</em>','','none'),(9900,'A full external URL','','none'),(9901,'Start typing the title of a content item and select it when the full title comes up','','none'),(9902,'<em>&lt;nolink&gt;</em> to display the <em>Menu link title</em> as plain text without a link','','none'),(9903,'<em>&lt;front&gt;</em> to link to the front page of your site','','none'),(9904,'Make sure that <em>Enabled</em> is checked; if not, the menu link will not be displayed.','','none'),(9905,'Optionally, enter a <em>Description</em>, which will be displayed when a user hovers over the link.','','none'),(9906,'Optionally, check <em>Show as expanded</em> to automatically show the children of this link (if any) when this link is shown.','','none'),(9907,'Optionally, select the <em>Parent link</em>, if this menu link should be a child of another menu link.','','none'),(9908,'Click <em>Save</em>. You will be returned to the <em>Add link</em> page to add another link.','','none'),(9909,'Locate the menu you just added a link to and click <em>Edit</em> in the <em>Operations</em> list.','','none'),(9910,'Verify that the order of links is correct. If it is not, drag menu links until the order is correct, and click <em>Save</em>.','','none'),(9911,'Creating a menu','','none'),(9912,'Create a new menu.','','none'),(9913,'In the <em>Manage</em> administration menu, navigate <em>Structure</em> &gt; <a href=\"@structure_menu\"> <em>Menus</em></a>.','','none'),(9914,'Click <em>Add menu</em>.','','none'),(9915,'Enter the title for the menu, which is used as the default block title if the menu is displayed as a block. If desired, also edit the machine name of the menu, which is by default derived from the title.','','none'),(9916,'Enter an administrative summary, which is displayed on the <em>Menus</em> page.','','none'),(9917,'If your site has more than one language, choose the language for the menu.','','none'),(9918,'Click <em>Save</em>. You will be on the menu editing page, ready to add links to the menu if the core Custom Menu Links module is installed; see related topics for further tasks.','','none'),(9919,'Reordering and disabling menu links','','none'),(9920,'Disable menu links or change the order and hierarchy of menu links.','','none'),(9921,'Click <em>Edit menu</em> for the menu that you want to edit.','','none'),(9922,'Drag menu links into a new order, or check/uncheck <em>Enabled</em> to enable or disable menu links.','','none'),(9923,'Click <em>Save</em> to save your changes.','','none'),(9924,'<a href=\"https://www.php.net/manual/datetime.format.php#refsect1-datetime.format-parameters\">PHP date format codes reference</a>','','none'),(9925,'[site:name]: The name of your website.','','none'),(9926,'[site:url]: The URL of your website.','','none'),(9927,'Managing content listings (views)','','none'),(9928,'What is a view?','','none'),(9929,'A <em>view</em> is a listing of items on your site; for example, a block showing the most recent comments, a page listing news items, or a list of registered users. The listings can be formatted in a table, grid, list, calendar, RSS feed, and other formats (some output formats may require you to install additional contributed modules).','','none'),(9930,'What are the components of a view?','','none'),(9931,'When you first create a view, you will specify what type of <em>base data</em> is being displayed in the view, which cannot be changed. After choosing a base data type, you can edit the following components, which allow you to specify which data to output, in what order, and in what format:','','none'),(9932,'<em>Displays</em>: whether the output goes to a page, block, feed, etc.; a single view can have multiple displays, each with different settings.','','none'),(9933,'<em>Format</em>: the output style for each display, such as content item, grid, table, or HTML list.','','none'),(9934,'<em>Fields</em>: if the Format allows, the particular fields to display.','','none'),(9935,'<em>Filter criteria</em>: criteria to limit the data to output, such as whether the content is published, the type of content, etc. Filters can be <em>exposed</em> to let users choose how to filter the data.','','none'),(9936,'<em>Sort criteria</em>: how to order the data. Sorting can also be exposed to users.','','none'),(9937,'<em>Header</em> and <em>Footer</em>: content to display at the top or bottom of the view display.','','none'),(9938,'<em>No results behavior</em>: what to do if the filter criteria result in having no data to display.','','none'),(9939,'<em>Pager</em>: how many items to display, and how to paginate if there are additional items to display.','','none'),(9940,'<em>Advanced</em> &gt; <em>Contextual filters</em>: like regular filters, except the criteria come from the <em>context</em>, such as the current date, page the view is displayed on, etc.','','none'),(9941,'<em>Advanced</em> &gt; <em>Relationships</em>: additional data to pull in and display, related in some way to the base data of the view (such as data about the user who created the content item).','','none'),(9942,'<em>Advanced</em> &gt; <em>Exposed form</em>: if you have exposed filters or sorts, how to display the form to the user.','','none'),(9943,'Managing views overview','','none'),(9944,'The core Views module handles the display of views, and the core Views UI module allows you to create, edit, and delete views in the administrative interface. See the related topics listed below for specific tasks (if the Views UI module is installed).','','none'),(9945,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/views-chapter.html\">Views chapter in the User Guide</a>','','none'),(9946,'Adding a new display to an existing view','','none'),(9947,'Add a new display to an existing view. This will allow you to display similar data to an existing view, using similar settings, in a new block, page, feed, etc.','','none'),(9948,'If you are not already editing your view, in the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; <a href=\"@views\"><em>Views</em></a>. Find the view you want to edit, and click its <em>Edit</em> link.','','none'),(9949,'Under <em>Displays</em>, click <em>Add</em>.','','none'),(9950,'In the pop-up list, click the link for the type of display you want to add; the most common types are <em>Page</em> and <em>Block</em>. The new display will be added to your view, and you will be editing that display.','','none'),(9951,'Optionally, click the link next to <em>Display name</em> and enter a new name to be shown for this display in the administrative interface.','','none'),(9952,'Creating a new view','','none'),(9953,'Create a new view to list content or other items on your site.','','none'),(9954,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; <a href=\"@views\"><em>Views</em></a>.','','none'),(9955,'Click <em>Add view</em>.','','none'),(9956,'In the <em>View name</em> field, enter a name for the view, which is how it will be listed in the administrative interface.','','none'),(9957,'In <em>View settings</em> &gt; <em>Show</em>, select the base data type to display in your view. This cannot be changed later.','','none'),(9958,'Optionally, select or enter filtering, sorting, and page/block display settings; these can be added or changed later.','','none'),(9959,'Click <em>Save and edit</em>. Your view will be created; edit it following the steps in the related topics below.','','none'),(9960,'Editing an existing view display','','none'),(9961,'Edit an existing view display, to modify what data is displayed or how it is displayed.','','none'),(9962,'Under <em>Displays</em>, click the display you want to edit.','','none'),(9963,'For sections containing lists (such as <em>Fields</em> and <em>Filter criteria</em>), to modify or delete an existing item, click the name of the item. To add a new item, click <em>Add</em> in the drop-down list. To change the order of items, click <em>Rearrange</em> in the drop-down list.','','none'),(9964,'For sections containing individual settings (such as <em>Title</em> and <em>Format</em>), there are often two links for each setting. The first link shows the current value; click that link to change the value. If there is a second link called <em>Settings</em>, click that link to change the settings details. For example, if your <em>Format</em> is currently shown as <em>Unformatted list</em>, click <em>Unformatted list</em> to switch to using a <em>Grid</em> or <em>Table</em> format. Click <em>Settings</em> next to your format type to change the settings for your chosen format.','','none'),(9965,'When you have finished changing all the settings, verify that the display is correct by clicking <em>Update preview</em>. Return to editing settings if necessary.','','none'),(9966,'When you have verified the display, click <em>Save</em>. Alternatively, if you have made mistakes and want to discard your changes, click <em>Cancel</em>.','','none'),(9967,'For accessibility and search engine optimization, all images that convey meaning on websites should have alternate text. Drupal also allows entry of title text for images, but it can lead to confusion for screen reader users and its use is not recommended. Image fields can be configured so that alternate and title text fields are enabled or disabled; if enabled, the fields can be set to be required. The recommended setting is to enable and require alternate text and disable title text.','','none'),(9968,'This must be an internal path such as %add-node. You can also start typing the title of a piece of content to select it. Enter %front to link to the front page. Enter %nolink to display link text only. Enter %button to display keyboard-accessible link text only.','','none'),(9969,'Start typing the title of a piece of content to select it. You can also enter an internal path such as %add-node or an external URL such as %url. Enter %front to link to the front page. Enter %nolink to display link text only. Enter %button to display keyboard-accessible link text only.','','9.3.0'),(9970,'It is potentially insecure to display oEmbed content in a frame that is served from the same domain as your main Drupal site, as this may allow execution of third-party code. Refer to <a href=\"https://oembed.com/#section3\">oEmbed Security Considerations</a>.','','none'),(9971,'It is potentially insecure to display oEmbed content in a frame that is served from the same domain as your main Drupal site, as this may allow execution of third-party code. <a href=\":url\">You can specify a different domain for serving oEmbed content in the Media settings</a>.','','none'),(9972,'If checked, users creating new media items in the media library will see a summary of their selected media items, and they will be able to insert their selection directly into the media field or text editor.','','9.3.0'),(9973,'A flag for whether the link should be rendered in menus. (1 = a disabled menu link that may be shown on admin screens, -1 = a menu callback, 0 = a normal, visible link)','','none'),(9974,'Menu link language code.','','none'),(9975,'Translation set id.','','none'),(9976,'Menu link ID of the source language menu link.','','none'),(9977,'Users with the <em>Administer menus and menu links</em> permission can add, edit, and delete custom menus on the <a href=\":menu\">Menus page</a>. Custom menus can be special site menus, menus of external links, or any combination of internal and external links. You may create an unlimited number of additional menus, each of which will automatically have an associated block (if you have the <a href=\":block_help\">Block module</a> installed). By selecting <em>Edit menu</em>, you can add, edit, or delete links for a given menu. The links listing page provides a drag-and-drop interface for controlling the order of links, and creating a hierarchy within the menu.','','none'),(9978,'Default parent link','','9.3.0'),(9979,'Choose the menu link to be the default parent for a new link in the content authoring form.','','9.3.0'),(9980,'The selected menu link is not under one of the selected menus.','','none'),(9981,'<strong>Warning:</strong> There is currently 1 menu link in %title. It will be deleted (system-defined links will be reset).<strong>Warning:</strong> There are currently @count menu links in %title. They will be deleted (system-defined links will be reset).','','none'),(9982,'Drupal @version module name','','none'),(9983,'Drupal @version machine name','','none'),(9984,'A unique machine-readable name for this content type. It must only contain lowercase letters, numbers, and underscores. This name will be used for constructing the URL of the %node-add page.','','9.3.0'),(9985,'The human-readable name of the mapping','','none'),(9986,'The machine name of the mapping','','none'),(9987,'The group this mapping belongs to','','none'),(9988,'The mappings linked to the breakpoints group','','none'),(9989,'In order to use REST on a website, you need to install modules that provide serialization and authentication services. You can use the Core module <a href=\":hal\">HAL</a> for serialization and <a href=\":basic_auth\">HTTP Basic Authentication</a> for authentication, or install a contributed or custom module.','','none'),(9990,'About searching','','none'),(9991,'You can display your shortcuts by enabling the <em>Shortcuts</em> block on the <a href=\":blocks\">Blocks administration page</a>. Certain administrative modules also display your shortcuts; for example, the core <a href=\":toolbar-help\">Toolbar module</a> provides a corresponding menu link.','','none'),(9992,'The new set is created by copying links from your default shortcut set.','','none'),(9993,'The new set is created by copying links from the %default set.','','none'),(9994,'The menu.mlid primary key for this menu link (= shortcut link).','','none'),(9995,'A date in a custom format. See <a href=\"https://www.php.net/manual/datetime.format.php#refsect1-datetime.format-parameters\">the PHP documentation</a> for details.','','9.3.0'),(9996,'Your PHP installation is too old. Drupal requires at least PHP %version. It is recommended to upgrade to PHP version %recommended or higher for the best ongoing support. See <a href=\"http://php.net/supported-versions.php\">PHP\'s version support documentation</a> and the <a href=\":php_requirements\">Environment requirements of Drupal 9</a> page for more information.','','none'),(9997,'Administer menus and menu links','','9.3.0'),(9998,'The menu is only visible if the menu link for the current page is at this level or below it. Use level 1 to always display this menu.','','none'),(9999,'Menu language.','','none'),(10000,'Provides a toolbar that shows the top-level administration menu links and links from other modules.','','9.4.1'),(10001,'Administer roles and permissions','','9.3.0'),(10002,'Flood control blocked login attempt for uid %uid from %ip','','none'),(10003,'Flood control blocked login attempt for uid %uid','','none'),(10004,'Flood control blocked login attempt from %ip','','none'),(10005,'Menu link entry','','none'),(10006,'When providing a menu link as a tab, Drupal needs to know what the parent menu link of that tab will be. Sometimes the parent will already exist, but other times you will need to have one created. The path of a parent link will always be the same path with the last part left off. i.e, if the path to this view is <em>foo/bar/baz</em>, the parent path would be <em>foo/bar</em>.','','none'),(10007,'Normal menu link','','none'),(10008,'If creating a parent menu link, enter the title of the link.','','none'),(10009,'If creating a parent menu link, enter the description of the link.','','none'),(10010,'If the parent menu link is a tab, enter the weight of the tab. Heavier tabs will sink and the lighter tabs will be positioned nearer to the first menu link.','','none'),(10011,'Views cannot create normal menu links for paths with a % in them.','','none'),(10012,'If \"Custom\", see <a href=\"https://www.php.net/manual/datetime.format.php#refsect1-datetime.format-parameters\" target=\"_blank\">the PHP docs</a> for date formats. Otherwise, enter the number of different time units to display, which defaults to 2.','','none'),(10013,'Primary Branding Color','','none'),(10014,'A clean, accessible, and flexible Drupal front-end theme.','','9.3.13'),(10015,'Block Layout Page','','none'),(10016,'Blocks are boxes of content rendered into an area, or region, of a web page that can be displayed in regions (such as footer or sidebar) on your page.','','none'),(10017,'Any custom or contributed block can be added to a particular region by clicking on a button Place block. A new block can also be created by clicking on Place Block','','none'),(10018,'Assign or change the region of a block by clicking here. A dropdown list with all the regions will appear.You can place one block in multiple regions.','','none'),(10019,'By Clicking on \"Configure\" you can go ahead and edit the contents of the block, deal with the visibility settings and even change the placement of where it is on your theme.','','none'),(10020,'Custom Block Library','','none'),(10021,'The block management screen also has an another tab on the top which is used to add Custom blocks. The name of the tab is \"Custom block library\". This tab ultimately provides a link to add custom blocks.','','none'),(10022,'Wide (1090)','','9.3.0'),(10023,'Olivero Medium','','9.3.0'),(10024,'j  F,  Y','PHP date format','9.3.0'),(10025,'Failed to fetch available update data:','','none'),(10026,'See <a href=\"@url\">PHP OpenSSL requirements</a> in the Drupal.org handbook for possible reasons this could happen and what you can do to resolve them.','','none'),(10027,'Check <a href=\"@url\">your local system logs</a> for additional error messages.','','none'),(10028,'Check your local system logs for additional error messages.','','none'),(10029,'Drupal update settings','','none'),(10030,'For security reasons, your upload has been rejected.','','none'),(10031,'Testing themes blocks','','none'),(10032,'Minimal profile for testing block installation of themes.','','none'),(10033,'Testing theme with optional blocks','','none'),(10034,'Testing theme with required blocks','','none'),(10035,'Testing theme without blocks','','none'),(10036,'Exporting your complete site configuration','','none'),(10037,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Development</em> &gt; <em>Configuration synchronization</em> &gt; <a href=\"@export\"><em>Export</em></a>.','','none'),(10038,'Click <em>Export</em> and save the archive file.','','none'),(10039,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Development</em> &gt; <em>Configuration synchronization</em> &gt; <em>Export</em> &gt; <em><a href=\"@single_export\">Single item</a></em>.','','none'),(10040,'Select the <em>Configuration type</em> that you want to export, and then select the specific <em>Configuration name</em> to export.','','none'),(10041,'Use your browser to copy the text in the box marked <em>Here is your configuration</em> to the clipboard.','','none'),(10042,'Paste the copied text into a plain-text editor on your computer or other device, and save it using the suggested file name below the text box.','','none'),(10043,'Importing your complete site configuration','','none'),(10044,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Development</em> &gt; <em>Configuration synchronization</em> &gt; <em><a href=\"@import_page\">Import</a></em>.','','none'),(10045,'Browse to find the <em>Configuration archive</em> that you want to import.','','none'),(10046,'Click <em>Upload</em>. Your configuration archive will be unpacked and placed in the configuration synchronization directory, and you will be redirected to the <em>Synchronize</em> page.','','none'),(10047,'Review the differences between your uploaded configuration and the active configuration, if any, and click <em>Import all</em> to import the changes.','','none'),(10048,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Development</em> &gt; <em>Configuration synchronization</em> &gt; <em>Import</em> &gt; <a href=\"@single_import\"><em>Single item</em></a>.','','none'),(10049,'Select the <em>Configuration type</em> that you want to import.','','none'),(10050,'On your computer or other device, copy the YAML-format configuration that you want to import to the clipboard.','','none'),(10051,'Paste the clipboard text into the box labeled <em>Paste your configuration here</em>.','','none'),(10052,'Click <em>Import</em>.','','none'),(10053,'Managing and deploying configuration','','none'),(10054,'What is the configuration system?','','none'),(10055,'The configuration system provides the ability for administrators to customize the site, and to move and synchronize configuration changes between development sites and the live site. It does this in 2 ways:','','none'),(10056,'Providing storage for configuration','','none'),(10057,'Providing a process in which configuration changes can be imported and exported between instances of the same site; for example, from \"dev\" to \"staging\" to \"live\"','','none'),(10058,'What is configuration data?','','none'),(10059,'Configuration data describes settings that define how your site behaves or is displayed. For example, when a site administrator updates settings using an administrative form, these settings are stored as configuration data. Configuration data describes settings as simple as a site name and as complex as a view or image style.','','none'),(10060,'What kinds of configuration are there?','','none'),(10061,'Active configuration','','none'),(10062,'Active configuration is the current working configuration of a site. Storage of active configuration is defined by the site, and resides in the database by default.','','none'),(10063,'A simple configuration item is a group of settings, such as the settings for a module or theme. Each simple configuration item has its own unique structure.','','none'),(10064,'Configuration entities are user-defined configuration items grouped by type, such as views, image styles, and content types. Each configuration entity within a type has a similar structure.','','none'),(10065,'Default configuration can be defined by a module, theme, or installation profile in its <em>config/install</em> or <em>config/optional</em> directories. Configuration is provided in YAML files (file extension .yml); YAML is a human-readable data serialization standard that is used by the core software for several purposes. Once the default configuration has been imported into the site\'s active configuration (through installing the extension), that configuration is owned by the site, not the extension. This means that future updates of the extension will not override the site\'s active configuration for that extension.','','none'),(10066,'What is configuration synchronization?','','none'),(10067,'Configuration synchronization is the process of exporting and importing configuration to keep configuration synchronized between different versions of a site; for example, between a development site and the live site.','','none'),(10068,'Each site has unique identifier, also called a <em>UUID</em>, which identifies the site to the system in any instance of the site, as long as the site instances have been reproduced as clones (cloning is when the codebase and database are copied to create a new site instance). When site instances are cloned, a \"dev\" instance of the site has the same UUID as the \"live\" instance. When site instances share the same UUID, configuration can be exported from one instance to another.','','none'),(10069,'The following list contains terms and concepts related to configuration synchronization:','','none'),(10070,'Exported configuration','','none'),(10071,'When configuration is exported, the active configuration is exported as a set of files in YAML format. When using the <em>Configuration synchronization</em> administrative UI, configuration can be exported as a full-export or single-item archive. This archive can then be imported into the destination site instance.','','none'),(10072,'Imported configuration','','none'),(10073,'Imported configuration is configuration that has been exported from another instance of the site (the \"source\") and is now being imported into another site instance (the \"destination\"), thereby updating its active configuration to match the imported configuration data set.','','none'),(10074,'The configuration sync directory location is set in the site\'s <em>settings.php</em> file. When configuration is exported, the active configuration is exported and described in YAML files which are stored in the configuration sync directory. After the first export, the system compares the site\'s active configuration with the configuration data in the sync directory and will only export active configuration items that are different than their counterparts in the sync directory.','','none'),(10075,'Managing configuration overview','','none'),(10076,'Configuration management tasks, such as exporting or importing configuration and synchronizing configuration, can be done either through the administrative UI provided by the core Configuration Manager module or a command-line interface (CLI) tool. Defining a configuration sync directory path other than the default value requires read/write access to the site\'s <em>settings.php</em> file.','','none'),(10077,'Most modules and themes also provide settings forms for updating the configuration they provide. See the related topics listed below for specific tasks.','','none'),(10078,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/8/configuration-management/workflow-using-drush\">Configuration management: Workflow using Drush</a>','','none'),(10079,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/understanding-data.html\">Concept: Types of Data article in the Drupal User Guide</a>','','none'),(10080,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/install-dev-sites.html\">Concept: Development Sites article in the Drupal User Guide</a>','','none'),(10081,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/install-dev-making.html\">Making a Development Site article in the Drupal User Guide</a>','','none'),(10082,'Managing media','','none'),(10083,'What are media items?','','none'),(10084,'What is the media library?','','none'),(10085,'The media library is a visual user interface for managing and reusing media items. Add media items to content using Media reference fields and the Media library field widget.','','none'),(10086,'What is an image style?','','none'),(10087,'An image style is a set of processing steps, known as <em>effects</em>, that can be applied to images. Examples of effects include scaling and cropping images to different sizes. Responsive image styles can associate image styles with your theme\'s size breakpoints. This allows serving images sized for the browser width.','','none'),(10088,'Overview of managing media','','none'),(10089,'The following modules provide media-related functionality:','','none'),(10090,'Media items and media types are managed by the core Media module.','','none'),(10091,'The core Media module provides a Media reference field to add media to content entities. The core File and Image modules also provide reference fields. It is recommended to use the Media reference field because it is more versatile.','','none'),(10092,'The core Media Library module provides the media library and the Media library field widget. With this module installed, the Media library field widget becomes the default widget for editing Media reference fields.','','none'),(10093,'The core Image module provides a user interface for defining image styles. The core Responsive Image module provides responsive image styles. Using the core Breakpoint module, and a breakpoint-enabled theme, these responsive styles can serve images sized for the browser.','','none'),(10094,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/8/core/modules/media\">Media module</a>','','none'),(10095,'Adding an image style','','none'),(10096,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Media</em> &gt; <a href=\"@styles\"><em>Image styles</em></a>.','','none'),(10097,'Click <em>Add image style</em>.','','none'),(10098,'Enter a descriptive <em>Image style name</em>, and click <em>Create new style</em>.','','none'),(10099,'Under <em>Effect</em>, choose an effect to apply and click <em>Add</em>.','','none'),(10100,'Configure the effect on the next page. Most effects require some additional configuration after they are added.  For example, for the <em>Crop</em> effect, enter the <em>Width</em> and <em>Height</em> to crop the image to, and choose the <em>Anchor</em> point. Click <em>Add effect</em>.','','none'),(10101,'Repeat the previous two steps until all of the effects have been added.','','none'),(10102,'Drag to change the order of the effects. Then click <em>Save</em> to save the new order.','','none'),(10103,'The image style can now be used to format a field containing an image in your layouts or traditional field displays. It can also be used as part of a responsive image style. See related topics below for more information.','','none'),(10104,'Adding a new media type','','none'),(10105,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; <a href=\"@media\"><em>Media types</em></a>.','','none'),(10106,'If there is not already a media type for the type of media you want to use on your site, click <em>Add media type</em>.','','none'),(10107,'Enter a <em>Name</em> and <em>Description</em> for your media type, and select the <em>Media source</em>.','','none'),(10108,'For most media sources, there is additional information that will need to be stored with your media item, in a field on your media type. Under <em>Media source configuration</em>, select an existing field to re-use to store this information, or select <em> - Create -</em> to create a new field.','','none'),(10109,'Note the types of metadata in the <em>Field mapping</em> section that can be mapped to fields on your media type.','','none'),(10110,'Optionally, add additional fields for the metadata noted above or for other information that you want to store to your media type by clicking on <em>Manage fields</em> (see related topic below).','','none'),(10111,'If you have added metadata fields, click <em>Edit</em>. Under <em>Field mapping</em>, select the fields you added for each piece of metadata information.','','none'),(10112,'You can now use this media type by adding a Media reference field to any content entity sub-type. See related topic below.','','none'),(10113,'Migrating, updating, and upgrading','','none'),(10114,'What are updating, upgrading, and migrating?','','none'),(10115,'<em>Updating</em> is the process of changing from one minor version of the software to a newer version, such as from version 8.3.4 to 8.3.5, or 8.3.5 to 8.4.0. Starting with version 8.x, you can also update to major versions 9, 10, and beyond if your add-on modules, themes, and install profiles are compatible. <em>Upgrading</em> is the process of changing from an older major version of the software to a newer version, such as from version 7 to 8. <em>Migrating</em> is the process of importing data into a site.','','none'),(10116,'To upgrade a site from Drupal 6 or 7 to Drupal 8 or later, keeping the content and configuration the same, you will install the new version of the software and add-on modules and themes in a new site, and then migrate the content and other data from your old site into the new site.','','none'),(10117,'Overview of Migrating','','none'),(10118,'Provides the underlying API for migrating data.','','none'),(10119,'Provides data migration from older versions of the Drupal software into a new site.','','none'),(10120,'Provides a user interface for performing data migration from older versions of the Drupal software into a new site.','','none'),(10121,'If the source of the data you want to migrate is a different content management system, or if the data source is a Drupal site that was built using contributed modules that the core migration modules do not support, then you will also need one or more contributed or custom modules in order to migrate your data.','','none'),(10122,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/upgrading-drupal\">Upgrading Drupal</a>','','none'),(10123,'Migrating data for an upgrade using the user interface','','none'),(10124,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Development</em> &gt; <em><a href=\"@migrate_drupal_upgrade\">Upgrade</a></em>.','','none'),(10125,'Read the introduction and follow the <em>Preparation steps</em> on the page. Then click <em>Continue</em>.','','none'),(10126,'Select the Drupal version of the source site. Also enter the database credentials and public and private files directories (private file directory is not available when migrating from Drupal 6). Click <em>Review upgrade</em>.','','none'),(10127,'If the next page you see contains a message about conflicting content, that means that the site where you are running the upgrade is not empty. If you continue, you will lose the data in the site. If that is acceptable, click the button to continue; if not, start these steps over in a new, clean Drupal site.','','none'),(10128,'On the <em>What will be upgraded?</em> page, review the list of modules whose data will not be upgraded. If that list is not empty and you want to migrate the data from those modules, you will need to download contributed modules and/or install core or contributed modules, and start these steps over.','','none'),(10129,'When the list of modules that will and will not be upgraded meets your expectations, click <em>Perform upgrade</em> and wait for the upgrade to complete. You will see a message about the number of upgrade tasks that were successful or failed, and you can review the upgrade message log by clicking the link on the results page.','','none'),(10130,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/upgrading-drupal/upgrading-from-drupal-6-or-7-to-drupal-8-and-newer\">Upgrading from Drupal 6 or 7 to Drupal 8 (and newer)</a>','','none'),(10131,'Configuring a responsive image style','','none'),(10132,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Media</em> &gt; <a href=\"@styles\"><em>Responsive image styles</em></a>.','','none'),(10133,'Click <em>Add responsive image style</em>.','','none'),(10134,'Enter a descriptive <em>Label</em> for your style.','','none'),(10135,'Select a <em>Breakpoint group</em> from the groups defined by your installed themes and modules.','','none'),(10136,'On the next page, locate the fieldsets for the breakpoints provided by the selected <em>Breakpoint group</em>.','','none'),(10137,'For each breakpoint that you want to use, expand the corresponding fieldset. Select the <em>Select a single image style.</em> radio button under <em>Type</em> for the breakpoint, and select the <em>Image style</em> to use for images when that breakpoint is in effect. Repeat this step for the rest of the breakpoints you want to use.','','none'),(10138,'Click <em>Save</em>','','none'),(10139,'You can now use this responsive image style to format a field containing an image, in your layouts or traditional field displays. See related topics below for more information.','','none'),(10140,'Human name of the parent node type.','','none'),(10141,'Machine name of the parent node type.','','none'),(10142,'@title sub-navigation','','none'),(10143,'Moving content between workflow states','','none'),(10144,'Who can change workflow states?','','none'),(10145,'Users with the <a href=\"@content_moderation_permissions\">content moderation permissions</a> can change workflow states. There are separate permissions for each transition.','','none'),(10146,'Find the entity that you want to moderate in either the content moderation view page, if you created one, or the appropriate administrative page for managing that type of entity (such as the <a href=\"@content\">Content</a> administration page for content items).','','none'),(10147,'Click <em>Edit</em> to edit the entity.','','none'),(10148,'At the bottom of the page, select the new workflow state under <em>Change to:</em> and click <em>Save</em>.','','none'),(10149,'Who can configure a workflow?','','none'),(10150,'Users with the <em><a href=\"@workflows_permissions\">Administer workflows</a></em> permission (typically administrators) can configure workflows.','','none'),(10151,'Make a plan for the new workflow:','','none'),(10152,'Decide which workflow states you need; for example, <em>Concept</em>, <em>Review</em>, and <em>Final</em>.','','none'),(10153,'Decide on the settings for each state:','','none'),(10154,'<em>Label</em>: the state name','','none'),(10155,'<em>Published</em>: if checked, when content reaches this state it will be made visible on the site (to users with permission).','','none'),(10156,'<em>Default revision</em>: if checked, when content reaches this state it will become the default revision of the content; published content is automatically the default revision.','','none'),(10157,'Decide which state content should be created in.','','none'),(10158,'Decide on the list of allowed transitions between states. For example, you might want a transition between <em>Concept</em> and <em>Review</em>. Each transition has a label; for example, the Concept to Review transition might be labeled \"Review concept\".','','none'),(10159,'To implement your plan, in the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Workflow</em> &gt; <a href=\"@workflows_url\"><em>Workflows</em></a>. A list of workflows is shown, including the default workflow <em>Editorial</em> that you can adapt.','','none'),(10160,'Click <em>Add workflow</em>.','','none'),(10161,'Enter a name in the <em>Label</em> field, select <em>Content moderation</em> from the <em>Workflow type</em> field, and click <em>Save</em>.','','none'),(10162,'Verify that the <em>States</em> list matches your planned states. You can add missing states by clicking <em>Add a new state</em>. You can edit or delete states by clicking <em>Edit</em> or <em>Delete</em> under <em>Operations</em> (if the <em>Delete</em> option is not available, you will first need to delete any <em>Transitions</em> to or from this state).','','none'),(10163,'Verify that the <em>Transitions</em> list matches your plan. You can add missing transitions by clicking <em>Add a new transition</em>. You can edit or delete transitions by clicking <em>Edit</em> or <em>Delete</em> under <em>Operations</em>.','','none'),(10164,'Under <em>This workflow applies to:</em>, find the entity type that you want this workflow to apply to, such as Content revisions, Custom block revisions, or Taxonomy term revisions. Click <em>Select</em>.','','none'),(10165,'Check the entity subtypes that you want to apply the workflow to. For example, you might choose to apply your workflow to the <em>Page</em> content type, but not to <em>Article</em>.','','none'),(10166,'Under <em>Workflow settings</em>, select the <em>Default moderation state</em> for new content.','','none'),(10167,'Click <em>Save</em> to save your workflow.','','none'),(10168,'Optionally (recommended), create a view for your custom workflow, to provide a page for content editors to see what content needs to be moderated. You can do this if the Views UI module is installed, by following the steps in the related <em>Creating a new view</em> topic listed below under <em>Related topics</em>. When creating the view, under <em>View settings</em> &gt; <em>Show</em>, select the revision data type you configured the workflow for, and be sure to display the <em>Workflow State</em> field in your view.','','none'),(10169,'Managing content moderation workflows','','none'),(10170,'What is a content moderation workflow?','','none'),(10171,'On some sites, new content and content revisions need to be <em>moderated</em>. That is, they need to pass through several <em>states</em> before becoming visible to site visitors. The collection of states and the definition of the transitions between states is known as a <em>workflow</em>. For example, new content might start out in a <em>Draft</em> state, and then might need to pass through several <em>Review</em> states before it becomes <em>Published</em> on the live site.','','none'),(10172,'Overview of content moderation workflows','','none'),(10173,'The core Content Moderation module allows you to expand on core software\'s \"unpublished\" and \"published\" states for content. It allows you to have a published version that is live, but have a separate working copy that is undergoing review before it is published. This is achieved by using workflows to apply different states and transitions to entities as needed.','','none'),(10174,'The core Workflows module allows you to manage workflows with states and transitions.','','none'),(10175,'See the related topics listed below for specific tasks and background information.','','none'),(10176,'On-line documentation about Content Moderation','','none'),(10177,'If %identifier is a valid account, an email will be sent with instructions to reset your password.','','9.3.0'),(10178,'@language translation was not added. To add a translation, you must modify the configuration.','','none'),(10179,'No page is specified','','none'),(10180,'Provide markup for the area using any available text format.','','9.3.0'),(10181,'Provide markup for the area with minimal filtering.','','9.3.0'),(10182,'You may enter data from this view as per the \"Available global token replacements\" above. You may include the following allowed HTML tags: <code>@tags</code>','','9.3.0'),(10183,'You may include the following allowed HTML tags with these \"Replacement patterns\": <code>@tags</code>','','9.3.0'),(10184,'There are no @entity_type_plural matching \"%value\".','','none'),(10185,'Many @entity_type_plural are called %value. Specify the one you want by appending the id in parentheses, like \"@value (@id)\".','','none'),(10186,'Multiple @entity_type_plural match this reference; \"%multiple\". Specify the one you want by appending the id in parentheses, like \"@value (@id)\".','','none'),(10187,'The module \'@module_name\' is providing the database driver \'@driver_name\'.','','none'),(10188,'Failed to connect to the server. The server reports the following message: <p class=\"error\">@message</p> For more help adding or updating code on your server, see the <a href=\":handbook_url\">handbook</a>.','','none'),(10189,'Add another module','','none'),(10190,'HTML tables can be created with table headers and caption/summary elements.','','none'),(10191,'Alt text is required by default on images added through CKEditor (note that this can be overridden).','','none'),(10192,'Semantic HTML5 figure/figcaption are available to add captions to images.','','none'),(10193,'To support multilingual page content, CKEditor can be configured to include a language button in the toolbar.','','none'),(10194,'This log is not persistent','','none'),(10195,'The system is configured to allow insecure file uploads. No file field updates are necessary.','','none'),(10196,'Your upload has been renamed to %filename.','','none'),(10197,'Separate extensions with a comma or space. Each extension can contain alphanumeric characters, \'.\', and \'_\', and should start and end with an alphanumeric character.','','9.3.0'),(10198,'The list of allowed extensions is not valid. Allowed characters are a-z, 0-9, \'.\', and \'_\'. The first and last characters cannot be \'.\' or \'_\', and these two characters cannot appear next to each other. Separate extensions with a comma or space.','','none'),(10199,'Add %txt_extension to the list of allowed extensions to securely upload files with a %extension extension. The %txt_extension extension will then be added automatically.','','none'),(10200,'Configure the block and click <em>Save block</em>; see @configure_topic for configuration details.','','none'),(10201,'Translating configuration','','none'),(10202,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Regional and language</em> &gt; <a href=\"@config_translation\"><em>Configuration translation</em></a>.','','none'),(10203,'For configuration entities, find the specific entity that you want to translate on the next page, and click <em>Translate</em> under <em>Operations</em>.','','none'),(10204,'Enter translations for the translatable text fields for the configuration item, and save.','','none'),(10205,'Configuring content language settings and translation','','none'),(10206,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Regional and language</em> &gt; <a href=\"@translation_settings\"><em>Content language and translation</em></a>.','','none'),(10207,'Under <em>Custom language settings</em>, find the content entity types that should have customized language settings on your site. Check the box next to each one. A section will appear below the list with settings for that entity type.','','none'),(10208,'For each entity type you checked, in the settings section below check the boxes for each entity sub-type that should be <em>Translatable</em> on your site. If the entity type does not have sub-types, there is just one check box for the entity type as a whole.','','none'),(10209,'For each entity type or subtype, select the <em>Default language</em>. Also, if you want to have languages other than the default available when you create content, check <em>Show language selector on create and edit pages</em>.','','none'),(10210,'For each <em>Translatable</em> type or sub-type, look through the list of fields for the type or sub-type, and verify that only the fields that should be translatable are checked. For example, you would probably want to translate a <em>Title</em> field, but you might not want to translate a <em>Start date</em> field.','','none'),(10211,'Click <em>Save configuration</em> when all of your changes are complete.','','none'),(10212,'Working with languages and translations','','none'),(10213,'What text can be translated in your site?','','none'),(10214,'There are three types of text that can be translated:','','none'),(10215,'User interface text that is provided by the core software, your install profile, themes, and modules is provided in English, but can be translated into other languages. You can also download translations that community-members have provided.','','none'),(10216,'Working with languages overview','','none'),(10217,'The core Language module lets you add new languages to your site, provides the <em>Language switcher</em> block, and provides the ability to configure block visibility by language; the block and block visibility settings are only available if you have multiple languages configured. The core Content Translation, Configuration Translation, and Interface Translation modules let you translate content, configuration, and the built-in user interface, respectively. The core Update Manager module manages automatic downloads of community-provided translations of default configuration and user-interface text. See the related topics listed below for specific tasks.','','none'),(10218,'Enriches your content with metadata to let other applications (e.g., search engines, aggregators, and so on) better understand its relationships and attributes. This semantically enriched, machine-readable output for your website uses the <a href=\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml-rdfa-primer/\">RDFa specification</a>, which allows RDF data to be embedded in HTML markup.','','none'),(10219,'Adding a language','','none'),(10220,'Add a language to your site.','','none'),(10221,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Regional and language</em> &gt; <a href=\"@languages_url\"><em>Languages</em></a>.','','none'),(10222,'Click <em>Add language</em>.','','none'),(10223,'If your language is in the <em>Language name</em> list, select it and click <em>Add language</em>.','','none'),(10224,'If your language is not in the list, select <em>Custom language...</em> and enter the <em>Language code</em>, <em>Language name</em>, and <em>Direction</em> for the language. Click <em>Add custom language</em>.','','none'),(10225,'Wait for the translation system to be updated. Also, if you have the core Update Manager module installed and translations are available for your language, wait for translations to be downloaded. You should be returned to the <em>Languages</em> page when this completes.','','none'),(10226,'Configuring language detection and selection','','none'),(10227,'Configure the methods used to decide which language will be used to display text on your site.','','none'),(10228,'What is a language detection method?','','none'),(10229,'A language detection method is a way for your site to decide what language should be used to display text. This decision is made by evaluating a series of detection methods for languages; the first detection method that gets a result will determine which language is used. If you have more than one language on your site, you can configure the detection methods that are used and the order they are evaluated, for both user interface text and content text. Configuration text always uses the interface text method, and most sites use the same detection methods for all types of text.','','none'),(10230,'What language detection methods are available?','','none'),(10231,'The available detection methods depend on what modules you have installed. Some of the most commonly-used language detection methods are:','','none'),(10232,'Use the language from the URL, which can either be in a path prefix like <em>example.com/fr/page_path</em> for French (fr) language, or in a domain like <em>fr.example.com/page_path</em>.','','none'),(10233,'For logged in users, use the language they have set in their profiles.','','none'),(10234,'Use the language preferences from the user\'s browser.','','none'),(10235,'Use the language most recently selected from a <em>Language switcher</em> block.','','none'),(10236,'Use the language from a session parameter or a request parameter; for example, adding <em>?language=fr</em> to the end of the URL.','','none'),(10237,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Regional and language</em> &gt; <em>Languages</em> &gt; <a href=\"@detection\"><em>Detection and selection</em></a>.','','none'),(10238,'Check the boxes to enable the desired language detection methods, and uncheck boxes for the methods you do not want to use.','','none'),(10239,'Drag the methods to change their order, if desired.','','none'),(10240,'Click <em>Save settings</em>.','','none'),(10241,'Click <em>Configure</em> on each enabled detection method and verify that its configuration is correct (or update the configuration if not).','','none'),(10242,'Importing a translation file','','none'),(10243,'Import a file (.po extension) containing translations for user interface text.','','none'),(10244,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Regional and language</em> &gt; <em>User interface translation</em> &gt; <a href=\"@import\"><em>Import</em></a>.','','none'),(10245,'Browse to find the <em>Translation file</em> you want to import. Select the language and check the desired import options.','','none'),(10246,'Click <em>Import</em> and wait for your file to be imported.','','none'),(10247,'Translating user interface text','','none'),(10248,'Translate user interface text strings from English into a non-English language that is configured on your site.','','none'),(10249,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Regional and language</em> &gt; <a href=\"@translate\"><em>User interface translation</em></a>.','','none'),(10250,'Using the filters, search for a string or set of strings that you want to translate; make sure to select the correct <em>Translation language</em> if you have more than one non-English language on your site.','','none'),(10251,'Enter new translations and click <em>Save translations</em>.','','none'),(10252,'Repeat these steps until all of the desired user interface text is translated for all languages on your site.','','none'),(10253,'Checking interface translation status','','none'),(10254,'Check the current status of interface translations, and see if there are any updates available.','','none'),(10255,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Regional and language</em> &gt; <a href=\"@language\"><em>Languages</em></a>.','','none'),(10256,'Look at the <em>Interface translation</em> column in the language table, to find the percentage of user interface text that has been translated for each language.','','none'),(10257,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Reports</em> &gt; <em><a href=\"@translation_updates\">Available translation updates</a></em>. This report is only available if the core Update Status module is installed.','','none'),(10258,'Optionally, click <em>Check manually</em> to update the report.','','none'),(10259,'View the report to find out if any languages have translation updates that you can download.','','none'),(10260,'You can use the <em>Migration</em> group of modules to perform the migration step of upgrading from Drupal 6 or 7 to Drupal 8 or later, as well as other migrations. These modules also provide APIs that can be used by programmers to write custom software for migrations. Here are the functions of the core migration modules:','','none'),(10261,'When users visit the main <a href=\"@search_url\">Search page</a>, they will see the configured search pages that they have access to. Each search page has a search form on it, and the page will display search results after the user enters keywords into the form and clicks the search button.','','none'),(10262,'[user:account-name]: The user\'s account name.','','none'),(10263,'Help search is not fully indexed. Some results may be missing or incorrect.','','none'),(10264,'If an upgrade has been performed on this site, you will be informed.','','none'),(10265,'You need to enter the database credentials of the Drupal site that you want to upgrade. You can also include its files directory in the upgrade. For example local files, /var/www/docroot, or remote files http://www.example.com.','','none'),(10266,'If there is existing content on the site that may be overwritten by this upgrade, you will be informed.','','none'),(10267,'Finally, a message is displayed about the number of upgrade tasks that were successful or failed.','','none'),(10268,'To import private files from your current Drupal site, enter a local file directory containing your site (e.g. /var/www/docroot). Leave blank to use the same value as Public files directory.','','none'),(10269,'Add <a href=\":modules\">contributed modules</a> to extend your site\'s functionality.','','none'),(10270,'Database driver provided by module','','none'),(10271,'The current database driver is provided by the module: %module. The module is currently not enabled. You should immediately <a href=\":enable\">enable</a> the module.','','none'),(10272,'Adding %project','','none'),(10273,'Error adding / updating','','none'),(10274,'Added / updated %project_name successfully','','none'),(10275,'Files were added successfully. Your site has been taken out of maintenance mode.','','none'),(10276,'Files were added successfully.','','none'),(10277,'File add failed! See the log below for more information.','','none'),(10278,'File add failed! See the log below for more information. Your site is still in maintenance mode.','','none'),(10279,'The Update Manager also allows administrators to add and update modules and themes through the administration interface.','','none'),(10280,'Adding new modules and themes through the Add new pages','','none'),(10281,'You can also add new modules and themes in the same fashion, through the <a href=\":install\">Add new modules and themes page</a>, or by clicking the <em>Add new module/theme</em> links at the top of the <a href=\":modules_page\">Extend page</a> and the <a href=\":themes_page\">Appearance page</a>. In this case, you are prompted to provide either the URL to the download, or to upload a packaged release file from your local computer.','','none'),(10282,'Add new module or theme','','9.4.1'),(10283,'Add new module','','9.4.1'),(10284,'Add new theme','','9.3.13'),(10285,'Add from a URL','','none'),(10286,'Upload a module or theme archive','','none'),(10287,'You must either provide a URL or upload an archive file.','','none'),(10288,'%project is already present.','','none'),(10289,'View user email addresses','','9.3.0'),(10290,'Users without this permission will not have access to email addresses on user pages or other places where they might be shown, such as Views and JSON:API responses.','','9.3.0'),(10291,'The username or email address is invalid.','','none'),(10292,'Password reset form was submitted with an unknown or inactive account: %name.','','none'),(10293,'Always show the default display','','none'),(10294,'Publish workspace','','none'),(10295,'Publish %source_label workspace','','none'),(10296,'There are no changes that can be published from %source_label to %target_label.','','none'),(10297,'Would you like to publish the contents of the %label workspace?','','none'),(10298,'Publish workspace contents.','','none'),(10299,'Successful publication.','','none'),(10300,'Publication failed. All errors have been logged.','','none'),(10301,'There is @count item that can be published from %source_label to %target_labelThere are @count items that can be published from %source_label to %target_label','','none'),(10302,'Publish @count item to @targetPublish @count items to @target','','none'),(10303,'Missing help topic %topic','','none'),(10304,'Failed to fetch security advisory data:','','none'),(10305,'See <a href=\":url\">Troubleshooting the advisory feed</a> for possible causes and resolutions.','','none'),(10306,'Check <a href=\":url\">your local system logs</a> for additional error messages.','','none'),(10307,'Critical security advisories','','none'),(10308,'The System module displays highly critical and time-sensitive security announcements to site administrators. Some security announcements will be displayed until a critical security update is installed. Announcements that are not associated with a specific release will appear for a fixed period of time. <a href=\":handbook\">More information on critical security advisories</a>.','','none'),(10309,'Only the most highly critical security announcements will be shown. <a href=\":advisories-list\">View all security announcements</a>.','','none'),(10310,'(<a href=\":system-help\">What are critical security announcements?</a>)','','none'),(10311,'Critical security announcements','','none'),(10312,'Security advisory settings','','none'),(10313,'Display critical security advisories','','none'),(10314,'How often to check for security advisories, in hours','','none'),(10315,'The security advisory JSON feed from Drupal.org could not be decoded.','','none'),(10316,'[user:display-name]\n\nA request to cancel your account has been made at [site:name].\n\nYou may now cancel your account on [site:url-brief] by clicking this link or copying and pasting it into your browser:\n\n[user:cancel-url]\n\nNOTE: The cancellation of your account is not reversible.\n\nThis link expires in one day and nothing will happen if it is not used.\n\n--  [site:name] team','','9.3.0'),(10317,'The label of the link.','','none'),(10318,'Pre-header','','none'),(10319,'Banner Top','','none'),(10320,'Hero (full width)','','9.3.0'),(10321,'Move content from %from state to %to state.Move content from %from states to %to state.','','none'),(10322,'Your server does not support updating modules and themes from this interface. Instead, update modules and themes by uploading the new versions directly to the server, as documented in <a href=\":doc_url\">Extending Drupal</a>.','','none'),(10323,'Your server does not support adding modules and themes from this interface. Instead, add modules and themes by uploading them directly to the server, as documented in <a href=\":doc_url\">Extending Drupal</a>.','','none'),(10324,'Creating an advanced action','','none'),(10325,'Create an advanced action. You can, for example, create an action to change the author of multiple content items. See @action_overview for more about actions.','','none'),(10326,'Who can create actions?','','none'),(10327,'Users with the <em>@action_permissions</em> permission (typically administrators) can create actions.','','none'),(10328,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>System</em> &gt; <em>@actions</em>. A list of all actions is shown.','','none'),(10329,'Choose an advanced action from the dropdown and click <em>Create</em>.','','none'),(10330,'Enter a name for the action in the <em>Label</em> field. This label will be visible for the user.','','none'),(10331,'Click <em>Save</em>. You will be returned to the list of actions, with your new action added to the list.','','none'),(10332,'To edit an action you have previously created, click <em>Configure</em> in the <em>Operations</em> drop-down list. To delete an action you have previously created, click <em>Delete</em> in the <em>Operations</em> drop-down list.','','none'),(10333,'Actions page','','none'),(10334,'What are actions?','','none'),(10335,'Actions are module-defined tasks that can be executed on the site; for example, unpublishing content, sending an email message, or blocking a user.','','none'),(10336,'What are simple actions?','','none'),(10337,'What are advanced actions?','','none'),(10338,'Advanced actions require configuration. Before they are available for listing and execution, they need to be created and configured. For example, for an action that sends e-mail, you would need to configure the e-mail address.','','none'),(10339,'How are actions executed?','','none'),(10340,'Configuring actions overview','','none'),(10341,'The core Actions module provides a user interface for listing and configuring actions. The core Views UI module provides a user interface for creating views, which may include bulk operations forms for executing actions. See the related topics listed below for specific tasks.','','none'),(10342,'Online documentation for the Action module','','none'),(10343,'Configuring comments','','none'),(10344,'Configure a content entity type/subtype to allow commenting, using a comment type that you have configured. See @content_structure_topic for more about content entities and fields, and @comment_type_topic to configure a comment type.','','none'),(10345,'Who can configure comments?','','none'),(10346,'Follow the steps in the related <em>Adding a field to an entity sub-type</em> topic to add a field of type <em>Comments</em> to the desired entity type or sub-type.','','none'),(10347,'On the next field settings page, enter the desired settings for the comment field:','','none'),(10348,'<em>Comments per page</em>: the maximum number of comments displayed on one page (a pager will be added if you exceed this limit).','','none'),(10349,'<em>Open</em>: comments are allowed.','','none'),(10350,'<em>Closed</em>: past comments remain visible, but no new comments are allowed.','','none'),(10351,'<em>Hidden</em>: past comments are hidden, and no new comments are allowed.','','none'),(10352,'Online documentation for content comment settings','','none'),(10353,'Creating a comment type','','none'),(10354,'Create a new comment type. See @comment_overview_topic for information about comments and comment types.','','none'),(10355,'Who can create a comment type?','','none'),(10356,'Users with the <em>@comment_permissions_link</em> permission (typically administrators) can create comment types.','','none'),(10357,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; <em>@comment_types_link</em>.','','none'),(10358,'Click <em>Add comment type</em>.','','none'),(10359,'Click <em>Save</em>. The comment type will be created.','','none'),(10360,'Disabling comments','','none'),(10361,'Turn off commenting for a particular entity (see @content_structure_topic for more about content entities and fields). Note that if you want to turn off commenting for all entities of an entity type or subtype, you will need to edit the field settings for the comment field; see @comment_config_topic for more about configuring the comment field.','','none'),(10362,'Who can disable comments?','','none'),(10363,'You will need the <em>@comment_permissions_link</em> permission in order to disable commenting. You will also need permission to edit the entity that the comments are on.','','none'),(10364,'Under <em>Comment settings</em>, select the desired comment setting:','','none'),(10365,'Save the entity.','','none'),(10366,'Moderating comments','','none'),(10367,'Decide which comments are shown on the website.','','none'),(10368,'Who can moderate comments?','','none'),(10369,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Content</em> &gt; <em>@comment_published_link</em>. A list of all comments is shown.','','none'),(10370,'To change the content of a comment click <em>Edit</em> from the dropdown button for a particular comment.','','none'),(10371,'Online documentation for moderating comments','','none'),(10372,'Managing comments','','none'),(10373,'What is a comment?','','none'),(10374,'What is a comment type?','','none'),(10375,'What is moderation?','','none'),(10376,'Overview of managing comments','','none'),(10377,'The core Comment module provides the following functionality:','','none'),(10378,'Posting comments','','none'),(10379,'Creating comment types; the core Field UI module allows you to attach fields to comment types and attach comment reference fields to other entities so that people can comment on them.','','none'),(10380,'Configuring commenting','','none'),(10381,'Moderating comments as discussed above','','none'),(10382,'Using in-line (quick) editing','','none'),(10383,'Edit content or settings in place.','','none'),(10384,'What is quick editing?','','none'),(10385,'Who can edit content and settings in place?','','none'),(10386,'In order to follow these steps to edit content in place, the core Quick Edit module must be installed; to edit settings, the core Settings Tray module must be installed. Also, either the core Toolbar module or a contributed replacement must be installed. You will need to have <em>Use contextual links</em> permission, as well as permission to edit the particular content or settings.','','none'),(10387,'Find and visit a page on your site that has either content or settings that you would like to edit.','','none'),(10388,'Click the contextual links <em>Edit</em> button on the toolbar (in most themes, it looks like a pencil). Contextual <em>Edit</em> links with the same icon will appear all over your page.','','none'),(10389,'Click the link to open the contextual links menu, and click <em>Quick edit</em>. An editing form for the settings or content should appear on the page.','','none'),(10390,'Make your edits and submit the form.','','none'),(10391,'The core administrative interface has built-in compliance with many accessibility standards so that most pages are accessible to most users in their default state. However, certain pages become more accessible to some users through the use of a non-default or improved interface. These interfaces include:','','none'),(10392,'Enabling inline form errors','','none'),(10393,'What administrative interface components are available?','','none'),(10394,'The following administrative interface components are provided by Drupal core and its modules (some contributed modules offer additional functionality):','','none'),(10395,'Accessibility features, to enable all users to perform administrative tasks. See @accessibility_topic for more information.','','none'),(10396,'What are the sections of the administrative menu?','','none'),(10397,'The administrative menu, which you can navigate by visiting <em>@admin_link</em> on your site or by using an administrative toolbar, has the following sections (some may not be available, depending on which modules are currently installed on your site, and your permissions):','','none'),(10398,'<strong>Content:</strong> Find, manage, and create new pages; manage comments and files.','','none'),(10399,'<strong>Structure:</strong> Place and edit blocks, set up content types and fields, configure menus, administer taxonomy, and configure some contributed modules.','','none'),(10400,'<strong>Extend:</strong> Update, install, and uninstall modules.','','none'),(10401,'<strong>Configuration:</strong> Configure the settings for various site functionality, including some contributed modules.','','none'),(10402,'<strong>People:</strong> Manage user accounts and permissions.','','none'),(10403,'<strong>Reports:</strong> Display information about site security, necessary updates, and site activity.','','none'),(10404,'<strong>Help:</strong> Get help on using the administrative interface.','','none'),(10405,'Install the core modules mentioned above to use the corresponding aspect of the administrative interface. See the related topics listed below for more details on some aspects of the administrative interface.','','none'),(10406,'Creating a content item','','none'),(10407,'Create and publish a content item. See @content_overview_topic for more about content types and content items.','','none'),(10408,'Who can create content?','','none'),(10409,'Users with the <em>@content_permissions_link</em> permission can visit the <em>Content</em> page as described in this topic. Each content type has its own create permissions. For example, to create content of type Article, a user would need the Article: Create new content permission. In addition, users with the <em>Bypass content access control</em> or <em>Administer content</em> permission can create content items of all types. Some contributed modules change the permission structure for creating content.','','none'),(10410,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>@content_link</em>.','','none'),(10411,'Click <em>Add content</em>.','','none'),(10412,'On the content edit form, enter the <em>Title</em> of your content, which will show as the page title when the content item is displayed on a page, and also as the label for the content item in administration screens.','','none'),(10413,'Fill in the other fields shown on the edit form for this specific content type.','','none'),(10414,'Leave the <em>Published</em> field checked to publish the content immediately, or uncheck it to make it unpublished. Unpublished content is generally not shown to non-administrative site users.','','none'),(10415,'Optionally, click <em>Preview</em> to preview the content.','','none'),(10416,'Click <em>Save</em>. You will see the content displayed on a page.','','none'),(10417,'User Guide: Basic page management','','none'),(10418,'User Guide: Creating a content item','','none'),(10419,'Creating a content type','','none'),(10420,'Create a new content type. See @content_overview_topic for more about content types.','','none'),(10421,'Who can create a content type?','','none'),(10422,'Users with the <em>@content_permissions_link</em> permission (typically administrators) can create new content types.','','none'),(10423,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; <em>@content_types_link</em>.','','none'),(10424,'Click <em>Add content type.</em>','','none'),(10425,'In the <em>Name</em> field, enter a name for the content type, which is how it will be listed in the administrative interface.','','none'),(10426,'Optionally, enter a <em>Description</em> for the content type. You may also want to adjust some of the settings in the vertical tabs section of the edit page.','','none'),(10427,'Click <em>Save and manage fields</em>. Your content type will be created, and assuming you have the core Field UI module installed, you will be taken to the <em>Manage fields</em> page for the content type. (If you do not have the core Field UI module installed, the button will say <em>Save</em> instead.)','','none'),(10428,'If you have the core Field UI module installed, follow the steps in the related topics to add fields to the new content type, set up the editing form, and configure the display.','','none'),(10429,'User Guide: Adding a content type','','none'),(10430,'User Guide: Setting up content structure','','none'),(10431,'Editing a content item','','none'),(10432,'Find a content item and edit it, or update a group of content items in bulk. See @node_overview_topic for more about content types and content items.','','none'),(10433,'Who can find and edit content?','','none'),(10434,'Optionally, use filters to reduce the list of content items shown:','','none'),(10435,'<em>Title</em>: key word(s) from the title','','none'),(10436,'<em>Content type</em>','','none'),(10437,'<em>Published status</em>','','none'),(10438,'<em>Language</em>','','none'),(10439,'If you enter or select filter values, click <em>Filter</em> to apply the filters.','','none'),(10440,'Optionally, sort the list by clicking a column header. Click again to reverse the order.','','none'),(10441,'To edit the title or other field values for one content item, click <em>Edit</em> in the row of the content item. Update the values and click <em>Save</em>.','','none'),(10442,'User Guide: Editing a content item','','none'),(10443,'What is a content item?','','none'),(10444,'What is a content type?','','none'),(10445,'Content items are divided into <em>content types</em>, which are the entity sub-types for the content item entity type; each content type has its own fields and display settings. For example, you might set up content types for pages, articles, recipes, events, and blog entries on your web site.','','none'),(10446,'Overview of managing content','','none'),(10447,'Creating a URL alias for a content item','','none'),(10448,'Give a content item page a human- or SEO-friendly URL alias; you can follow similar steps to create an alias for a taxonomy term page. See @overview_topic for more about aliases.','','none'),(10449,'Who can create URL aliases?','','none'),(10450,'Users with the <em>@path_permissions_link</em> permission can create aliases. To follow the steps in this topic, you will also need permission to edit the content item.','','none'),(10451,'Locate and open the content edit form for the content item, or create a new content item (see related topics on creating and editing content).','','none'),(10452,'Under <em>URL alias</em> on the edit form, enter the desired alias (for example, \"/about-us\"). Make sure the alias starts with a \"/\" character.','','none'),(10453,'Verify that the page can be visited with the new alias, for example <em>https://example.com/about-us</em>.','','none'),(10454,'User guide: Creating a Content Item','','none'),(10455,'Editing a URL alias','','none'),(10456,'Change an existing URL alias, to correct the path or the alias value. See @path_overview_topic for more about aliases.','','none'),(10457,'Who can manage URL aliases?','','none'),(10458,'Users with the <em>@path_permissions_link</em> permission can edit aliases.','','none'),(10459,'In the <em>Manage</em> administration menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Search and metadata</em> &gt; <em>@path_aliases_link</em>. A list of all the site\'s aliases will appear.','','none'),(10460,'Click <em>Edit</em> in the dropdown button for the alias that you would like to change.','','none'),(10461,'Make the required changes and click <em>Save</em>. You will be returned to the URL alias list page.','','none'),(10462,'Note that you can also add new aliases from this page, for any path on your site.','','none'),(10463,'Configuring aliases for URLs','','none'),(10464,'What is a URL?','','none'),(10465,'URL is the abbreviation for \"Uniform Resource Locator\", which is the page\'s address on the web. It is the \"name\" by which a browser identifies a page to display. In the example \"Visit us at <em>example.com</em>.\", <em>https://example.com</em> would be the URL for the home page of your website. Users use URLs to locate content on the web.','','none'),(10466,'What is a path?','','none'),(10467,'A path is the unique, last part of the URL for a specific function or piece of content. For example, for a page whose full URL is <em>https://example.com/node/7</em>, the path is <em>node/7</em>. Here are some examples of paths you might find in your site:','','none'),(10468,'node/7: Path to a particular content item.','','none'),(10469,'taxonomy/term/6: Path to a taxonomy term page.','','none'),(10470,'user/3: Path to a user profile page.','','none'),(10471,'What is an alias?','','none'),(10472,'The core software allows you to provide more understandable URLs for pages on your site, which are called <em>aliases</em>. For example, if you have an \"About Us\" page with the path <em>node/7</em>, you can set up an alias of <em>about</em> so that your visitors will see it as <em>https://www.example.com/about</em>.','','none'),(10473,'Overview of configuring paths, aliases, and URLs','','none'),(10474,'The core Path module provides the URL aliasing functionality. The contributed <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/project/pathauto\">Pathauto</a> module allows you to configure automatically-generated URL aliases for content items and other pages. See the related topics listed below for specific tasks.','','none'),(10475,'User Guide topic on Paths','','none'),(10476,'Configuring taxonomy','','none'),(10477,'Create a taxonomy vocabulary and add a reference field for that vocabulary to a content entity. See @taxonomy_overview_topic for information about taxonomy and @content_structure_topic for more on content entities.','','none'),(10478,'Who can configure a taxonomy vocabulary?','','none'),(10479,'Users with the <em>@taxonomy_permissions_link</em> permission can configure a vocabulary. To add a field in the administrative interface, the core Field UI module must be installed, and you will also need the <em>Administer fields</em> permission for the entity you are adding the field to.','','none'),(10480,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; <em>@taxonomy_admin_link</em>.','','none'),(10481,'Click <em>Add vocabulary</em>.','','none'),(10482,'In the <em>Name</em> field, enter a name for the vocabulary (for example \"Ingredients\"), which is how it will be shown in the administrative interface. Optionally, add a description.','','none'),(10483,'Click <em>Save</em>. Your vocabulary will be created and you will see the page that lists all the terms in this vocabulary.','','none'),(10484,'Optionally, click <em>Add term</em> to add a term to the new vocabulary. In the <em>Name</em> field, enter the term name (for example \"Butter\"). Click <em>Save</em>. You will receive a confirmation about the term you created. You may optionally continue to add more terms.','','none'),(10485,'If you have the Field UI module installed, follow the instructions on the related <em>Adding a reference field to an entity sub-type</em> topic to add a taxonomy reference field to the entity type of your choice. The settings page will allow you to choose the <em>Vocabulary</em> that you created as the vocabulary to reference.','','none'),(10486,'You may also want to configure the display and form display of the new field (see related topics).','','none'),(10487,'User Guide: Setting up a taxonomy','','none'),(10488,'Managing taxonomy','','none'),(10489,'What is taxonomy?','','none'),(10490,'<em>Taxonomy</em> is used to classify website content. One common example of taxonomy is the tags used to classify or categorize posts in a blog website; a cooking website could use an ingredients taxonomy to classify recipes. Individual taxonomy items are known as <em>terms</em> (the blog tags or recipe ingredients in these examples); and a set of terms is known as a <em>vocabulary</em> (the set of all blog post tags, or the set of all recipe ingredients in these examples). Technically, taxonomy terms are an entity type and the entity subtypes are the vocabularies; see @content_structure_topic for more on content entities. Like other entities, taxonomy terms can have fields attached; for instance, you could set up an image field to contain an icon for each term.','','none'),(10491,'An individual vocabulary can organize its terms in a hierarchy, or it could be flat. For example, blog tags normally have a flat structure, while a recipe ingredients vocabulary could be hierarchical (for example, tomatoes could be a sub-term of vegetables, and under tomatoes, you could have green and red tomatoes).','','none'),(10492,'Taxonomy terms are normally attached as reference fields to other content entities, which is how you can use them to classify content. When you set up a taxonomy reference field, you can let users enter terms in two ways:','','none'),(10493,'New terms can be created right on the content editing form.','','none'),(10494,'Fixed list of terms','','none'),(10495,'The list of terms is curated and managed outside the content editing form, and users can only select from the existing list when editing content.','','none'),(10496,'Overview of managing taxonomy','','none'),(10497,'The core Taxonomy module allows you to create and edit taxonomy vocabularies and taxonomy terms. The core Field UI module provides a user interface for adding fields to entities, including the taxonomy reference field, and configuring field editing and display. See the related topics listed below for specific tasks.','','none'),(10498,'User guide on Taxonomy','','none'),(10499,'What are bulk operations?','','none'),(10500,'Adding a bulk operations form to a view','','none'),(10501,'Who can edit views?','','none'),(10502,'The core Views UI module will need to be installed and you will need <em>@views_permissions</em> permission in order to edit a view.','','none'),(10503,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; <em>@views</em>. A list of all views is shown.','','none'),(10504,'Find the view that you would like to edit, and click <em>Edit</em> from the the dropdown button. Note that bulk operations work best in a view with a Page display, and a Table format.','','none'),(10505,'Check the action(s) you want to make available in the <em>Selected actions</em> list and click <em>Apply (all displays)</em>.','','none'),(10506,'Verify that the <em>Access</em> settings for the view are at least as restrictive as the permissions necessary to perform the bulk operations. People with permission to see the view, but who don\'t have permission to do the bulk operations, will experience problems.','','none'),(10507,'Click <em>Save</em>. The action(s) will be available as bulk operations in the view.','','none'),(10508,'After creating and updating a feed, view the feed page provided by the core Aggregator module, which displays recent imported items; see @creating_topic for details.','','none'),(10509,'The following permissions are needed to create and manage books; see @user_overview_topic and its related topics for more about permissions.','','none'),(10510,'Create and download an archive containing all your site\'s configuration, exported as YAML files. See @config_overview_topic for more information about configuration.','','none'),(10511,'Export a single configuration item to a file. See @config_overview_topic for more information about configuration.','','none'),(10512,'Import the complete configuration of your site from an archive file, such as one that was previously exported (see @export_full_topic). See @config_overview_topic for more information about configuration.','','none'),(10513,'Import a single configuration item in YAML format, such as one that was previously exported (see @export_single_topic). See @config_overview_topic for more information about configuration.','','none'),(10514,'Translate your site configuration to another language. See @language_add_topic if you need to add a new language.','','none'),(10515,'The contact form will always have <em>Subject</em> and <em>Message</em> fields. If you want to add more fields, follow the steps in @adding_fields_topic.','','none'),(10516,'Decide which roles should have permissions to make each transition; see @user_overview_topic for an overview of roles and permissions.','','none'),(10517,'A <em>layout</em> is a template that defines where blocks and other pieces of content should be displayed. The core Layout Discovery module allows modules and themes to register layouts, and the core Layout Builder module provides a visual interface for placing fields and blocks in layouts for entity sub-types and individual entity items (see @content_structure_topic for more on entities and fields).','','none'),(10518,'Core media items include audio, images, documents, and videos. You can add other media types, such as social media posts, through the use of contributed modules. Media items may be files located in your site\'s file system, or remote items referenced by a URL. Media items are content entities, and they are divided into media types (which are entity sub-types); media types can have fields. See @content_structure_topic for more information on content entities and fields.','','none'),(10519,'Content (blocks, content items, etc.) can be written in English or another language, and can be translated into additional languages. See @content_structure_topic to learn more about content.','','none'),(10520,'Many configuration items also include text that can be translated. Default configuration provided by your site\'s software is provided in English; you can also download community-provided translations. See @config_overview_topic to learn more about configuration.','','none'),(10521,'Exposes <em>entities</em> to other applications using a fully compliant implementation of the <a href=\"https://jsonapi.org\">JSON:API Specification</a>. See @content_structure_topic for more information on content entities and fields.','','none'),(10522,'Configure a text format so that when a user is editing text and selects this text format, a text editor installed on your site is shown. Configure the text editor, such as choosing which buttons and functions are available. See @filter_overview_topic for more about text formats.','','none'),(10523,'Follow the steps on @filter_overview_topic to add a new text format or configure an existing text format; when you reach the step about text editors, return to this topic.','','none'),(10524,'Return to @filter_overview_topic to complete the text format configuration, and be sure to save the text format.','','none'),(10525,'Add a field to an entity sub-type; see @content_structure_topic for an overview of entity types and sub-types, as well as an overview of field types.','','none'),(10526,'In <em>Add a new field</em>, select the type of field you want to add; see @content_structure_topic for an overview of field types.','','none'),(10527,'Add an entity reference field to an entity sub-type; see @content_structure_topic for more information on entities and reference fields.','','none'),(10528,'In the future, you can click <em>Rebuild search index</em> on this page, or @cache_topic, in order to force help topic text to be reindexed for searching. This should be done whenever a module, theme, language, or string translation is updated.','','none'),(10529,'Add a new image style, which can be used to process and display images. See @media_topic for an overview of image styles.','','none'),(10530,'A layout consists of one or more <em>sections</em>. Each section can have from one to four <em>columns</em>. You can place blocks, including special blocks for the fields on the entity sub-type, in each column of each section (see @block_overview_topic for more on blocks).','','none'),(10531,'Migrate data into a new, empty site, as part of an upgrade from an older version of Drupal. See @migrate_overview_topic for an overview of migrating and upgrading.','','none'),(10532,'Configure a responsive image style, which can be used to display images at different sizes on different devices. See @media_topic for an overview of responsive image styles, and @breakpoint_overview_topic for an overview of breakpoints.','','none'),(10533,'Select a <em>Fallback image style</em> to use when none of the other styles apply. See @image_style_topic if you need to add a new style.','','none'),(10534,'Follow the steps in @search_index_topic to make sure that the search index is updated.','','none'),(10535,'Follow the steps in @cron_topic to make sure a cron task has been configured.','','none'),(10536,'Clear the site cache. See @cache_topic for instructions.','','none'),(10537,'Uninstall a module. Your site should be in <em>maintenance mode</em> when you uninstall modules. See @maintenance_topic for details.','','none'),(10538,'Follow the steps in @view_edit_topic to edit the other settings for the display.','','none'),(10539,'Find the section whose settings you want to change, such as <em>Format</em> or <em>Filter criteria</em>. (See @views_overview_topic for more information.)','','none'),(10540,'@bundle_type is not @bundles or @last','','none'),(10541,'@bundle_type is not @bundle','','none'),(10542,'Content types (deprecated)','','none'),(10543,'Are you sure you want to remove the @entity-type %label from the %region region?','','9.3.0'),(10544,'This will remove the block placement. You will need to <a href=\":url\">place it again</a> in order to undo this action.','','9.3.0'),(10545,'The @entity-type %label has been removed from the %region region.','','9.3.0'),(10546,'Obsolete. All the functionality has been moved to Core.','','none'),(10547,'Destination file \"%file\" exists','','none'),(10548,'The file could not be uploaded because the destination \"%destination\" is invalid.','','none'),(10549,'For more information see the <a href=\":html-specifications\">HTML Living Standard</a> or use your favorite search engine to find other sites that explain HTML.','','none'),(10550,'Converts an image to a format (such as JPEG).','','none'),(10551,'The source field definition for the %type media type is missing.','','none'),(10552,'Author/owner name','','none'),(10553,'Author/owner URL','','none'),(10554,'Media item default name','','none'),(10555,'Thumbnail local URI','','none'),(10556,'Resource source URL','','none'),(10557,'Resource width','','none'),(10558,'Resource height','','none'),(10559,'Resource HTML representation','','none'),(10560,'Node Bundle (Deprecated)','','none'),(10561,'Obsolete. SimpleTest has been removed from core.','','none'),(10562,'Database table prefixes','','none'),(10563,'Defined on the <a href=\"@appearance\">Appearance Settings</a> page.','','none'),(10564,'Save and go to list','','9.3.0'),(10565,'Automatic updating of Drupal core is not supported. See the <a href=\":update-guide\">Updating Drupal guide</a> for information on how to update Drupal core manually.','','none'),(10566,'You must provide a URL to install.','','none'),(10567,'The role %role has had the following non-existent permission(s) removed: %permissions.','','none'),(10568,'The role %role_list has had non-existent permissions removed. Check the logs for details.The roles %role_list have had non-existent permissions removed. Check the logs for details.','','none'),(10569,'Account %name has been disabled.','','none'),(10570,'Delete the account and make its content belong to the %anonymous-name user. This action cannot be undone.','','9.3.0'),(10571,'Delete the account and its content. This action cannot be undone.','','9.3.0'),(10572,'The user entity storage is not using an SQL storage, update skipped.','','none'),(10573,'To log in to this site, your browser must accept cookies from the domain %domain.','','none'),(10574,'Cancellation method','','9.3.0'),(10575,'Sort field identifier','','none'),(10576,'This will appear in the URL after the ?, as value of \'sort_by\' parameter, to identify this sort field. Cannot be blank. Only letters, digits and the dot (\'.\'), hyphen (\'-\'), underscore (\'_\'), and tilde (\'~\') characters are allowed.','','none'),(10577,'This identifier is already used by %label sort handler.','','none'),(10578,'Switch to this workspace','','none'),(10579,'Workspace changes','','none'),(10580,'This workspace has no changes.','','none'),(10581,'@entity_type_label: @entity_bundle_label','','none'),(10582,'starterkit_theme','','none'),(10583,'admin/reports/dblog/event/{{ wid }}','','9.3.0'),(10584,'admin/content/files/usage/{{ fid }}','','9.3.0'),(10585,'@interval','','9.3.0'),(10586,'The CKEditor 5 module provides a highly-accessible, highly-usable visual text editor and adds a toolbar to text fields. Users can use buttons to format content and to create semantically correct and valid HTML. The CKEditor module uses the framework provided by the <a href=\":text_editor\">Text Editor module</a>. It requires JavaScript to be enabled in the browser. For more information, see the <a href=\":doc_url\">online documentation for the CKEditor 5 module</a> and the <a href=\":cke5_url\">CKEditor 5 website</a>.','','none'),(10587,'Enabling CKEditor 5 for individual text formats','','none'),(10588,'CKEditor 5 has to be enabled and configured separately for individual text formats from the <a href=\":formats\">Text formats and editors page</a> because the filter settings for each text format can be different. For more information, see the <a href=\":text_editor\">Text Editor help page</a> and <a href=\":filter\">Filter help page</a>.','','none'),(10589,'Migration for existing text formats switching to CKEditor 5','','none'),(10590,'Text formats switching to CKEditor 5 from CKEditor 4 (or no text editor) should be able to do so with minimal effort and zero data loss. Existing configuration will be automatically migrated to CKEditor 5 compatible configuration. In instances where functionality can not be migrated, detailed messages are provided explaining what is necessary for feature parity.','','none'),(10591,'When CKEditor 5 is chosen from the <em>Text editor</em> drop-down menu, its toolbar configuration is displayed. You can add and remove buttons from the <em>Active toolbar</em> by dragging and dropping them. Separators and rows can be added to organize the buttons.','','none'),(10592,'Filtering HTML content','','none'),(10593,'Unlike other text editors, plugin configuration determines the tags and attributes allowed in text formats using CKEditor 5. If using the <em>Limit allowed HTML tags and correct faulty HTML</em> filter, this filter\'s values will be automatically set based on enabled plugins and toolbar items.','','none'),(10594,'If the <em>Source</em> button is available in the toolbar, users can click this button to disable the visual editor and edit the HTML source directly. After toggling back, the visual editor uses the HTML tags allowed via plugin configuration (and not explicity disallowed by filters) to format the text. Tags not enabled via plugin configuration will be be stripped out of the HTML source when the user toggles back to the text editor.','','none'),(10595,'Developing CKEditor 5 plugins in Drupal','','none'),(10596,'See the <a href=\":dev_docs_url\">online documentation</a> for detailed information on developing CKEditor 5 plugins for use in Drupal.','','none'),(10597,'The built in WYSIWYG editor (CKEditor 5) comes with a number of accessibility features. CKEditor 5 comes with built in <a href=\":shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</a>, which can be beneficial for both power users and keyboard only users.','','none'),(10598,'To support multilingual page content, CKEditor 5 can be configured to include a language button in the toolbar.','','none'),(10599,'With CKEditor 5 this is a\n          read-only field. The allowed HTML tags and attributes are determined\n          by the CKEditor 5 configuration. Manually removing tags would break\n          enabled functionality, and any manually added tags would be removed by\n          CKEditor 5 on render.','','9.3.0'),(10600,'WYSIWYG editing for rich text fields using CKEditor 5.','','9.4.1'),(10601,'Text Format plus Text Editor pair using CKEditor 5','','none'),(10602,'CKEditor 5 settings','','none'),(10603,'Enabled Headings','','9.3.0'),(10604,'Source Editing','','none'),(10605,'Allowed Tag','','none'),(10606,'Button @name has been copied to the active toolbar.','','9.3.0'),(10607,'Button @name has been removed from the active toolbar.','','9.3.0'),(10608,'Button @name has been moved to the active toolbar.','','9.3.0'),(10609,'@listType button @label','','9.3.0'),(10610,'Apply changes to allowed tags.','','9.3.0'),(10611,'CKEditor 5 is not compatible with Internet Explorer 11. Text fields using CKEditor 5 will still be editable but without the benefits of CKEditor.','','9.3.0'),(10612,'Field Not Editable','','9.3.0'),(10613,'CKEditor 5 is not compatible with IE11.','','9.3.0'),(10614,'The following plugins were enabled to support tags that are allowed by this text format: %enabling_message_content.','','none'),(10615,'The following tags were permitted by this format\'s filter configuration, but no plugin was available that supports them. To ensure the tags remain supported by this text format, the following were added to the Source Editing plugin\'s <em>Manually editable HTML tags</em>: @unsupported_string.','','none'),(10616,'The following plugins were enabled to support specific attributes that are allowed by this text format: %enabled_for_attributes_message_content.','','none'),(10617,'These are the headings that will appear in the headings dropdown. If a heading is not chosen here, it does not necessarily mean the corresponding tag is disallowed in the text format.','','9.3.0'),(10618,'Manually editable HTML tags','','9.3.0'),(10619,'CKEditor 5 toolbar configuration','','none'),(10620,'Press the down arrow key to add to the toolbar.','','9.3.0'),(10621,'Move this button in the toolbar by pressing the left or right arrow keys. Press the up arrow key to remove from the toolbar.','','9.3.0'),(10622,'CKEditor5 plugin settings','','9.3.0'),(10623,'Invalid toolbar value.','','none'),(10624,'CKEditor 5 element','Validation','none'),(10625,'The following tag is not valid HTML: %provided_element.','','none'),(10626,'CKEditor 5 enabled configurable plugins','Validation','none'),(10627,'Configuration for the enabled plugin \"%plugin_label\" (%plugin_id) is missing.','','none'),(10628,'CKEditor 5 only works with HTML-based text formats. The \"%filter_label\" (%filter_plugin_id) filter implies this text format is not HTML anymore.','','none'),(10629,'CKEditor 5 needs at least the &lt;p&gt; and &lt;br&gt; tags to be allowed to be able to function. They are forbidden by the \"%filter_label\" (%filter_plugin_id) filter.','','none'),(10630,'CKEditor 5 needs at least the &lt;p&gt; and &lt;br&gt; tags to be allowed to be able to function. They are not allowed by the \"%filter_label\" (%filter_plugin_id) filter.','','none'),(10631,'The %toolbar_item toolbar item requires image uploads to be enabled.','','none'),(10632,'The %toolbar_item toolbar item requires the %filter filter to be enabled.','','9.3.0'),(10633,'The %toolbar_item toolbar item requires the %plugin plugin to be enabled.','','none'),(10634,'The %toolbar_item toolbar item requires the %plugins plugins to be enabled.','','none'),(10635,'CKEditor 5 toolbar item','Validation','none'),(10636,'The provided toolbar item %toolbar_item is not valid.','','none'),(10637,'CKEditor 5 toolbar item dependency','Validation','none'),(10638,'Depends on %toolbar_item, which is not enabled.','','none'),(10639,'PostgreSQL pg_trgm extension','','none'),(10640,'Not created','','none'),(10641,'Ascension Island','','9.3.0'),(10642,'Åland Islands','','9.3.0'),(10643,'Africa/Abidjan','','9.3.13'),(10644,'Africa/Accra','','9.3.13'),(10645,'Africa/Addis Ababa','','9.3.13'),(10646,'Africa/Algiers','','9.3.13'),(10647,'Africa/Asmara','','9.3.13'),(10648,'Africa/Bamako','','9.3.13'),(10649,'Africa/Bangui','','9.3.13'),(10650,'Africa/Banjul','','9.3.13'),(10651,'Africa/Bissau','','9.3.13'),(10652,'Africa/Blantyre','','9.3.13'),(10653,'Africa/Brazzaville','','9.3.13'),(10654,'Africa/Bujumbura','','9.3.13'),(10655,'Africa/Cairo','','9.3.13'),(10656,'Africa/Casablanca','','9.3.13'),(10657,'Africa/Ceuta','','9.3.13'),(10658,'Africa/Conakry','','9.3.13'),(10659,'Africa/Dakar','','9.3.13'),(10660,'Africa/Dar es Salaam','','9.3.13'),(10661,'Africa/Djibouti','','9.3.13'),(10662,'Africa/Douala','','9.3.13'),(10663,'Africa/El Aaiun','','9.3.13'),(10664,'Africa/Freetown','','9.3.13'),(10665,'Africa/Gaborone','','9.3.13'),(10666,'Africa/Harare','','9.3.13'),(10667,'Africa/Johannesburg','','9.3.13'),(10668,'Africa/Juba','','9.3.13'),(10669,'Africa/Kampala','','9.3.13'),(10670,'Africa/Khartoum','','9.3.13'),(10671,'Africa/Kigali','','9.3.13'),(10672,'Africa/Kinshasa','','9.3.13'),(10673,'Africa/Lagos','','9.3.13'),(10674,'Africa/Libreville','','9.3.13'),(10675,'Africa/Lome','','9.3.13'),(10676,'Africa/Luanda','','9.3.13'),(10677,'Africa/Lubumbashi','','9.3.13'),(10678,'Africa/Lusaka','','9.3.13'),(10679,'Africa/Malabo','','9.3.13'),(10680,'Africa/Maputo','','9.3.13'),(10681,'Africa/Maseru','','9.3.13'),(10682,'Africa/Mbabane','','9.3.13'),(10683,'Africa/Mogadishu','','9.3.13'),(10684,'Africa/Monrovia','','9.3.13'),(10685,'Africa/Nairobi','','9.3.13'),(10686,'Africa/Ndjamena','','9.3.13'),(10687,'Africa/Niamey','','9.3.13'),(10688,'Africa/Nouakchott','','9.3.13'),(10689,'Africa/Ouagadougou','','9.3.13'),(10690,'Africa/Porto-Novo','','9.3.13'),(10691,'Africa/Sao Tome','','9.3.13'),(10692,'Africa/Tripoli','','9.3.13'),(10693,'Africa/Tunis','','9.3.13'),(10694,'Africa/Windhoek','','9.3.13'),(10695,'America/Adak','','9.3.13'),(10696,'America/Anchorage','','9.3.13'),(10697,'America/Anguilla','','9.3.13'),(10698,'America/Antigua','','9.3.13'),(10699,'America/Araguaina','','9.3.13'),(10700,'America/Argentina/Buenos Aires','','9.3.13'),(10701,'America/Argentina/Catamarca','','9.3.13'),(10702,'America/Argentina/Cordoba','','9.3.13'),(10703,'America/Argentina/Jujuy','','9.3.13'),(10704,'America/Argentina/La Rioja','','9.3.13'),(10705,'America/Argentina/Mendoza','','9.3.13'),(10706,'America/Argentina/Rio Gallegos','','9.3.13'),(10707,'America/Argentina/Salta','','9.3.13'),(10708,'America/Argentina/San Juan','','9.3.13'),(10709,'America/Argentina/San Luis','','9.3.13'),(10710,'America/Argentina/Tucuman','','9.3.13'),(10711,'America/Argentina/Ushuaia','','9.3.13'),(10712,'America/Aruba','','9.3.13'),(10713,'America/Asuncion','','9.3.13'),(10714,'America/Atikokan','','9.3.13'),(10715,'America/Bahia','','9.3.13'),(10716,'America/Bahia Banderas','','9.3.13'),(10717,'America/Barbados','','9.3.13'),(10718,'America/Belem','','9.3.13'),(10719,'America/Belize','','9.3.13'),(10720,'America/Blanc-Sablon','','9.3.13'),(10721,'America/Boa Vista','','9.3.13'),(10722,'America/Bogota','','9.3.13'),(10723,'America/Boise','','9.3.13'),(10724,'America/Cambridge Bay','','9.3.13'),(10725,'America/Campo Grande','','9.3.13'),(10726,'America/Cancun','','9.3.13'),(10727,'America/Caracas','','9.3.13'),(10728,'America/Cayenne','','9.3.13'),(10729,'America/Cayman','','9.3.13'),(10730,'America/Chicago','','9.3.13'),(10731,'America/Chihuahua','','9.3.13'),(10732,'America/Costa Rica','','9.3.13'),(10733,'America/Creston','','9.3.13'),(10734,'America/Cuiaba','','9.3.13'),(10735,'America/Curacao','','9.3.13'),(10736,'America/Danmarkshavn','','9.3.13'),(10737,'America/Dawson','','9.3.13'),(10738,'America/Dawson Creek','','9.3.13'),(10739,'America/Denver','','9.3.13'),(10740,'America/Detroit','','9.3.13'),(10741,'America/Dominica','','9.3.13'),(10742,'America/Edmonton','','9.3.13'),(10743,'America/Eirunepe','','9.3.13'),(10744,'America/El Salvador','','9.3.13'),(10745,'America/Fort Nelson','','9.3.13'),(10746,'America/Fortaleza','','9.3.13'),(10747,'America/Glace Bay','','9.3.13'),(10748,'America/Goose Bay','','9.3.13'),(10749,'America/Grand Turk','','9.3.13'),(10750,'America/Grenada','','9.3.13'),(10751,'America/Guadeloupe','','9.3.13'),(10752,'America/Guatemala','','9.3.13'),(10753,'America/Guayaquil','','9.3.13'),(10754,'America/Guyana','','9.3.13'),(10755,'America/Halifax','','9.3.13'),(10756,'America/Havana','','9.3.13'),(10757,'America/Hermosillo','','9.3.13'),(10758,'America/Indiana/Indianapolis','','9.3.13'),(10759,'America/Indiana/Knox','','9.3.13'),(10760,'America/Indiana/Marengo','','9.3.13'),(10761,'America/Indiana/Petersburg','','9.3.13'),(10762,'America/Indiana/Tell City','','9.3.13'),(10763,'America/Indiana/Vevay','','9.3.13'),(10764,'America/Indiana/Vincennes','','9.3.13'),(10765,'America/Indiana/Winamac','','9.3.13'),(10766,'America/Inuvik','','9.3.13'),(10767,'America/Iqaluit','','9.3.13'),(10768,'America/Jamaica','','9.3.13'),(10769,'America/Juneau','','9.3.13'),(10770,'America/Kentucky/Louisville','','9.3.13'),(10771,'America/Kentucky/Monticello','','9.3.13'),(10772,'America/Kralendijk','','9.3.13'),(10773,'America/La Paz','','9.3.13'),(10774,'America/Lima','','9.3.13'),(10775,'America/Los Angeles','','9.3.13'),(10776,'America/Lower Princes','','9.3.13'),(10777,'America/Maceio','','9.3.13'),(10778,'America/Managua','','9.3.13'),(10779,'America/Manaus','','9.3.13'),(10780,'America/Marigot','','9.3.13'),(10781,'America/Martinique','','9.3.13'),(10782,'America/Matamoros','','9.3.13'),(10783,'America/Mazatlan','','9.3.13'),(10784,'America/Menominee','','9.3.13'),(10785,'America/Merida','','9.3.13'),(10786,'America/Metlakatla','','9.3.13'),(10787,'America/Mexico City','','9.3.13'),(10788,'America/Miquelon','','9.3.13'),(10789,'America/Moncton','','9.3.13'),(10790,'America/Monterrey','','9.3.13'),(10791,'America/Montevideo','','9.3.13'),(10792,'America/Montserrat','','9.3.13'),(10793,'America/Nassau','','9.3.13'),(10794,'America/New York','','9.3.13'),(10795,'America/Nipigon','','9.3.13'),(10796,'America/Nome','','9.3.13'),(10797,'America/Noronha','','9.3.13'),(10798,'America/North Dakota/Beulah','','9.3.13'),(10799,'America/North Dakota/Center','','9.3.13'),(10800,'America/North Dakota/New Salem','','9.3.13'),(10801,'America/Nuuk','','9.3.13'),(10802,'America/Ojinaga','','9.3.13'),(10803,'America/Panama','','9.3.13'),(10804,'America/Pangnirtung','','9.3.13'),(10805,'America/Paramaribo','','9.3.13'),(10806,'America/Phoenix','','9.3.13'),(10807,'America/Port of Spain','','9.3.13'),(10808,'America/Port-au-Prince','','9.3.13'),(10809,'America/Porto Velho','','9.3.13'),(10810,'America/Puerto Rico','','9.3.13'),(10811,'America/Punta Arenas','','9.3.13'),(10812,'America/Rainy River','','9.3.13'),(10813,'America/Rankin Inlet','','9.3.13'),(10814,'America/Recife','','9.3.13'),(10815,'America/Regina','','9.3.13'),(10816,'America/Resolute','','9.3.13'),(10817,'America/Rio Branco','','9.3.13'),(10818,'America/Santarem','','9.3.13'),(10819,'America/Santiago','','9.3.13'),(10820,'America/Santo Domingo','','9.3.13'),(10821,'America/Sao Paulo','','9.3.13'),(10822,'America/Scoresbysund','','9.3.13'),(10823,'America/Sitka','','9.3.13'),(10824,'America/St Barthelemy','','9.3.13'),(10825,'America/St Johns','','9.3.13'),(10826,'America/St Kitts','','9.3.13'),(10827,'America/St Lucia','','9.3.13'),(10828,'America/St Thomas','','9.3.13'),(10829,'America/St Vincent','','9.3.13'),(10830,'America/Swift Current','','9.3.13'),(10831,'America/Tegucigalpa','','9.3.13'),(10832,'America/Thule','','9.3.13'),(10833,'America/Thunder Bay','','9.3.13'),(10834,'America/Tijuana','','9.3.13'),(10835,'America/Toronto','','9.3.13'),(10836,'America/Tortola','','9.3.13'),(10837,'America/Vancouver','','9.3.13'),(10838,'America/Whitehorse','','9.3.13'),(10839,'America/Winnipeg','','9.3.13'),(10840,'America/Yakutat','','9.3.13'),(10841,'America/Yellowknife','','9.3.13'),(10842,'Antarctica/Casey','','9.3.13'),(10843,'Antarctica/Davis','','9.3.13'),(10844,'Antarctica/DumontDUrville','','9.3.13'),(10845,'Antarctica/Macquarie','','9.3.13'),(10846,'Antarctica/Mawson','','9.3.13'),(10847,'Antarctica/McMurdo','','9.3.13'),(10848,'Antarctica/Palmer','','9.3.13'),(10849,'Antarctica/Rothera','','9.3.13'),(10850,'Antarctica/Syowa','','9.3.13'),(10851,'Antarctica/Troll','','9.3.13'),(10852,'Antarctica/Vostok','','9.3.13'),(10853,'Arctic/Longyearbyen','','9.3.13'),(10854,'Asia/Aden','','9.3.13'),(10855,'Asia/Almaty','','9.3.13'),(10856,'Asia/Amman','','9.3.13'),(10857,'Asia/Anadyr','','9.3.13'),(10858,'Asia/Aqtau','','9.3.13'),(10859,'Asia/Aqtobe','','9.3.13'),(10860,'Asia/Ashgabat','','9.3.13'),(10861,'Asia/Atyrau','','9.3.13'),(10862,'Asia/Baghdad','','9.3.13'),(10863,'Asia/Bahrain','','9.3.13'),(10864,'Asia/Baku','','9.3.13'),(10865,'Asia/Bangkok','','9.3.13'),(10866,'Asia/Barnaul','','9.3.13'),(10867,'Asia/Beirut','','9.3.13'),(10868,'Asia/Bishkek','','9.3.13'),(10869,'Asia/Brunei','','9.3.13'),(10870,'Asia/Chita','','9.3.13'),(10871,'Asia/Choibalsan','','9.3.13'),(10872,'Asia/Colombo','','9.3.13'),(10873,'Asia/Damascus','','9.3.13'),(10874,'Asia/Dhaka','','9.3.13'),(10875,'Asia/Dili','','9.3.13'),(10876,'Asia/Dubai','','9.3.13'),(10877,'Asia/Dushanbe','','9.3.13'),(10878,'Asia/Famagusta','','9.3.13'),(10879,'Asia/Gaza','','9.3.13'),(10880,'Asia/Hebron','','9.3.13'),(10881,'Asia/Ho Chi Minh','','9.3.13'),(10882,'Asia/Hong Kong','','9.3.13'),(10883,'Asia/Hovd','','9.3.13'),(10884,'Asia/Irkutsk','','9.3.13'),(10885,'Asia/Jakarta','','9.3.13'),(10886,'Asia/Jayapura','','9.3.13'),(10887,'Asia/Jerusalem','','9.3.13'),(10888,'Asia/Kabul','','9.3.13'),(10889,'Asia/Kamchatka','','9.3.13'),(10890,'Asia/Karachi','','9.3.13'),(10891,'Asia/Kathmandu','','9.3.13'),(10892,'Asia/Khandyga','','9.3.13'),(10893,'Asia/Kolkata','','9.3.13'),(10894,'Asia/Krasnoyarsk','','9.3.13'),(10895,'Asia/Kuala Lumpur','','9.3.13'),(10896,'Asia/Kuching','','9.3.13'),(10897,'Asia/Kuwait','','9.3.13'),(10898,'Asia/Macau','','9.3.13'),(10899,'Asia/Magadan','','9.3.13'),(10900,'Asia/Makassar','','9.3.13'),(10901,'Asia/Manila','','9.3.13'),(10902,'Asia/Muscat','','9.3.13'),(10903,'Asia/Nicosia','','9.3.13'),(10904,'Asia/Novokuznetsk','','9.3.13'),(10905,'Asia/Novosibirsk','','9.3.13'),(10906,'Asia/Omsk','','9.3.13'),(10907,'Asia/Oral','','9.3.13'),(10908,'Asia/Phnom Penh','','9.3.13'),(10909,'Asia/Pontianak','','9.3.13'),(10910,'Asia/Pyongyang','','9.3.13'),(10911,'Asia/Qatar','','9.3.13'),(10912,'Asia/Qostanay','','9.3.13'),(10913,'Asia/Qyzylorda','','9.3.13'),(10914,'Asia/Riyadh','','9.3.13'),(10915,'Asia/Sakhalin','','9.3.13'),(10916,'Asia/Samarkand','','9.3.13'),(10917,'Asia/Seoul','','9.3.13'),(10918,'Asia/Shanghai','','9.3.13'),(10919,'Asia/Singapore','','9.3.13'),(10920,'Asia/Srednekolymsk','','9.3.13'),(10921,'Asia/Taipei','','9.3.13'),(10922,'Asia/Tashkent','','9.3.13'),(10923,'Asia/Tbilisi','','9.3.13'),(10924,'Asia/Tehran','','9.3.13'),(10925,'Asia/Thimphu','','9.3.13'),(10926,'Asia/Tokyo','','9.3.13'),(10927,'Asia/Tomsk','','9.3.13'),(10928,'Asia/Ulaanbaatar','','9.3.13'),(10929,'Asia/Urumqi','','9.3.13'),(10930,'Asia/Ust-Nera','','9.3.13'),(10931,'Asia/Vientiane','','9.3.13'),(10932,'Asia/Vladivostok','','9.3.13'),(10933,'Asia/Yakutsk','','9.3.13'),(10934,'Asia/Yangon','','9.3.13'),(10935,'Asia/Yekaterinburg','','9.3.13'),(10936,'Asia/Yerevan','','9.3.13'),(10937,'Atlantic/Azores','','9.3.13'),(10938,'Atlantic/Bermuda','','9.3.13'),(10939,'Atlantic/Canary','','9.3.13'),(10940,'Atlantic/Cape Verde','','9.3.13'),(10941,'Atlantic/Faroe','','9.3.13'),(10942,'Atlantic/Madeira','','9.3.13'),(10943,'Atlantic/Reykjavik','','9.3.13'),(10944,'Atlantic/South Georgia','','9.3.13'),(10945,'Atlantic/St Helena','','9.3.13'),(10946,'Atlantic/Stanley','','9.3.13'),(10947,'Australia/Adelaide','','9.3.13'),(10948,'Australia/Brisbane','','9.3.13'),(10949,'Australia/Broken Hill','','9.3.13'),(10950,'Australia/Darwin','','9.3.13'),(10951,'Australia/Eucla','','9.3.13'),(10952,'Australia/Hobart','','9.3.13'),(10953,'Australia/Lindeman','','9.3.13'),(10954,'Australia/Lord Howe','','9.3.13'),(10955,'Australia/Melbourne','','9.3.13'),(10956,'Australia/Perth','','9.3.13'),(10957,'Australia/Sydney','','9.3.13'),(10958,'Europe/Amsterdam','','9.3.13'),(10959,'Europe/Andorra','','9.3.13'),(10960,'Europe/Astrakhan','','9.3.13'),(10961,'Europe/Athens','','9.3.13'),(10962,'Europe/Belgrade','','9.3.13'),(10963,'Europe/Berlin','','9.3.13'),(10964,'Europe/Bratislava','','9.3.13'),(10965,'Europe/Brussels','','9.3.13'),(10966,'Europe/Bucharest','','9.3.13'),(10967,'Europe/Budapest','','9.3.13'),(10968,'Europe/Busingen','','9.3.13'),(10969,'Europe/Chisinau','','9.3.13'),(10970,'Europe/Copenhagen','','9.3.13'),(10971,'Europe/Dublin','','9.3.13'),(10972,'Europe/Gibraltar','','9.3.13'),(10973,'Europe/Guernsey','','9.3.13'),(10974,'Europe/Helsinki','','9.3.13'),(10975,'Europe/Isle of Man','','9.3.13'),(10976,'Europe/Istanbul','','9.3.13'),(10977,'Europe/Jersey','','9.3.13'),(10978,'Europe/Kaliningrad','','9.3.13'),(10979,'Europe/Kiev','','9.3.13'),(10980,'Europe/Kirov','','9.3.13'),(10981,'Europe/Lisbon','','9.3.13'),(10982,'Europe/Ljubljana','','9.3.13'),(10983,'Europe/London','','9.3.13'),(10984,'Europe/Luxembourg','','9.3.13'),(10985,'Europe/Madrid','','9.3.13'),(10986,'Europe/Malta','','9.3.13'),(10987,'Europe/Mariehamn','','9.3.13'),(10988,'Europe/Minsk','','9.3.13'),(10989,'Europe/Monaco','','9.3.13'),(10990,'Europe/Moscow','','9.3.13'),(10991,'Europe/Oslo','','9.3.13'),(10992,'Europe/Paris','','9.3.13'),(10993,'Europe/Podgorica','','9.3.13'),(10994,'Europe/Prague','','9.3.13'),(10995,'Europe/Riga','','9.3.13'),(10996,'Europe/Rome','','9.3.13'),(10997,'Europe/Samara','','9.3.13'),(10998,'Europe/San Marino','','9.3.13'),(10999,'Europe/Sarajevo','','9.3.13'),(11000,'Europe/Saratov','','9.3.13'),(11001,'Europe/Simferopol','','9.3.13'),(11002,'Europe/Skopje','','9.3.13'),(11003,'Europe/Sofia','','9.3.13'),(11004,'Europe/Stockholm','','9.3.13'),(11005,'Europe/Tallinn','','9.3.13'),(11006,'Europe/Tirane','','9.3.13'),(11007,'Europe/Ulyanovsk','','9.3.13'),(11008,'Europe/Uzhgorod','','9.3.13'),(11009,'Europe/Vaduz','','9.3.13'),(11010,'Europe/Vatican','','9.3.13'),(11011,'Europe/Vienna','','9.3.13'),(11012,'Europe/Vilnius','','9.3.13'),(11013,'Europe/Volgograd','','9.3.13'),(11014,'Europe/Warsaw','','9.3.13'),(11015,'Europe/Zagreb','','9.3.13'),(11016,'Europe/Zaporozhye','','9.3.13'),(11017,'Europe/Zurich','','9.3.13'),(11018,'Indian/Antananarivo','','9.3.13'),(11019,'Indian/Chagos','','9.3.13'),(11020,'Indian/Christmas','','9.3.13'),(11021,'Indian/Cocos','','9.3.13'),(11022,'Indian/Comoro','','9.3.13'),(11023,'Indian/Kerguelen','','9.3.13'),(11024,'Indian/Mahe','','9.3.13'),(11025,'Indian/Maldives','','9.3.13'),(11026,'Indian/Mauritius','','9.3.13'),(11027,'Indian/Mayotte','','9.3.13'),(11028,'Indian/Reunion','','9.3.13'),(11029,'Pacific/Apia','','9.3.13'),(11030,'Pacific/Auckland','','9.3.13'),(11031,'Pacific/Bougainville','','9.3.13'),(11032,'Pacific/Chatham','','9.3.13'),(11033,'Pacific/Chuuk','','9.3.13'),(11034,'Pacific/Easter','','9.3.13'),(11035,'Pacific/Efate','','9.3.13'),(11036,'Pacific/Enderbury','','9.3.13'),(11037,'Pacific/Fakaofo','','9.3.13'),(11038,'Pacific/Fiji','','9.3.13'),(11039,'Pacific/Funafuti','','9.3.13'),(11040,'Pacific/Galapagos','','9.3.13'),(11041,'Pacific/Gambier','','9.3.13'),(11042,'Pacific/Guadalcanal','','9.3.13'),(11043,'Pacific/Guam','','9.3.13'),(11044,'Pacific/Honolulu','','9.3.13'),(11045,'Pacific/Kiritimati','','9.3.13'),(11046,'Pacific/Kosrae','','9.3.13'),(11047,'Pacific/Kwajalein','','9.3.13'),(11048,'Pacific/Majuro','','9.3.13'),(11049,'Pacific/Marquesas','','9.3.13'),(11050,'Pacific/Midway','','9.3.13'),(11051,'Pacific/Nauru','','9.3.13'),(11052,'Pacific/Niue','','9.3.13'),(11053,'Pacific/Norfolk','','9.3.13'),(11054,'Pacific/Noumea','','9.3.13'),(11055,'Pacific/Pago Pago','','9.3.13'),(11056,'Pacific/Palau','','9.3.13'),(11057,'Pacific/Pitcairn','','9.3.13'),(11058,'Pacific/Pohnpei','','9.3.13'),(11059,'Pacific/Port Moresby','','9.3.13'),(11060,'Pacific/Rarotonga','','9.3.13'),(11061,'Pacific/Saipan','','9.3.13'),(11062,'Pacific/Tahiti','','9.3.13'),(11063,'Pacific/Tarawa','','9.3.13'),(11064,'Pacific/Tongatapu','','9.3.13'),(11065,'Pacific/Wake','','9.3.13'),(11066,'Pacific/Wallis','','9.3.13'),(11067,'UTC','','9.3.13'),(11068,'Add and enable modules to extend site functionality.','','9.4.5'),(11069,'Webform [DEPRECATED]','','9.4.1'),(11070,'Advency','','9.4.1'),(11071,'Chaos tool suite','','9.4.1'),(11072,'Chaos tool suite (Experimental)','','9.4.1'),(11073,'Paragraphs','','9.4.1'),(11074,'Webform Demo','','9.4.1'),(11075,'Webform example','','9.4.1'),(11076,'Webform','','9.4.5'),(11077,'Provides an improved drop-down menu interface to the site Toolbar.','','9.4.1'),(11078,'Adds menu links like Flush cache, Run cron, Run updates, and Logout under Drupal icon.','','9.4.1'),(11079,'Provides a workaround for the common problem that users with \'Use the administration pages and help\' permission see menu links they don\'t have access permission for. Once the issue <a href=\'https://www.drupal.org/node/296693\'>https://www.drupal.org/node/296693</a> be solved, this module will be deprecated.','','9.4.1'),(11080,'Provides search of Admin Toolbar items.','','9.4.1'),(11081,'Filter the modules list.','','9.4.1'),(11082,'Module gérant les options d\'accessibilité','','9.4.1'),(11083,'Limit which text formats are available for each field instance.','','9.4.1'),(11084,'Allows an entity type to borrow the fields and display configuration of another entity type.','','9.4.1'),(11085,'Track usage of entities referenced by other entities.','','9.4.1'),(11086,'Provides a widget to allow settings of link attributes for menu links.','','9.4.1'),(11087,'Provides a mechanism for modules to automatically generate aliases for the content they manage.','','9.4.1'),(11088,'Provides a user interface for the Token API and some missing core tokens.','','9.4.1'),(11089,'Provides some extra Twig functions and filters.','','9.4.1'),(11090,'Provides a number of utility and helper APIs for Drupal developers and site builders.','','9.4.1'),(11091,'Provides improvements to blocks that will one day be added to Drupal core.','','9.4.1'),(11092,'A set of improvements to the core Views code that allows for greater control over Blocks.','','9.4.1'),(11093,'Automatic magnification derivatives for image styles.','','9.4.1'),(11094,'Provides configurable path based breadcrumbs.','','9.4.1'),(11095,'Enables the creation of paragraphs entities.','','9.4.1'),(11096,'Provides multilingual demo Paragraphs types.','','9.4.1'),(11097,'Provides a library for reusing paragraphs.','','9.4.1'),(11098,'Allows users to configure permissions for individual Paragraphs types.','','9.4.1'),(11099,'Adds a Entity Reference field type with revision support.','','9.4.1'),(11100,'Views plugins for UI management of output markup','','9.4.1'),(11101,'Enables the creation of webforms and questionnaires.','','9.4.1'),(11102,'Provides webform access controls for webform nodes.','','9.4.1'),(11103,'Provides an element that generates or loads a file that can be attached to a submission or email.','','9.4.1'),(11104,'Helps support Webform to Bootstrap integration.','','9.4.1'),(11105,'Provides a \'Card\' container element for fast clientside multistep form pagination.','','9.4.1'),(11106,'Helps support Webform Clientside Validation integration.','','9.4.1'),(11107,'Provides a webform element for converting HTML or SVG markup into a selectable single or multiple options input.','','9.4.1'),(11108,'Provides development tools for the Webform module.','','9.4.1'),(11109,'Provides Entity Print (PDF) integration and allows site builders to download, export, and email PDF copies of webform submissions.','','9.4.1'),(11110,'Provides Webform Entity Print (PDF) Attachment integration.','','9.4.1'),(11111,'Provides Webform and Group integration.','','9.4.1'),(11112,'Provides a webform element for a selecting an image.','','9.4.1'),(11113,'Provides a Webform content type which allows webforms to be integrated into a website as nodes.','','9.4.1'),(11114,'Allows elements with options (i.e. select, checkboxes, and radios) to have option specific submission limits.','','9.4.1'),(11115,'Extends the Webform module\'s email handler to allow emails to be scheduled.','','9.3.0'),(11116,'Allows webforms to be shared on other websites using an iframe.','','9.4.1'),(11117,'Provides configurable keyboard shortcuts to create and save webform elements.','','9.4.1'),(11118,'Provides the ability to export and import submissions.','','9.4.1'),(11119,'Dedicated logging and reporting for webform submissions.','','9.4.1'),(11120,'Provides starter templates that can be used to create new webforms.','','9.4.1'),(11121,'Provides a user interface for building and maintaining webforms.','','9.4.1'),(11122,'Demonstrates how to use the Webform module to build an application/evaluation system.','','9.4.1'),(11123,'Demonstrates how to use the Webform module to build an event registration system with email reminders.','','9.4.1'),(11124,'Demonstrates how to integrate the Webform module with the Group module.','','9.4.1'),(11125,'Demonstrates how to use the Webform module to build a region based contact system.','','9.4.1'),(11126,'Provides an example of custom configuration form built using the Webform module.','','9.4.1'),(11127,'Provides an example that shows how to create a Webform element.','','9.4.1'),(11128,'Provides an example that shows how to add custom properties to Webform elements.','','9.4.1'),(11129,'Provides an example that shows how to create a Webform composite.','','9.4.1'),(11130,'Provides examples of all webform elements and functionality which can used for demonstrating and testing advanced functionality or used as cut-n-paste code snippets for creating new webforms.','','9.4.1'),(11131,'Provides example webforms for reviewing and testing accessibility.','','9.4.1'),(11132,'Provides an example of a webform handler.','','9.4.1'),(11133,'Provides an example of a webform submission posted to a remote server.','','9.4.1'),(11134,'Provides an example of webform variants.','','9.4.1'),(11135,'Provides support for highly customizable checkboxes and radio buttons.','','9.3.0'),(11136,'Provides a group of multiple buttons used for selecting a value. jQueryUI is no longer maintained.','','9.4.1'),(11137,'Provides a form element to collect valid location information (address, longitude, latitude, geolocation) using Google Maps API\'s Geocoding and Places Autocomplete. The jQuery: Geocoding and Places Autocomplete Plugin library is not being maintained.','','9.3.0'),(11138,'Provides a webform element for toggling a single on/off state. The Toggles library is not being maintained and has major accessibility issues.','','9.3.0'),(11139,'Module %name has been enabled. Configure <a href=\":link\">related permissions</a>.@count modules have been enabled: %names. Configure <a href=\":link\">related permissions</a>.','','9.3.11'),(11140,'Install new theme','','9.4.5'),(11141,'Uninstall module','','9.4.5'),(11142,'Install new module','','9.4.5'),(11143,'Admin Toolbar','','9.4.5'),(11144,'Admin Toolbar Tools','','9.4.5'),(11145,'Flush CSS and JavaScript','','9.4.5'),(11146,'Flush plugins cache','','9.4.5'),(11147,'Flush static cache','','9.4.5'),(11148,'Flush routing and links cache','','9.4.5'),(11149,'Flush twig cache','','9.4.5'),(11150,'Flush render cache','','9.4.5'),(11151,'Rebuild theme registry','','9.4.5'),(11152,'Flush all caches','','9.4.5'),(11153,'Logout','','9.4.1'),(11154,'Configure the Admin Toolbar Tools module.','','9.4.5'),(11155,'Configure the Admin Toolbar module.','','9.4.5'),(11156,'Missing','','none'),(11157,'Render cache','','none'),(11158,'Reinstall modules','','none'),(11159,'Session viewer','','none'),(11160,'Devel','','none'),(11161,'All types','','none'),(11162,'Rebuild menu','','none'),(11163,'Execute PHP Code','','none'),(11164,'Theme registry','','none'),(11165,'Devel settings','','none'),(11166,'Menu depth','','none'),(11167,'Entity info','','none'),(11168,'All caches cleared.','','9.4.1'),(11169,'Static caches','','none'),(11170,'CSS and JavaScript cache cleared.','','none'),(11171,'Admin Toolbar Extra Tools','','none'),(11172,'Config editor','','none'),(11173,'State editor','','none'),(11174,'Webprofiler settings','','none'),(11175,'Plugins cache cleared.','','none'),(11176,'Static cache cleared.','','none'),(11177,'Routing and links cache cleared.','','none'),(11178,'Render cache cleared.','','none'),(11179,'@entity_type > @bundle','','none'),(11180,'All menus','','none'),(11181,'You have unsaved changes','','9.4.5'),(11182,'You have not created any content types yet. Go to the <a href=\"@create-content\">content type creation page</a> to add a new content type.','','9.3.0'),(11183,'Paragraph type','','9.4.5'),(11184,'Paragraph','','9.4.5'),(11185,'more items','','9.4.5'),(11186,'item','','9.4.5'),(11187,'No items entered. Please add items below.','','9.4.5'),(11188,'Archive webform','','9.3.0'),(11189,'Close webform','','9.3.0'),(11190,'Delete webform','','9.3.0'),(11191,'Open webform','','9.3.0'),(11192,'Delete submission','','9.4.1'),(11193,'Lock submission','','9.3.0'),(11194,'Star/flag submission','','9.3.0'),(11195,'Unlock submission','','9.3.0'),(11196,'Unstar/unflag submission','','9.3.0'),(11197,'Restore webform','','9.3.0'),(11198,'This form has not yet been opened to submissions.','','9.3.0'),(11199,'Sorry… This form is closed to new submissions.','','9.3.0'),(11200,'Unable to display this webform. Please contact the site administrator.','','9.3.0'),(11201,'This form is confidential. You must <a href=\"[site:login-url]/logout?destination=[current-page:url:relative]\">Log out</a> to submit it.','','9.3.0'),(11202,'Please login to access this form.','','9.3.0'),(11203,'Indicates required field','','9.3.0'),(11204,'< Previous','','9.3.0'),(11205,'Next >','','9.3.0'),(11206,'Start','','9.3.0'),(11207,'Complete','','9.3.0'),(11208,'Show all','','9.3.0'),(11209,'Hide all','','9.3.0'),(11210,'[webform:title]: Preview','','9.3.0'),(11211,'Please review your submission. Your submission is not complete until you press the \"Submit\" button!','','9.3.0'),(11212,'Save Draft','','9.3.0'),(11213,'Submission saved. You may return to this form later and it will restore the current values.','','9.3.0'),(11214,'A partially-completed form was found. Please complete the remaining portions.','','9.3.0'),(11215,'You have a pending draft for this webform. <a href=\"#\">Load your pending draft</a>.','','9.3.0'),(11216,'You have pending drafts for this webform. <a href=\"#\">View your pending drafts</a>.','','9.3.0'),(11217,'New submission added to [webform:title].','','9.3.0'),(11218,'Back to form','','9.3.0'),(11219,'[webform_submission:submitted-to]: Submission #[webform_submission:serial]','','9.3.0'),(11220,'Please login to access this submission.','','9.3.0'),(11221,'Unable to process this submission. Please contact the site administrator.','','9.3.0'),(11222,'This submission has been locked.','','9.3.0'),(11223,'You have already submitted this webform. <a href=\"#\">View your previous submission</a>.','','9.3.0'),(11224,'You have already submitted this webform. <a href=\"#\">View your previous submissions</a>.','','9.3.0'),(11225,'This submission has been autofilled with your previous submission.','','9.3.0'),(11226,'No more submissions are permitted.','','9.3.0'),(11227,'Normal','','9.3.0'),(11228,'{Empty}','','9.3.0'),(11229,'h2','','9.3.0'),(11230,'Please login to access the uploaded file.','','9.3.0'),(11231,'[site:name]','','9.3.0'),(11232,'Webform submission from: [webform_submission:source-title]','','9.3.0'),(11233,'Submitted on [webform_submission:created]\nSubmitted by: [webform_submission:user]\n\nSubmitted values are:\n[webform_submission:values]\n','','9.3.0'),(11234,'<p>Submitted on [webform_submission:created]</p>\n<p>Submitted by: [webform_submission:user]</p>\n<p>Submitted values are:</p>\n[webform_submission:values]\n','','9.3.0'),(11235,'checkbox:\n  - true\ncolor:\n  - \'#ffffcc\'\n  - \'#ffffcc\'\n  - \'#ccffff\'\nemail:\n  - \'example@example.com\'\n  - \'test@test.com\'\n  - \'random@random.com\'\nlanguage_select:\n  - en\nmachine_name:\n  - \'loremipsum\'\n  - \'oratione\'\n  - \'dixisset\'\ntel:\n  - \'123-456-7890\'\n  - \'098-765-4321\'\ntextarea:\n  - \'Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Negat esse eam, inquit, propter se expetendam. Primum Theophrasti, Strato, physicum se voluit; Id mihi magnum videtur. Itaque mihi non satis videmini considerare quod iter sit naturae quaeque progressio. Quare hoc videndum est, possitne nobis hoc ratio philosophorum dare. Est enim tanti philosophi tamque nobilis audacter sua decreta defendere.\'\n  - \'Huius, Lyco, oratione locuples, rebus ipsis ielunior. Duo Reges: constructio interrete. Sed haec in pueris; Sed utrum hortandus es nobis, Luci, inquit, an etiam tua sponte propensus es? Sapiens autem semper beatus est et est aliquando in dolore; Immo videri fortasse. Paulum, cum regem Persem captum adduceret, eodem flumine invectio? Et ille ridens: Video, inquit, quid agas;\'\n  - \'Quae cum dixisset, finem ille. Quamquam non negatis nos intellegere quid sit voluptas, sed quid ille dicat. Progredientibus autem aetatibus sensim tardeve potius quasi nosmet ipsos cognoscimus. Gloriosa ostentatio in constituendo summo bono. Qui-vere falsone, quaerere mittimus-dicitur oculis se privasse; Duarum enim vitarum nobis erunt instituta capienda. Comprehensum, quod cognitum non habet? Qui enim existimabit posse se miserum esse beatus non erit. Causa autem fuit huc veniendi ut quosdam hinc libros promerem. Nunc omni virtuti vitium contrario nomine opponitur.\'\ntext_format:\n  - value: \'<p>Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Negat esse eam, inquit, propter se expetendam. Primum Theophrasti, Strato, physicum se voluit; Id mihi magnum videtur. Itaque mihi non satis videmini considerare quod iter sit naturae quaeque progressio. Quare hoc videndum est, possitne nobis hoc ratio philosophorum dare. Est enim tanti philosophi tamque nobilis audacter sua decreta defendere.</p>\'\n  - value: \'<p>Huius, Lyco, oratione locuples, rebus ipsis ielunior. Duo Reges: constructio interrete. Sed haec in pueris; Sed utrum hortandus es nobis, Luci, inquit, an etiam tua sponte propensus es? Sapiens autem semper beatus est et est aliquando in dolore; Immo videri fortasse. Paulum, cum regem Persem captum adduceret, eodem flumine invectio? Et ille ridens: Video, inquit, quid agas;</p>\'\n  - value: \'<p>Quae cum dixisset, finem ille. Quamquam non negatis nos intellegere quid sit voluptas, sed quid ille dicat. Progredientibus autem aetatibus sensim tardeve potius quasi nosmet ipsos cognoscimus. Gloriosa ostentatio in constituendo summo bono. Qui-vere falsone, quaerere mittimus-dicitur oculis se privasse; Duarum enim vitarum nobis erunt instituta capienda. Comprehensum, quod cognitum non habet? Qui enim existimabit posse se miserum esse beatus non erit. Causa autem fuit huc veniendi ut quosdam hinc libros promerem. Nunc omni virtuti vitium contrario nomine opponitur.</p>\'\nurl:\n  - \'http://example.com\'\n  - \'http://test.com\'\nwebform_email_confirm:\n  - \'example@example.com\'\n  - \'test@test.com\'\n  - \'random@random.com\'\nwebform_email_multiple:\n  - \'example@example.com, test@test.com, random@random.com\'\nwebform_time:\n  - \'09:00\'\n  - \'17:00\'\n','','9.3.0'),(11236,'first_name:\n  - \'John\'\n  - \'Paul\'\n  - \'Ringo\'\n  - \'George\'\nlast_name:\n  - \'Lennon\'\n  - \'McCartney\'\n  - \'Starr\'\n  - \'Harrison\'\naddress:\n  - \'10 Main Street\'\n  - \'11 Brook Alley Road. APT 1\'\nzip:\n  - \'11111\'\n  - \'12345\'\n  - \'12345-6789\'\npostal_code:\n  - \'11111\'\n  - \'12345\'\n  - \'12345-6789\'\nphone:\n  - \'123-456-7890\'\n  - \'098-765-4321\'\nfax:\n  - \'123-456-7890\'\n  - \'098-765-4321\'\ncity:\n  - \'Springfield\'\n  - \'Pleasantville\'\n  - \'Hill Valley\'\nurl:\n  - \'http://example.com\'\n  - \'http://test.com\'\ndefault:\n  - \'Loremipsum\'\n  - \'Oratione\'\n  - \'Dixisset\'\n','','9.3.0'),(11237,'Basic email contact webform.','','9.3.0'),(11238,'name:\n  \'#title\': \'Your Name\'\n  \'#type\': textfield\n  \'#required\': true\n  \'#default_value\': \'[current-user:display-name]\'\nemail:\n  \'#title\': \'Your Email\'\n  \'#type\': email\n  \'#required\': true\n  \'#default_value\': \'[current-user:mail]\'\nsubject:\n  \'#title\': Subject\n  \'#type\': textfield\n  \'#required\': true\n  \'#test\': \'Testing contact webform from [site:name]\'\nmessage:\n  \'#title\': Message\n  \'#type\': textarea\n  \'#required\': true\n  \'#test\': \'Please ignore this email.\'\nactions:\n  \'#type\': webform_actions\n  \'#title\': \'Submit button(s)\'\n  \'#submit__label\': \'Send message\'\n','','9.3.0'),(11239,'<front>','','9.3.0'),(11240,'Email confirmation','','9.3.0'),(11241,'_default','','9.3.0'),(11242,'[webform_submission:values:subject:raw]','','9.3.0'),(11243,'[webform_submission:values:message:value]','','9.3.0'),(11244,'Email notification','','9.3.0'),(11245,'[webform_submission:values:name:raw]','','9.3.0'),(11246,'Country codes','','9.3.0'),(11247,'Geographic','','9.3.0'),(11248,'Country names','','9.3.0'),(11249,'Days','','9.3.0'),(11250,'Sunday: Sunday\nMonday: Monday\nTuesday: Tuesday\nWednesday: Wednesday\nThursday: Thursday\nFriday: Friday\nSaturday: Saturday\n','','9.3.0'),(11251,'Education','','9.3.0'),(11252,'Demographic','','9.3.0'),(11253,'High School: High School\nAssociate Degree: Associate Degree\nGraduate or Professional Degree: Graduate or Professional Degree\nSome College: Some College\n','','9.3.0'),(11254,'Employment status','','9.3.0'),(11255,'\'Full Time\': \'Full Time\'\n\'Part Time\': \'Part Time\'\n\'Military\': \'Military\'\nUnemployed: Unemployed\nRetired: Retired\n','','9.3.0'),(11256,'Ethnicity','','9.3.0'),(11257,'Caucasian: Caucasian\n\'Latino/Hispanic\': \'Latino/Hispanic\'\n\'Middle Eastern\': \'Middle Eastern\'\nAfrican: African\nCaribbean: Caribbean\n\'South Asian\': \'South Asian\'\n\'East Asian\': \'East Asian\'\nMixed: Mixed\n','','9.3.0'),(11258,'Gender','','9.4.5'),(11259,'Man: Man\nWoman: Woman\nNon-binary: Non-binary\nAgender/Genderless: Agender/Genderless\nAndrogyne/Androgynous: Androgyne/Androgynous\nAporagender: Aporagender\nBigender: Bigender\nDemi-agender: Demi-agender\nDemi-boy: Demi-boy\nDemi-fluid: Demi-fluid\nDemi-girl: Demi-girl\nDemi-gender: Demi-gender\nDemi-non-binary: Demi-non-binary\nGenderqueer: Genderqueer\nGenderflux: Genderflux\nGenderfluid: Genderfluid\nGender-indifferent: Gender-indifferent\nGender-neutral: Gender-neutral\nGraygender: Graygender\nIntergender: Intergender\nMaverique: Maverique\nMaxigender: Maxigender\nMultigender/Polygender: Multigender/Polygender\nNeutrois: Neutrois\nPangender/Omnigender: Pangender/Omnigender\nTrigender: Trigender\nTwo-spirit: Two-spirit\n\'Prefer Not to Answer\': \'Prefer Not to Answer\'\n','','9.3.0'),(11260,'Industry','','9.3.0'),(11261,'Accounting/Finance: Accounting/Finance\nAdvertising/Public Relations: Advertising/Public Relations\nAerospace/Aviation: Aerospace/Aviation\nArts/Entertainment/Publishing: Arts/Entertainment/Publishing\nAutomotive: Automotive\nBanking/Mortgage: Banking/Mortgage\nBusiness Development: Business Development\nBusiness Opportunity: Business Opportunity\nClerical/Administrative: Clerical/Administrative\nConstruction/Facilities: Construction/Facilities\nConsumer Goods: Consumer Goods\nCustomer Service: Customer Service\nEducation/Training: Education/Training\nEnergy/Utilities: Energy/Utilities\nEngineering: Engineering\nGovernment/Military: Government/Military\nHealthcare: Healthcare\nHospitality/Travel: Hospitality/Travel\nHuman Resources: Human Resources\nInstallation/Maintenance: Installation/Maintenance\nInsurance: Insurance\nInternet: Internet\nLaw Enforcement/Security: Law Enforcement/Security\nLegal: Legal\nManagement/Executive: Management/Executive\nManufacturing/Operations: Manufacturing/Operations\nMarketing: Marketing\nNon-Profit/Volunteer: Non-Profit/Volunteer\nPharmaceutical/Biotech: Pharmaceutical/Biotech\nProfessional Services: Professional Services\nReal Estate: Real Estate\nRestaurant/Food Service: Restaurant/Food Service\nRetail: Retail\nSales: Sales\nScience/Research: Science/Research\nSkilled Labor: Skilled Labor\nTechnology: Technology\nTelecommunications: Telecommunications\nTransportation/Logistics: Transportation/Logistics\n','','9.3.0'),(11262,'Likert: Agreement','','9.3.0'),(11263,'Likert','','9.3.13'),(11264,'1: Strongly Disagree\n2: Disagree\n3: Neutral\n4: Agree\n5: Strongly Agree\n','','9.3.0'),(11265,'Likert: Comparison','','9.3.0'),(11266,'1: Much Worse\n2: Somewhat Worse\n3: About the Same\n4: Somewhat Better\n5: Much Better\n','','9.3.0'),(11267,'Likert: Importance','','9.3.0'),(11268,'1: Not at all Important\n2: Somewhat Important\n3: Neutral\n4: Important\n5: Very Important\n','','9.3.0'),(11269,'Likert: Quality','','9.3.0'),(11270,'1: Poor\n2: Fair\n3: Good\n4: Very good\n5: Excellent\n','','9.3.0'),(11271,'Likert: Satisfaction','','9.3.0'),(11272,'1: Very Unsatisfied\n2: Unsatisfied\n3: Neutral\n4: Satisfied\n5: Very Satisfied\n','','9.3.0'),(11273,'Likert: Ten Scale','','9.3.0'),(11274,'1: 1\n2: 2\n3: 3\n4: 4\n5: 5\n6: 6\n7: 7\n8: 8\n9: 9\n10: 10\n','','9.3.0'),(11275,'Likert: Would You','','9.3.0'),(11276,'1: Definitely Not\n2: Probably Not\n3: Not Sure\n4: Probably\n5: Definitely\n','','9.3.0'),(11277,'Marital status','','9.3.0'),(11278,'Single: Single\nMarried: Married\nDivorced: Divorced\nWidowed: Widowed\n','','9.3.0'),(11279,'Months','','9.3.0'),(11280,'January: January\nFebruary: February\nMarch: March\nApril: April\nMay: May\nJune: June\nJuly: July\nAugust: August\nSeptember: September\nOctober: October\nNovember: November\nDecember: December\n','','9.3.0'),(11281,'Phone type','','9.3.0'),(11282,'Home: Home\nOffice: Office\nCell: Cell\n','','9.3.0'),(11283,'Province codes','','9.3.0'),(11284,'AB: Alberta\nBC: \'British Columbia\'\nMB: Manitoba\nNB: \'New Brunswick\'\nNL: \'Newfoundland and Labrador\'\nNS: \'Nova Scotia\'\nNT: \'Northwest Territories\'\nNU: Nunavut\n\'ON\': Ontario\nPE: \'Prince Edward Island\'\nQC: Quebec\nSK: Saskatchewan\nYT: Yukon\n','','9.3.0'),(11285,'Province names','','9.3.0'),(11286,'Alberta: Alberta\n\'British Columbia\': \'British Columbia\'\nManitoba: Manitoba\n\'New Brunswick\': \'New Brunswick\'\n\'Newfoundland and Labrador\': \'Newfoundland and Labrador\'\n\'Nova Scotia\': \'Nova Scotia\'\n\'Northwest Territories\': \'Northwest Territories\'\nNunavut: Nunavut\nOntario: Ontario\n\'Prince Edward Island\': \'Prince Edward Island\'\nQuebec: Quebec\nSaskatchewan: Saskatchewan\nYukon: Yukon\n','','9.3.0'),(11287,'Parent: Parent\n\'Significant Other\': \'Significant Other\'\nSibling: Sibling\nChild: Child\nFriend: Friend\n','','9.3.0'),(11288,'Sex','','9.3.0'),(11289,'Male: Male\nFemale: Female\n','','9.3.0'),(11290,'Sex - International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO)','','9.3.0'),(11291,'M: Male\nF: Female\nX: Unspecified\n','','9.3.0'),(11292,'Extra Small: Extra Small\nSmall: Small\nMedium: Medium\nLarge: Large\nExtra Large: Extra Large\n','','9.3.0'),(11293,'State codes','','9.3.0'),(11294,'AL: Alabama\nAK: Alaska\nAZ: Arizona\nAR: Arkansas\nCA: California\nCO: Colorado\nCT: Connecticut\nDE: Delaware\nDC: \'District of Columbia\'\nFL: Florida\nGA: Georgia\nGU: Guam\nHI: Hawaii\nID: Idaho\nIL: Illinois\nIN: Indiana\nIA: Iowa\nKS: Kansas\nKY: Kentucky\nLA: Louisiana\nME: Maine\nMD: Maryland\nMA: Massachusetts\nMI: Michigan\nMN: Minnesota\nMS: Mississippi\nMO: Missouri\nMT: Montana\nNE: Nebraska\nNV: Nevada\nNH: \'New Hampshire\'\nNJ: \'New Jersey\'\nNM: \'New Mexico\'\nNY: \'New York\'\nNC: \'North Carolina\'\nND: \'North Dakota\'\nOH: Ohio\nOK: Oklahoma\nOR: Oregon\nPA: Pennsylvania\nRI: \'Rhode Island\'\nSC: \'South Carolina\'\nSD: \'South Dakota\'\nTN: Tennessee\nTX: Texas\nUT: Utah\nVT: Vermont\nVA: Virginia\nWA: Washington\nWV: \'West Virginia\'\nWI: Wisconsin\nWY: Wyoming\n','','9.3.0'),(11295,'State names','','9.3.0'),(11296,'Alabama: Alabama\nAlaska: Alaska\nArizona: Arizona\nArkansas: Arkansas\nCalifornia: California\nColorado: Colorado\nConnecticut: Connecticut\nDelaware: Delaware\n\'District of Columbia\': \'District of Columbia\'\nFlorida: Florida\nGeorgia: Georgia\nHawaii: Hawaii\nIdaho: Idaho\nIllinois: Illinois\nIndiana: Indiana\nIowa: Iowa\nKansas: Kansas\nKentucky: Kentucky\nLouisiana: Louisiana\nMaine: Maine\nMaryland: Maryland\nMassachusetts: Massachusetts\nMichigan: Michigan\nMinnesota: Minnesota\nMississippi: Mississippi\nMissouri: Missouri\nMontana: Montana\nNebraska: Nebraska\nNevada: Nevada\n\'New Hampshire\': \'New Hampshire\'\n\'New Jersey\': \'New Jersey\'\n\'New Mexico\': \'New Mexico\'\n\'New York\': \'New York\'\n\'North Carolina\': \'North Carolina\'\n\'North Dakota\': \'North Dakota\'\nOhio: Ohio\nOklahoma: Oklahoma\nOregon: Oregon\nPennsylvania: Pennsylvania\n\'Rhode Island\': \'Rhode Island\'\n\'South Carolina\': \'South Carolina\'\n\'South Dakota\': \'South Dakota\'\nTennessee: Tennessee\nTexas: Texas\nUtah: Utah\nVermont: Vermont\nVirginia: Virginia\nWashington: Washington\n\'West Virginia\': \'West Virginia\'\nWisconsin: Wisconsin\nWyoming: Wyoming\n','','9.3.0'),(11297,'State/Province codes','','9.3.0'),(11298,'AL: Alabama\nAK: Alaska\nAS: \'American Samoa\'\nAZ: Arizona\nAR: Arkansas\nAE: \'Armed Forces (Canada, Europe, Africa, or Middle East)\'\nAA: \'Armed Forces Americas\'\nAP: \'Armed Forces Pacific\'\nCA: California\nCO: Colorado\nCT: Connecticut\nDE: Delaware\nDC: \'District of Columbia\'\nFM: \'Federated States of Micronesia\'\nFL: Florida\nGA: Georgia\nGU: Guam\nHI: Hawaii\nID: Idaho\nIL: Illinois\nIN: Indiana\nIA: Iowa\nKS: Kansas\nKY: Kentucky\nLA: Louisiana\nME: Maine\nMH: \'Marshall Islands\'\nMD: Maryland\nMA: Massachusetts\nMI: Michigan\nMN: Minnesota\nMS: Mississippi\nMO: Missouri\nMT: Montana\nNE: Nebraska\nNV: Nevada\nNH: \'New Hampshire\'\nNJ: \'New Jersey\'\nNM: \'New Mexico\'\nNY: \'New York\'\nNC: \'North Carolina\'\nND: \'North Dakota\'\nMP: \'Northern Mariana Islands\'\nOH: Ohio\nOK: Oklahoma\nOR: Oregon\nPW: Palau\nPA: Pennsylvania\nPR: \'Puerto Rico\'\nRI: \'Rhode Island\'\nSC: \'South Carolina\'\nSD: \'South Dakota\'\nTN: Tennessee\nTX: Texas\nUT: Utah\nVT: Vermont\nVI: \'Virgin Islands\'\nVA: Virginia\nWA: Washington\nWV: \'West Virginia\'\nWI: Wisconsin\nWY: Wyoming\nAB: Alberta\nBC: \'British Columbia\'\nMB: Manitoba\nNB: \'New Brunswick\'\nNL: \'Newfoundland and Labrador\'\nNS: \'Nova Scotia\'\nNT: \'Northwest Territories\'\nNU: Nunavut\n\'ON\': Ontario\nPE: \'Prince Edward Island\'\nQC: Quebec\nSK: Saskatchewan\nYT: Yukon\n','','9.3.0'),(11299,'State/Province names','','9.3.0'),(11300,'Alabama: Alabama\nAlaska: Alaska\n\'American Samoa\': \'American Samoa\'\nArizona: Arizona\nArkansas: Arkansas\n\'Armed Forces (Canada, Europe, Africa, or Middle East)\': \'Armed Forces (Canada, Europe, Africa, or Middle East)\'\n\'Armed Forces Americas\': \'Armed Forces Americas\'\n\'Armed Forces Pacific\': \'Armed Forces Pacific\'\nCalifornia: California\nColorado: Colorado\nConnecticut: Connecticut\nDelaware: Delaware\n\'District of Columbia\': \'District of Columbia\'\n\'Federated States of Micronesia\': \'Federated States of Micronesia\'\nFlorida: Florida\nGeorgia: Georgia\nGuam: Guam\nHawaii: Hawaii\nIdaho: Idaho\nIllinois: Illinois\nIndiana: Indiana\nIowa: Iowa\nKansas: Kansas\nKentucky: Kentucky\nLouisiana: Louisiana\nMaine: Maine\n\'Marshall Islands\': \'Marshall Islands\'\nMaryland: Maryland\nMassachusetts: Massachusetts\nMichigan: Michigan\nMinnesota: Minnesota\nMississippi: Mississippi\nMissouri: Missouri\nMontana: Montana\nNebraska: Nebraska\nNevada: Nevada\n\'New Hampshire\': \'New Hampshire\'\n\'New Jersey\': \'New Jersey\'\n\'New Mexico\': \'New Mexico\'\n\'New York\': \'New York\'\n\'North Carolina\': \'North Carolina\'\n\'North Dakota\': \'North Dakota\'\n\'Northern Mariana Islands\': \'Northern Mariana Islands\'\nOhio: Ohio\nOklahoma: Oklahoma\nOregon: Oregon\nPalau: Palau\nPennsylvania: Pennsylvania\n\'Puerto Rico\': \'Puerto Rico\'\n\'Rhode Island\': \'Rhode Island\'\n\'South Carolina\': \'South Carolina\'\n\'South Dakota\': \'South Dakota\'\nTennessee: Tennessee\nTexas: Texas\nUtah: Utah\nVermont: Vermont\n\'Virgin Islands\': \'Virgin Islands\'\nVirginia: Virginia\nWashington: Washington\n\'West Virginia\': \'West Virginia\'\nWisconsin: Wisconsin\nWyoming: Wyoming\nAlberta: Alberta\n\'British Columbia\': \'British Columbia\'\nManitoba: Manitoba\n\'New Brunswick\': \'New Brunswick\'\n\'Newfoundland and Labrador\': \'Newfoundland and Labrador\'\n\'Nova Scotia\': \'Nova Scotia\'\n\'Northwest Territories\': \'Northwest Territories\'\nNunavut: Nunavut\nOntario: Ontario\n\'Prince Edward Island\': \'Prince Edward Island\'\nQuebec: Quebec\nSaskatchewan: Saskatchewan\nYukon: Yukon\n','','9.3.0'),(11301,'Titles','','9.3.0'),(11302,'Miss: Miss\nMs: Ms\nMr: Mr\nMrs: Mrs\nDr: Dr\n','','9.3.0'),(11303,'Translations','','9.3.0'),(11304,'Yes/No','','9.3.0'),(11305,'Yes: Yes\nNo: No\n','','9.3.0'),(11306,'Cute Kittens','','9.3.0'),(11307,'Animals','','9.3.0'),(11308,'kitten_1:\n  text: \'Cute Kitten 1\'\n  src: \'http://placekitten.com/220/200\'\nkitten_2:\n  text: \'Cute Kitten 2\'\n  src: \'http://placekitten.com/180/200\'\nkitten_3:\n  text: \'Cute Kitten 3\'\n  src: \'http://placekitten.com/130/200\'\nkitten_4:\n  text: \'Cute Kitten 4\'\n  src: \'http://placekitten.com/270/200\'\n','','9.3.0'),(11309,'1 place@count places','','9.3.0'),(11310,'1@count','','9.3.0'),(11311,'Webform submissions','','9.4.5'),(11312,'Default webform submissions views.','','9.3.0'),(11313,'Master','','9.3.0'),(11314,'#','','9.3.0'),(11315,'Draft','','9.3.0'),(11316,'No submissions available.','','9.3.0'),(11317,'Embed: Default','','9.3.0'),(11318,'Display submissions.','','9.3.0'),(11319,'Embed: Administer','','9.3.0'),(11320,'Administer submissions.','','9.3.0'),(11321,'Webform submission operations bulk form','','9.3.0'),(11322,'Completed','','9.4.1'),(11323,'Is draft','','9.4.1'),(11324,'Embed: Manage','','9.3.0'),(11325,'Manage submissions.','','9.3.0'),(11326,'Embed: Review','','9.3.0'),(11327,'Review submissions.','','9.3.0'),(11328,'Select the webform that you would like to attach to this node.','','9.3.0'),(11329,'A basic page with a webform attached.','','9.3.0'),(11330,'Submissions','','9.4.5'),(11331,'Add-ons','','9.4.5'),(11332,'Webforms','','9.4.5'),(11333,'Add paragraph type','','9.4.5'),(11334,'Paragraph types','','9.4.5'),(11335,'Delete orphaned composite entities','','9.4.5'),(11336,'Paragraphs settings','','9.4.5'),(11337,'Webform plugins','','9.4.5'),(11338,'Flush views cache','','9.4.5'),(11339,'Create and manage Paragraph types.','','9.4.5'),(11340,'Create webforms and manage submissions.','','9.4.5'),(11341,'Delete revisions of entities that are no longer used in Entity Reference Revisions fields.','','9.4.5'),(11342,'Overview of plugins used by the Webform module.','','9.4.5'),(11343,'Purge','','9.4.5'),(11344,'Images','','9.4.5'),(11345,'Elements','','9.4.5'),(11346,'Handlers','','9.4.5'),(11347,'Variants','','9.4.5'),(11348,'Exporters','','9.4.5'),(11349,'Libraries','','9.4.5'),(11350,'An error occurred while processing @operation with arguments : @args','','none'),(11351,'View handler settings','','none'),(11352,'Target UUID','','none'),(11353,'Recursive rendering detected when rendering entity @entity_type @entity_id. Aborting rendering.','','none'),(11354,'Reference revisions','','9.3.0'),(11355,'Entity Reference Revisions','','9.3.11'),(11356,'Entity Revision','','none'),(11357,'@label revision ID','','9.4.5'),(11358,'The referenced entity revision','','none'),(11359,'French','','none'),(11360,'Parent type','','9.4.5'),(11361,'Used','','none'),(11362,'Restore','','9.4.5'),(11363,'Behavior settings','','9.4.5'),(11364,'Collapse all','','9.4.5'),(11365,'Default icon','','none'),(11366,'Add mode','','9.3.13'),(11367,'Title: @title','','9.3.13'),(11368,'Paragraph field','','none'),(11369,'Modal form','','none'),(11370,'Label to appear as title on the button as \"Add new [title]\", this label is translatable','','9.3.13'),(11371,'Dropdown button','','9.3.13'),(11372,'Title in its plural form.','','9.3.13'),(11373,'%type_name: View content','','none'),(11374,'%type_name: Create content','','none'),(11375,'%type_name: Edit content','','none'),(11376,'%type_name: Delete content','','none'),(11377,'Paragraphs types','','9.3.0'),(11378,'Administer Paragraphs types','','9.3.0'),(11379,'Allow to define the existing Paragraphs types and their Fields','','9.3.0'),(11380,'Paragraphs type config','','none'),(11381,'Paragraphs Type Permissions','','none'),(11382,'The paragraphs entity language code.','','none'),(11383,'Paragraphs type','','9.4.5'),(11384,'Label for the Paragraphs type.','','9.3.0'),(11385,'Saved the %label Paragraphs type.','','9.3.0'),(11386,'Edit mode','','9.3.13'),(11387,'Form display mode','','9.3.13'),(11388,'Plural title: @title_plural','','9.3.13'),(11389,'Edit mode: @edit_mode','','9.3.13'),(11390,'Add mode: @add_mode','','9.3.13'),(11391,'Form display mode: @form_display_mode','','9.3.13'),(11392,'Confirm removal','','9.4.5'),(11393,'Weight for type @type','','9.3.0'),(11394,'The time that the Paragraph was created.','','none'),(11395,'Paragraph Title','','9.3.13'),(11396,'Plural Paragraph Title','','9.3.13'),(11397,'The form display mode to use when rendering the paragraph form.','','9.3.13'),(11398,'The mode the paragraph is in by default. Preview will render the paragraph in the preview view mode.','','9.3.13'),(11399,'You are not allowed to edit this @title.','','none'),(11400,'You are not allowed to remove this @title.','','none'),(11401,'You are not allowed to edit or remove this @title.','','none'),(11402,'You are not allowed to view this @title.','','none'),(11403,'@title type','','none'),(11404,'Add @title','','9.3.0'),(11405,'Add another @title','','none'),(11406,'You are not allowed to add any of the @title types.','','none'),(11407,'You did not add any @title types yet.','','none'),(11408,'Entity browser','','9.4.5'),(11409,'There are no settings yet.','','none'),(11410,'The ID of the parent entity of which this entity is referenced.','','none'),(11411,'The entity parent type to which this entity is referenced.','','none'),(11412,'Parent field name','','9.4.5'),(11413,'The entity parent field name to which this entity is referenced.','','none'),(11414,'Paragraphs Demo','','none'),(11415,'<strong>Note:</strong> Field options do not appear until a type has been chosen and saved.','','none'),(11416,'Not yet configured.','','none'),(11417,'Using the %field field on a %type paragraph.','','none'),(11418,'Edit %title paragraph type','','9.3.0'),(11419,'No @title added yet.','','9.4.5'),(11420,' to %type','','9.4.5'),(11421,'Nested Paragraph','','none'),(11422,'Paragraphed article','','none'),(11423,'Image + Text','','none'),(11424,'Text + Image','','none'),(11425,'Paragraphs demo index','','none'),(11426,'Paragraphs demo server','','none'),(11427,'Paragraphs search','','none'),(11428,'Add a text and click on Apply to see results.','','none'),(11429,'Fulltext Paragraphs demo search','','none'),(11430,'Paragraphs_demo','','none'),(11431,'Paragraphs fields do not support translation. See the <a href=\":documentation\">online documentation</a>.','','9.3.0'),(11432,'(* unsupported) Paragraphs fields do not support translation. See the <a href=\":documentation\">online documentation</a>.','','9.3.0'),(11433,'%type Paragraphs type is used by 1 piece of content on your site. You can not remove this %type Paragraphs type until you have removed all from the content.%type Paragraphs type is used by @count pieces of content on your site. You may not remove %type Paragraphs type until you have removed all from the content.','','none'),(11434,'Deleted @title: %type','','9.4.5'),(11435,'No widget available for: %label.','','9.3.0'),(11436,'Nested Content','','none'),(11437,'The behavior plugin settings','','none'),(11438,'Behavior plugins','','none'),(11439,'Settings for base paragraphs behavior plugin','','none'),(11440,'Default paragraph type','','9.3.13'),(11441,'When creating a new host entity, a paragraph of this type is added.','','9.3.13'),(11442,'Default paragraph type: @default_paragraph_type','','9.3.0'),(11443,'@messages','','none'),(11444,'You have unsaved changes on this @title item.','','none'),(11445,'Paragraphs Classic','','9.3.0'),(11446,'A paragraphs inline form widget.','','none'),(11447,'Paragraphs EXPERIMENTAL','','9.3.0'),(11448,'An experimental paragraphs inline form widget.','','none'),(11449,'The Paragraphs module provides a field type that can contain several other fields and thereby allows users to break content up on a page. Administrators can predefine <em>Paragraphs types</em> (for example a simple text block, a video, or a complex and configurable slideshow). Users can then place them on a page in any order instead of using a text editor to add and configure such elements. For more information, see the <a href=\":online\">online documentation for the Paragraphs module</a>.','','none'),(11450,'Creating Paragraphs types','','none'),(11451,'<em>Paragraphs types</em> can be created by clicking <em>Add Paragraphs type</em> on the <a href=\":paragraphs\">Paragraphs types page</a>. By default a new Paragraphs type does not contain any fields.','','none'),(11452,'Configuring Paragraphs types','','none'),(11453,'Administrators can add fields to a <em>Paragraphs type</em> on the <a href=\":paragraphs\">Paragraphs types page</a> if the <a href=\":field_ui\">Field UI</a> module is enabled. The form display and the display of the Paragraphs type can also be managed on this page. For more information on fields and entities, see the <a href=\":field\">Field module help page</a>.','','none'),(11454,'Creating content with Paragraphs','','none'),(11455,'Administrators can add a <em>Paragraph</em> field to content types or other entities, and configure which <em>Paragraphs types</em> to include. When users create content, they can then add one or more paragraphs by choosing the appropriate type from the dropdown list. Users can also dragdrop these paragraphs. This allows users to add structure to a page or other content (for example by adding an image, a user reference, or a differently formatted block of text) more easily then including it all in one text field or by using fields in a pre-defined order.','','none'),(11456,'@field_label (* unsupported)','','9.3.0'),(11457,'Edit behavior plugin settings','','9.3.0'),(11458,'Users with this permission can edit behavior plugin settings on Paragraphs behavior instance','','9.3.0'),(11459,'Add Paragraphs type','','9.3.0'),(11460,'Icon uuid','','none'),(11461,'The Paragraphs Demo module provides several <em>Paragraphs types</em> for the <a href=\":paragraphs\">Paragraphs module</a>, but no separate user interface. For more information, see the <a href=\":online\">online documentation for the Paragraphs module</a>.','','none'),(11462,'Changing demo Paragraphs types','','none'),(11463,'Administrators can edit the provided <em>Paragraphs types</em> on the <a href=\":paragraphs\">Paragraphs types page</a> if the <a href=\":field_ui\">Field UI</a> module is enabled. For more information on fields and entities, see the <a href=\":field\">Field module help page</a>.','','none'),(11464,'Deleting demo Paragraphs types','','none'),(11465,'The provided <em>demo Paragraph types</em> stay available even when the Paragraphs Demo module is uninstalled. They can be deleted individually on the <a href=\":paragraphs\">Paragraphs types page</a>.','','none'),(11466,'The Paragraphs Type permission module allows administrators to configure permissions individually for each <em>Paragraphs type</em>. For more information, see the <a href=\":online\">online documentation for the Paragraphs module</a>.','','none'),(11467,'Configuring permissions per Paragraphs type','','none'),(11468,'Administrators can configure the permissions to view, create, edit, and delete each <em>Paragraphs type</em> individually on the <a href=\":permissions\">Permissions page</a>.','','none'),(11469,'Bypass Paragraphs type content access control','','none'),(11470,'Is able to administer content for all Paragraph types','','none'),(11471,'Is able to view Paragraphs content of type %type_name','','none'),(11472,'Is able to create Paragraphs content of type %type_name','','none'),(11473,'Is able to update Paragraphs content of type %type_name','','none'),(11474,'Is able to delete Paragraphs content of type %type_name','','none'),(11475,'1 child@count children','','none'),(11476,'Paragraph type icon','','9.3.0'),(11477,'This text will be displayed on the <em>Add new paragraph</em> page.','','9.3.0'),(11478,'Exclude the selected below','','9.3.0'),(11479,'Include the selected below','','9.3.0'),(11480,'Which Paragraph types should be allowed?','','9.3.0'),(11481,'Selection of Paragraph types for this field. Select none to allow all Paragraph types.','','9.3.0'),(11482,'You did not add any Paragraph types yet, click <a href=\":here\">here</a> to add one.','','none'),(11483,'Paragraph summary','','9.3.0'),(11484,'The way to add new Paragraphs.','','9.3.13'),(11485,'The mode the paragraph is in by default.','','none'),(11486,'Closed mode','','none'),(11487,'How to display the paragraphs, when the widget is closed. Preview will render the paragraph in the preview view mode and typically needs a custom admin theme.','','none'),(11488,'Autocollapse','','none'),(11489,'When a paragraph is opened for editing, close others.','','none'),(11490,'Closed mode: @closed_mode','','none'),(11491,'Autocollapse: @autocollapse','','none'),(11492,'Current path for @number','','none'),(11493,'to %type','','none'),(11494,'Complete drag & drop','','none'),(11495,'Drag & drop','','none'),(11496,'Edit all','','none'),(11497,'Edit All','','none'),(11498,'Toggle Actions','','none'),(11499,'Revision from %revision-date has been deleted.','','none'),(11500,'Paragraphs can now display unpublished Paragraphs to users with the \"View unpublished paragraphs\" permission. Enable it on Adminstration > Configuration > Content > Paragraphs and grant to permission to use it.','','none'),(11501,'View unpublished paragraphs','','9.3.0'),(11502,'Users with this permission can view paragraphs that are unpublished','','9.3.0'),(11503,'Administer Paragraphs settings','','9.3.0'),(11504,'Allow users with \"View unpublished paragraphs\" permission to see unpublished paragraphs.','','none'),(11505,'Add above','','none'),(11506,'Unlink from library','','none'),(11507,'Promote to library','','none'),(11508,'Allow adding to library','','none'),(11509,'The user ID of the library item author.','','none'),(11510,'Paragraphs Library','','none'),(11511,'Add library item','','none'),(11512,'Paragraphs library item settings','','none'),(11513,'Manage paragraphs library items.','','none'),(11514,'Configure Paragraphs library item.','','none'),(11515,'Administer Paragraphs library','','none'),(11516,'Allow to manage the library of re-usable paragraphs.','','none'),(11517,'Create paragraph library item','','none'),(11518,'Allow to create the paragraph library items.','','none'),(11519,'Edit paragraph library item','','none'),(11520,'Allow to edit the paragraph library items.','','none'),(11521,'Paragraphs library per-paragraph type third party settings','','none'),(11522,'Allow conversion to paragraph library item','','none'),(11523,'Paragraph relationship','','none'),(11524,'Allows users to add paragraphs entity fields.','','none'),(11525,'Revisions for %label','','none'),(11526,'@date: @label by @author','','none'),(11527,'The time that the library item was created.','','none'),(11528,'The time that the library item was last edited.','','none'),(11529,'Paragraphs library item','','none'),(11530,'Paragraph %label has been created.','','none'),(11531,'Paragraph %label has been updated.','','none'),(11532,'Are you sure you want to delete revision from %revision-date?','','none'),(11533,'Are you sure you want to revert revision from %revision-date?','','none'),(11534,'%title has been reverted to the revision from %revision-date.','','none'),(11535,'The @library_item_field_label field cannot contain a @paragraphs_type_label paragraph, because the parent @paragraph_field_label field disallows it.','','none'),(11536,'Show unpublished Paragraphs','','none'),(11537,'Enable widget features','','none'),(11538,'When editing, available as action. \"Add above\" only works in add mode \"Modal form\"','','none'),(11539,'Collapse / Edit all','','none'),(11540,'Features: @features','','none'),(11541,'The field_collection_item id','','none'),(11542,'The field_collection_item revision id','','none'),(11543,'The field_collection bundle','','none'),(11544,'The field_collection field_name','','none'),(11545,'Original field collection bundle/field_name','','none'),(11546,'Paragraph type machine name','','none'),(11547,'Paragraph type label','','none'),(11548,'Paragraph type description','','none'),(11549,'The paragraph_item id','','none'),(11550,'The paragraph_item revision id','','none'),(11551,'The paragraph bundle','','none'),(11552,'Paragraphs library items','','none'),(11553,'Available library items','','none'),(11554,'Paragraphs library browser','','none'),(11555,'Paragraphs library','','none'),(11556,'No library items available.','','none'),(11557,'Paragraph types that are used in moderated content requires non-translatable fields to be edited in the original language form and this must be checked.','','9.3.0'),(11558,'Delete existing ParagraphDelete all @count existing Paragraphs','','none'),(11559,'Entity is successfully deleted.All @count entities are successfully deleted.','','none'),(11560,'Closed mode threshold','','none'),(11561,'Number of items considered to leave paragraphs open e.g the threshold is 3, if a paragraph has less than 3 items, leave it open.','','none'),(11562,'Closed, show nested','','none'),(11563,'Closed mode threshold: @mode_limit','','none'),(11564,'Select reusable paragraph','','none'),(11565,'@count Paragraphs processed.','','none'),(11566,'Behaviors','paragraphs','none'),(11567,'Content','paragraphs','none'),(11568,'Behavior','paragraphs','none'),(11569,'The paragraph field_name','','none'),(11570,'No Paragraphs to be processed.','','none'),(11571,'Article with Paragraphs.','','none'),(11572,'Use <em>Image + Text</em> for adding an image on the left and a text on the right.','','none'),(11573,'Use <em>Images</em> for adding one or multiple images.','','none'),(11574,'Use <em>Nested Paragraph</em> for nesting more paragraphs inside.','','none'),(11575,'Use <em>Text</em> for adding a text.','','none'),(11576,'Use <em>User</em> for adding a reference to an existing user.','','none'),(11577,'Reusable paragraph','','none'),(11578,'From library','','none'),(11579,'Usage information (Paragraphs library item)','','none'),(11580,'Orphaned @type: @summary','','none'),(11581,'Validation error on collapsed paragraph @path: @message','','none'),(11582,'Use <em>Text + Image</em> for adding a text on the left and an image  on the right.','','none'),(11583,'Allow users with \"View unpublished paragraphs\" permission to see unpublished Paragraphs. Disable this if unpublished paragraphs should be hidden for all users, including super administrators.','','none'),(11584,'Element type','','none'),(11585,'Element attributes','','9.3.0'),(11586,'enabled','','none'),(11587,'Item','','9.3.13'),(11588,'Private','','9.3.0'),(11589,'Subscribe','','none'),(11590,'Manager','','none'),(11591,'Log','','none'),(11592,'optional','','none'),(11593,'required','','none'),(11594,'error','','none'),(11595,'Resources','','none'),(11596,'created','','9.3.0'),(11597,'all','','none'),(11598,'B','','none'),(11599,'Break','','none'),(11600,'Admin title','','9.3.0'),(11601,'Containers','','9.3.13'),(11602,'One','','9.3.0'),(11603,'General settings','','9.3.0'),(11604,'Download PDF','','none'),(11605,'Unscheduled','','none'),(11606,'Dimensions','','none'),(11607,'API','','none'),(11608,'Section','','9.3.13'),(11609,'Visible','','9.3.0'),(11610,'Notes','','9.4.1'),(11611,'Total','','none'),(11612,'Status:','','none'),(11613,'Submitted by','','9.4.1'),(11614,'Default status','','none'),(11615,'Issue','','none'),(11616,'Utility','','none'),(11617,'Add page','','9.4.1'),(11618,'Link Title','','none'),(11619,'Default settings','','none'),(11620,'days','','9.3.0'),(11621,'To:','','9.3.0'),(11622,'submit','','9.3.0'),(11623,'General information','','none'),(11624,'Submission information','','9.4.1'),(11625,'Url','','none'),(11626,'Ignored','','none'),(11627,'Preview message','','none'),(11628,'Source URL','','9.4.5'),(11629,'Message type','','none'),(11630,'Conditions','','9.3.0'),(11631,'items','','9.4.5'),(11632,'sources','','none'),(11633,'Demo','','none'),(11634,'Range','','9.3.13'),(11635,'Line','','none'),(11636,'Honeypot','','9.3.0'),(11637,'Introduction','','none'),(11638,'Phone','','9.3.0'),(11639,'Address','','9.3.13'),(11640,'Suburb','','none'),(11641,'email','','none'),(11642,'Code','','none'),(11643,'Inactive','','9.4.5'),(11644,'Company','','none'),(11645,'Example','','9.3.0'),(11646,'Method','','9.3.0'),(11647,'Week','','9.3.0'),(11648,'(Disabled)','','none'),(11649,'Integration','','none'),(11650,'A','','none'),(11651,'Email subject','','none'),(11652,'First name','','9.4.5'),(11653,'Last name','','9.4.5'),(11654,'Destination','','none'),(11655,'reset','','9.3.0'),(11656,'Choices','','none'),(11657,'JavaScript','','none'),(11658,'Last','','9.4.5'),(11659,'Create content','','none'),(11660,'Override','','none'),(11661,'Empty text','','none'),(11662,'Handler','','none'),(11663,'Order','','none'),(11664,'HTML','','9.4.1'),(11665,'CSS','','none'),(11666,'Remaining','','none'),(11667,'Send to','','9.3.0'),(11668,'Latest','','none'),(11669,'Template','','none'),(11670,'module','','none'),(11671,'Authenticated users','','9.3.0'),(11672,'IMCE','','none'),(11673,'Flag','','none'),(11674,'Operation','','9.3.0'),(11675,'City','','none'),(11676,'Postal code','','none'),(11677,'Latitude','','9.4.5'),(11678,'Longitude','','9.4.5'),(11679,'State/Province','','none'),(11680,'Collapsed','','none'),(11681,'Applications','','none'),(11682,'Labels','','none'),(11683,'Created date','','none'),(11684,'Full name','','9.3.0'),(11685,'Nickname','','9.3.0'),(11686,'Male','','none'),(11687,'Female','','none'),(11688,'Birthday','','9.3.0'),(11689,'Confirmation','','9.3.0'),(11690,'Share','','none'),(11691,'share','','none'),(11692,'Attachments','','9.3.0'),(11693,'Street Address','','none'),(11694,'submissions','','9.3.11'),(11695,'Token','','9.4.5'),(11696,'source','','none'),(11697,'Time format','','none'),(11698,'Street Number','','none'),(11699,'Delimiter','','9.3.0'),(11700,'Clear','','none'),(11701,'update','','9.3.0'),(11702,'Message:','','none'),(11703,'Parameters','','none'),(11704,'Return value','','9.3.0'),(11705,'Available tokens','','9.3.0'),(11706,'First','','9.4.5'),(11707,'Middle','','none'),(11708,'Date/time','','9.3.13'),(11709,'one','','none'),(11710,'Location settings','','none'),(11711,'%label has been deleted.','','none'),(11712,'any','','none'),(11713,'Unit','','none'),(11714,'Maxlength','','9.3.0'),(11715,'All roles','','9.3.0'),(11716,'Hours','','none'),(11717,'Email body','','none'),(11718,'Fade','','9.3.0'),(11719,'Slide','','9.3.0'),(11720,'From email address','','9.3.0'),(11721,'Results','','9.4.5'),(11722,'open','','none'),(11723,'Requirements','','none'),(11724,'Promotions','','none'),(11725,'options','','none'),(11726,'Confirmation URL','','9.3.0'),(11727,'No results found','','none'),(11728,'From:','','9.3.0'),(11729,'Subject:','','9.3.0'),(11730,'Card expiry date','','9.3.0'),(11731,'County','','none'),(11732,'completed','','none'),(11733,'User Profile','','none'),(11734,'Templates','','none'),(11735,'summary','','none'),(11736,'Percentage','','9.3.0'),(11737,'Toggles','','none'),(11738,'image','','none'),(11739,'images','','none'),(11740,'Minutes','','none'),(11741,'Default sender name','','none'),(11742,'Locality','','9.4.5'),(11743,'Automatic','','none'),(11744,'Excluded','','9.3.13'),(11745,'Limit to','','none'),(11746,'Read/write','','9.3.0'),(11747,'Processed','','none'),(11748,'date','','none'),(11749,'Keyboard shortcuts','','none'),(11750,'webform','','9.4.1'),(11751,'ever','','9.3.0'),(11752,'every hour','','9.3.0'),(11753,'every day','','9.3.0'),(11754,'every week','','9.3.0'),(11755,'Check this option if the user must enter a value.','','9.3.0'),(11756,'Previous submission','','none'),(11757,'Next submission','','none'),(11758,'Questions','','none'),(11759,'Request type','','none'),(11760,'Enable debugging','','9.3.0'),(11761,'Challenge type','','9.3.0'),(11762,'CAPTCHA','','9.3.13'),(11763,'Place a CAPTCHA here for untrusted users.','','none'),(11764,'Color settings','','none'),(11765,'Group roles','','none'),(11766,'Administrators','','none'),(11767,'Toggle','','none'),(11768,'5 minutes','','none'),(11769,'10 minutes','','none'),(11770,'15 minutes','','none'),(11771,'20 minutes','','none'),(11772,'30 minutes','','none'),(11773,'Destination type','','none'),(11774,'Overrides','','none'),(11775,'collapsed','','none'),(11776,'Title tag','','none'),(11777,'Raw value','','9.3.0'),(11778,'Google Maps API key','','none'),(11779,'test','','none'),(11780,'Submission settings','','none'),(11781,'Two','','none'),(11782,'Three','','none'),(11783,'Display message','','none'),(11784,'Filter by category','','none'),(11785,'videos','','none'),(11786,'Filter options','','none'),(11787,'Country Code','','none'),(11788,'Postal Code','','none'),(11789,'Installation','','none'),(11790,'From name','','9.3.0'),(11791,'Uppercase','','9.3.0'),(11792,'Description:','','none'),(11793,'Drafts','','none'),(11794,'JSON','','none'),(11795,'Export format','','none'),(11796,'video','','none'),(11797,'Address settings','','none'),(11798,'Execute','','none'),(11799,'ignored','','none'),(11800,'Feedback','','none'),(11801,'Family name','','9.3.0'),(11802,'Organization','','none'),(11803,'All users','','none'),(11804,'Country code','','9.3.0'),(11805,'Build','','9.4.5'),(11806,'Years','','none'),(11807,'Email addresses','','none'),(11808,'Edit \'@title\'','','none'),(11809,'Results per page','','none'),(11810,'Flat','','none'),(11811,'Unlocked','','none'),(11812,'Resend','','9.4.1'),(11813,'Any','','9.3.0'),(11814,'modules','','none'),(11815,'Validation','','9.3.0'),(11816,'Supported modules','','none'),(11817,'Custom options','','none'),(11818,'Thank You','','none'),(11819,'ZIP Code','','9.3.0'),(11820,'deleted','','none'),(11821,'Custom CSS','','none'),(11822,'New password','','9.3.0'),(11823,'Contribute','','none'),(11824,'read-only','','none'),(11825,'read/write','','none'),(11826,'milliseconds','','9.3.0'),(11827,'SMTP Authentication Support','','none'),(11828,'Form element','','9.3.0'),(11829,'Notification','','none'),(11830,'Destination options','','none'),(11831,'Step','','none'),(11832,'Image file','','9.3.13'),(11833,'Admin mode','','9.3.0'),(11834,'None of the above','','9.3.0'),(11835,'Answers','','none'),(11836,'Prepopulate','','9.3.0'),(11837,'Output','','none'),(11838,'Test settings','','9.3.11'),(11839,'Below','','none'),(11840,'notice','','none'),(11841,'Rating','','9.4.5'),(11842,'Access groups','','none'),(11843,'Congratulations!','','none'),(11844,'Validators','','none'),(11845,'Admins','','none'),(11846,'Recommended','','9.3.0'),(11847,'Debug settings','','none'),(11848,'Registration','','none'),(11849,'Configuration settings','','none'),(11850,'Card type','','9.3.0'),(11851,'Card number','','9.3.0'),(11852,'expanded','','none'),(11853,'Format settings','','none'),(11854,'Words','','9.3.0'),(11855,'Characters','','9.3.0'),(11856,'Flagged','','none'),(11857,'checked','','none'),(11858,'Table settings','','none'),(11859,'Select menu','','none'),(11860,'Light','','9.3.13'),(11861,'Query string','','none'),(11862,'Expand all','','9.4.5'),(11863,'Delimited text','','none'),(11864,'Comma (,)','','none'),(11865,'Tab (\\t)','','none'),(11866,'Semicolon (;)','','none'),(11867,'Colon (:)','','none'),(11868,'Pipe (|)','','none'),(11869,'Period (.)','','none'),(11870,'Space ( )','','none'),(11871,'close','','9.3.0'),(11872,'Randomize images','','none'),(11873,'Additional settings','','9.3.0'),(11874,'Two columns','','none'),(11875,'Country name','','9.4.5'),(11876,'Link to form','','none'),(11877,'Semicolon','','9.3.0'),(11878,'OpenLayers','','none'),(11879,'City/Town','','none'),(11880,'Config','','none'),(11881,'words','','none'),(11882,'Email Notification','','none'),(11883,'Conditional','','none'),(11884,'File upload','','none'),(11885,'Preview settings','','none'),(11886,'Tracking','','none'),(11887,'Link title','','none'),(11888,'Finished with an error.','','none'),(11889,'Sort options','','none'),(11890,'Per user','','9.3.0'),(11891,'Edit configuration','','none'),(11892,'Scheduled','','9.3.0'),(11893,'answer','','none'),(11894,'Checkbox','','9.3.13'),(11895,'Allowed tags','','none'),(11896,'Excel','','none'),(11897,'Date year range','','none'),(11898,'Trigger','','9.3.0'),(11899,'Select date','','none'),(11900,'User interface settings','','9.3.11'),(11901,'Autocomplete limit','','none'),(11902,'Vertical tabs','','9.3.13'),(11903,'Change status','','none'),(11904,'question','','none'),(11905,'questions','','none'),(11906,'Breadcrumb delimiter','','none'),(11907,'SID','','9.4.1'),(11908,'The default sender name which is used along with the default from address.','','none'),(11909,'Webform submission','','9.4.5'),(11910,'Leaving blank will use the default size.','','9.3.0'),(11911,'Submitted values are:','','none'),(11912,'Lowercase','','9.3.0'),(11913,'Display on','','none'),(11914,'Converted','','none'),(11915,'Enable Drupal style \"sticky\" table headers (Javascript)','','none'),(11916,'Allowed formats','','9.3.0'),(11917,'Tooltip','','9.3.0'),(11918,'Edit source','','9.3.0'),(11919,'Circle','','none'),(11920,'User IDs','','none'),(11921,'Disable help','','9.3.11'),(11922,'Fieldset','','9.3.13'),(11923,'Checkboxes','','9.3.13'),(11924,'Textarea','','9.3.13'),(11925,'matches','','none'),(11926,'does not match','','none'),(11927,'Webform Block','','none'),(11928,'Auto detect','','none'),(11929,'Progress bar message','','none'),(11930,'Notes:','','none'),(11931,'Author information','','9.3.0'),(11932,'Signature settings','','none'),(11933,'@type (from module @module)','','9.3.0'),(11934,'Default challenge type','','9.3.0'),(11935,'Address 2','','none'),(11936,'Maps','','none'),(11937,'Alternatives','','none'),(11938,'Add variant','','none'),(11939,'Variant type','','none'),(11940,'Name is required.','','none'),(11941,'Variant','','9.3.13'),(11942,'Related','','none'),(11943,'Dialog','','9.3.11'),(11944,'Return path','','9.3.0'),(11945,'is empty','','none'),(11946,'Page theme','','9.3.0'),(11947,'References','','9.4.5'),(11948,'Degree','','none'),(11949,'Show preview','','9.3.13'),(11950,'Edit element','','none'),(11951,'Delete element','','none'),(11952,'Add element','','9.4.1'),(11953,'Field prefix','','9.3.0'),(11954,'Field suffix','','9.3.0'),(11955,'Used by','','none'),(11956,'Message display','','none'),(11957,'Request method','','none'),(11958,'Progress','','none'),(11959,'Sender email address','','9.3.0'),(11960,'Unique','','9.3.0'),(11961,'Form display','','9.3.0'),(11962,'Progress bar','','none'),(11963,'Data format','','none'),(11964,'Unchecked','','9.3.0'),(11965,'Default email subject','','none'),(11966,'[none]','','9.3.0'),(11967,'Message settings','','none'),(11968,'(unknown)','','none'),(11969,'Randomize questions','','none'),(11970,'Form validation','','9.3.0'),(11971,'Webform Validation','','none'),(11972,'Rename files','','none'),(11973,'Employee','','none'),(11974,'Serial number','','9.3.0'),(11975,'Webform Product','','none'),(11976,'Email from address','','none'),(11977,'destinations','','none'),(11978,'destination','','none'),(11979,'Starred','','none'),(11980,'File URL','','none'),(11981,'Custom settings','','9.3.0'),(11982,'Archived','','none'),(11983,'From email','','9.3.0'),(11984,'Default tab','','none'),(11985,'Other description','','none'),(11986,'Administrative area','','none'),(11987,'Webform settings','','none'),(11988,'Randomize options','','none'),(11989,'Confirmation message','','9.3.0'),(11990,'Submission limit','','none'),(11991,'Show the previous submissions notification that appears when users have previously submitted this form.','','9.3.0'),(11992,'Submission Number','','9.4.1'),(11993,'Submission ID','','9.4.5'),(11994,'Compact options are more suitable for importing data into other systems.','','none'),(11995,'draft','','9.3.0'),(11996,'Remote URL','','none'),(11997,'subject','','9.3.0'),(11998,'Data name','','none'),(11999,'CodeMirror','','9.3.13'),(12000,'Wrapper','','9.3.0'),(12001,'Routing','','none'),(12002,'Autocomplete settings','','none'),(12003,'Video display','','9.3.11'),(12004,'Submitter','','9.4.5'),(12005,'Altered','','none'),(12006,'Modern','','none'),(12007,'auto','','none'),(12008,'Four','','none'),(12009,'Five','','none'),(12010,'Image options','','none'),(12011,'Confirm email','','none'),(12012,'Import options','','none'),(12013,'Invisible','','9.3.0'),(12014,'Unsaved','','none'),(12015,'Separate extensions with a space or comma and do not include the leading dot.','','none'),(12016,'Other type','','none'),(12017,'Access types','','none'),(12018,'The machine-readable name.','','none'),(12019,'Chosen','','none'),(12020,'Do you want to continue?','','none'),(12021,'Original Image','','none'),(12022,'Contact Us','','none'),(12023,'Modal','','none'),(12024,'Organization name','','9.3.0'),(12025,'Learn more','','none'),(12026,'Job Application','','none'),(12027,'Given name','','9.3.0'),(12028,'Title display','','9.3.0'),(12029,'Available countries','','none'),(12030,'If no countries are selected, all countries will be available.','','none'),(12031,'Custom tags','','none'),(12032,'elements','','9.3.13'),(12033,'Dark','','9.3.13'),(12034,'Include files as attachments','','9.3.0'),(12035,'Watch video','','none'),(12036,'sent','','none'),(12037,'Message ID','','none'),(12038,'Slides','','none'),(12039,'Password confirm','','9.3.13'),(12040,'Date of birth','','none'),(12041,'Choose file','','none'),(12042,'Star','','none'),(12043,'Full screen','','9.3.0'),(12044,'Header title','','none'),(12045,'One column','','9.3.0'),(12046,'Wizard','','9.3.13'),(12047,'Batch settings','','9.3.11'),(12048,'Add webform','','9.4.5'),(12049,'Invalid phone number','','none'),(12050,'Mail System','','9.4.5'),(12051,'Salesforce Web-to-Lead Webform Data Integration','','none'),(12052,'Group owner','','none'),(12053,'There are no templates available.','','none'),(12054,'Webform Protected Downloads','','none'),(12055,'Entity id','','none'),(12056,'Clientside Validation','','none'),(12057,'Webform CiviCRM Integration','','none'),(12058,'Datatype','','none'),(12059,'Address line 1','','9.3.0'),(12060,'Address line 2','','9.3.0'),(12061,'- Select type -','','none'),(12062,'Submission','','none'),(12063,'Between','','9.3.0'),(12064,'Post type','','none'),(12065,'Attachment URL','','9.3.13'),(12066,'Webform Encrypt','','none'),(12067,'Text format settings','','none'),(12068,'- Default -','','9.3.0'),(12069,'HTML Table','','none'),(12070,'Reply to','','none'),(12071,'Item weight','','9.3.0'),(12072,'Add email','','9.3.0'),(12073,'Auto-detect','','none'),(12074,'Element title','','none'),(12075,'Provides HubSpot leads API integration with Drupal.','','none'),(12076,'Rescheduled','','none'),(12077,'Progress Tracker','','9.3.13'),(12078,'Mitigates spam form submissions using the honeypot method.','','9.3.0'),(12079,'Ajax effect','','9.3.0'),(12080,'Date part','','none'),(12081,'Transaction amount','','9.3.0'),(12082,'every minute','','9.3.0'),(12083,'403 Forbidden','','none'),(12084,'Response message','','none'),(12085,'Custom properties','','9.3.0'),(12086,'Checked','','9.3.0'),(12087,'Header 1','','none'),(12088,'Header 2','','none'),(12089,'Show/hide','','none'),(12090,'Three columns','','none'),(12091,'Email from name','','none'),(12092,'Enhancements','','none'),(12093,'Total submissions limit','','9.4.5'),(12094,'Per user submission limit','','9.4.5'),(12095,'Webform Node','','none'),(12096,'Other title','','none'),(12097,'Add images','','none'),(12098,'Store value in the database','','none'),(12099,'@title options','','none'),(12100,'File name pattern','','none'),(12101,'Hidden element (less secure, changeable via JavaScript)','','none'),(12102,'Is this a draft of the submission?','','none'),(12103,'answers','','none'),(12104,'Card Security Code','','9.3.0'),(12105,'Rating settings','','none'),(12106,'Twig template','','none'),(12107,'Webform Mass Email','','none'),(12108,'YAML','','none'),(12109,'@title settings','','9.3.0'),(12110,'Handler settings','','none'),(12111,'EU Cookie Compliance','','none'),(12112,'Message content','','none'),(12113,'Form API','','none'),(12114,'Next page button label','','none'),(12115,'Class hierarchy','','none'),(12116,'Queue Mail','','none'),(12117,'Current page title','','9.4.5'),(12118,'Title is required.','','none'),(12119,'Save elements','','9.4.1'),(12120,'All of the above','','9.3.0'),(12121,'Number input','','none'),(12122,'Terms of service','','9.3.13'),(12123,'Wizard page','','9.3.13'),(12124,'Multiple items','','9.3.0'),(12125,'Show labels','','none'),(12126,'Add layout','','9.4.1'),(12127,'External link','','9.3.11'),(12128,'Download options','','none'),(12129,'Formatted Address','','none'),(12130,'Filled','','9.3.0'),(12131,'Access Rules','','none'),(12132,'CSV download','','none'),(12133,'Development settings','','9.3.0'),(12134,'Form status','','none'),(12135,'View %name does not exist.','','none'),(12136,'Langcode','','9.4.5'),(12137,'Color swatch','','none'),(12138,'Request URL','','none'),(12139,'Source entity','','9.4.5'),(12140,'Source entity type','','9.4.5'),(12141,'Theme:','','none'),(12142,'Add handler','','9.3.0'),(12143,'Code Mirror','','9.3.13'),(12144,'Date (@format)','','none'),(12145,'Wrapper CSS classes','','none'),(12146,'Soft','','none'),(12147,'Exporting submissions','','none'),(12148,'Creating export file','','none'),(12149,'The export file could not be created because an error occurred.','','none'),(12150,'Select2','','none'),(12151,'Antibot','','9.3.0'),(12152,'x-www-form-urlencoded','','none'),(12153,'Are you sure you want to delete this?','','none'),(12154,'Webform Feedback','','none'),(12155,'Show progress bar','','none'),(12156,'Show the notification about previous submissions','','9.3.0'),(12157,'Drafts only','','none'),(12158,'400 Bad Request','','none'),(12159,'401 Unauthorized','','none'),(12160,'500 Internal Server Error','','none'),(12161,'502 Bad Gateway','','none'),(12162,'503 Service Unavailable','','none'),(12163,'504 Gateway Timeout','','none'),(12164,'Webform Invitation','','none'),(12165,'Are you sure you want to delete the %label @entity-type?','','9.4.1'),(12166,'Filter submissions','','9.4.1'),(12167,'CAPTCHA settings','','9.3.0'),(12168,'CC:','','none'),(12169,'results per page','','none'),(12170,'Add card','','none'),(12171,'Route parameters','','none'),(12172,'Hide help','','none'),(12173,'submission','','none'),(12174,'Custom data','','none'),(12175,'Previous page button label','','none'),(12176,'Enable preview page','','none'),(12177,'Preview page title','','none'),(12178,'Included preview values','','none'),(12179,'Webform ID','','9.4.5'),(12180,'Show all options','','none'),(12181,'Confirmation type','','9.3.0'),(12182,'Next submission number','','9.3.0'),(12183,'Value is','','9.3.0'),(12184,'Method:','','none'),(12185,'Library settings','','none'),(12186,'Entity reference settings','','none'),(12187,'The default value of the field identified by its key.','','none'),(12188,'element','','9.3.13'),(12189,'if','','9.3.0'),(12190,'View submission','','9.3.0'),(12191,'Weight for @label','','none'),(12192,'Open date','','9.4.5'),(12193,'Close date','','9.4.5'),(12194,'Minlength','','9.3.0'),(12195,'Question title','','9.3.0'),(12196,'A powerful, flexible, user-friendly form builder for CiviCRM.','','none'),(12197,'form only','','none'),(12198,'Autofocus','','none'),(12199,'Label: @label','','none'),(12200,'Date completed','','9.4.5'),(12201,'Confidential submissions','','9.3.0'),(12202,'Reply-to','','none'),(12203,'option','','none'),(12204,'Submission state','','none'),(12205,'No preview available.','','none'),(12206,'Translates content, configuration, and interface using the Lingotek Translation Management System.','','none'),(12207,'Default from name','','none'),(12208,'Sorting code','','none'),(12209,'Language override','','none'),(12210,'Ensures entered addresses are always formatted in the same language.','','none'),(12211,'- No override -','','none'),(12212,'Clear submissions','','none'),(12213,'Clearing submission data','','none'),(12214,'The submissions could not be cleared because an error occurred.','','none'),(12215,'Entity reference options','','none'),(12216,'Webform Simple Hierarchical Select','','none'),(12217,'Integrates Simple Hierarchical Select module with Webform.','','none'),(12218,'Webform Stripe','','none'),(12219,'Options (YAML)','','none'),(12220,'%title is not valid.','','none'),(12221,'Entity select','','9.3.13'),(12222,'A secure token used to look up a submission.','','none'),(12223,'Add options','','none'),(12224,'Emails / Handlers','','9.3.0'),(12225,'Data (YAML)','','9.4.1'),(12226,'Email default settings','','none'),(12227,'Results disabled','','none'),(12228,'Email to address','','none'),(12229,'Confirmation settings','','9.3.0'),(12230,'URL (redirects to a custom path or URL)','','9.3.0'),(12231,'Submission updated in %form.','','none'),(12232,'New submission added to %form.','','none'),(12233,'Submitted to','','9.4.5'),(12234,'Unable to load @entity_type:@entity_id','','none'),(12235,'%title options are not valid. @message','','none'),(12236,'Submission UUID','','9.4.1'),(12237,'Submission URI','','9.4.1'),(12238,'Remote IP address','','9.4.1'),(12239,'Enable the %name handler.','','9.3.0'),(12240,'A unique name for this handler instance. Must be alpha-numeric and underscore separated.','','9.3.0'),(12241,'Format options','','none'),(12242,'Select menu, radio buttons, and checkboxes options','','none'),(12243,'Item format','','9.3.0'),(12244,'Option labels, the human-readable value (label)','','none'),(12245,'Option values, the raw value stored in the database (key)','','none'),(12246,'Default preview page title','','none'),(12247,'Default preview message','','none'),(12248,'Defaults to: %value','','9.3.0'),(12249,'The text for the button that will proceed to the preview page.','','9.3.0'),(12250,'The text for the button to go backwards from the preview page.','','9.3.0'),(12251,'A message to be displayed on the preview page.','','none'),(12252,'Default preview button label','','none'),(12253,'Column options','','none'),(12254,'The selected columns will be included in the export.','','none'),(12255,'Number of submissions','','none'),(12256,'Date list','','9.3.13'),(12257,'Default base path','','none'),(12258,'Default form exception message','','none'),(12259,'Default draft button label','','none'),(12260,'Default draft save message','','none'),(12261,'Default draft load message','','none'),(12262,'Default confirmation message','','none'),(12263,'Default limit total message','','none'),(12264,'Default limit user message','','none'),(12265,'Enable page','','none'),(12266,'Page submit URL alias','','none'),(12267,'Page confirm URL alias','','none'),(12268,'Form closed message','','none'),(12269,'Form exception message','','none'),(12270,'Limit total submissions','','none'),(12271,'Limit total message','','none'),(12272,'Limit user submissions','','none'),(12273,'Limit user message','','none'),(12274,'Draft saved message','','9.3.0'),(12275,'Message to be displayed when a draft is saved.','','9.3.0'),(12276,'Draft loaded message','','9.3.0'),(12277,'Message to be displayed when a draft is loaded.','','9.3.0'),(12278,'The submission language code.','','none'),(12279,'Default closed message','','none'),(12280,'Default submit button label','','none'),(12281,'Completed and draft submissions','','none'),(12282,'Completed submissions only','','none'),(12283,'Number of submissions?','','none'),(12284,'Deleted existing submissions.','','none'),(12285,'1 submissions created.Finished creating @count submissions','','none'),(12286,'Batch export size','','9.3.11'),(12287,'Batch update size','','9.3.11'),(12288,'Batch delete size','','9.3.11'),(12289,'Automatically save as draft when previewing and when there are validation errors.','','none'),(12290,'To email','','9.3.0'),(12291,'Default submission data','','9.4.5'),(12292,'No messages are available.','','none'),(12293,'Resend message','','none'),(12294,'Successfully re-sent %label.','','none'),(12295,'Export type','','none'),(12296,'A user-defined date format. See the <a href=\"http://php.net/manual/function.date.php\">PHP manual</a> for available options.','','none'),(12297,'Completed date','','none'),(12298,'Use CDN','','none'),(12299,'Filename: %file','','none'),(12300,'Default email body (Plain text)','','none'),(12301,'Default email body (HTML)','','none'),(12302,'Sends the message as plain text or HTML, using PHP\'s native mail() function.','','none'),(12303,'Body default value (@format)','','9.3.0'),(12304,'Send email as HTML','','9.3.0'),(12305,'Debugging is enabled','','none'),(12306,'Settings:','','9.3.0'),(12307,'Format default settings','','none'),(12308,'Export default settings','','none'),(12309,'Entity reference format','','none'),(12310,'Title / Description','','9.3.0'),(12311,'The download settings have been saved.','','none'),(12312,'Label (ID)','','none'),(12313,'Obscured','','none'),(12314,'Protect %label with Honeypot','','none'),(12315,'Add time restriction to %label','','none'),(12316,'Default wizard previous page button label','','none'),(12317,'Default wizard next page button label','','none'),(12318,'Default preview previous page button label','','none'),(12319,'Form confidential','','none'),(12320,'Form confidential message','','none'),(12321,'Example: Wizard','','none'),(12322,'Integrated by','','none'),(12323,'Additional elements','','none'),(12324,'The specified email addresses do not match.','','none'),(12325,'Reset settings','','none'),(12326,'The download settings have been reset.','','none'),(12327,'Webform Blocks','','none'),(12328,'Show wizard progress bar','','none'),(12329,'Show wizard progress pages','','none'),(12330,'Show wizard progress percentage','','none'),(12331,'<a href=\":tel\">@tel</a>','','none'),(12332,'Answers format','','none'),(12333,'Answer labels, the human-readable value (label)','','none'),(12334,'Default wizard start label','','none'),(12335,'Wizard start label','','none'),(12336,'Include confirmation page in progress','','none'),(12337,'CodeMirror settings','','none'),(12338,'Wrapper attributes','','9.3.0'),(12339,'JavaScript code','','none'),(12340,'Elements (YAML)','','none'),(12341,'Form prepopulate elements','','none'),(12342,'There are no submissions that need to be deleted.','','none'),(12343,'@total YAML file(s) tidied.','','none'),(12344,'No YAML files needed to be tidied.','','none'),(12345,'Parent %parent_key does not exist.','','none'),(12346,'Basic elements','','9.3.13'),(12347,'Test %type element','','none'),(12348,'Element test','','none'),(12349,'HTML markup','','none'),(12350,'Determines the placement of the title.','','9.3.0'),(12351,'Empty option label','','none'),(12352,'Empty option value','','none'),(12353,'Submission display','','9.3.0'),(12354,'Elements are required','','none'),(12355,'Elements are not valid. @message','','none'),(12356,'Elements are not valid. YAML must contain an associative array of elements.','','none'),(12357,'Hide this element by setting its <code>\'#access\'</code> property to <code>false</code>.','','none'),(12358,'Filter by title, description, or elements','','none'),(12359,'Element titles (label)','','none'),(12360,'API Docs','','none'),(12361,'Please select <a href=\":href\">predefined @type</a> or enter custom @type.','','none'),(12362,'No elements are available.','','none'),(12363,'Date type/Element type','','none'),(12364,'%title elements are not valid. @message','','none'),(12365,'Test data by element type','','9.3.11'),(12366,'Invalid number of submissions: @num','','none'),(12367,'Advanced elements','','9.3.13'),(12368,'Date/time elements','','9.3.13'),(12369,'- Select a target type -','','none'),(12370,'Enter the max file size a user may upload.','','none'),(12371,'Likert settings','','none'),(12372,'Markup settings','','none'),(12373,'Select an element','','9.3.13'),(12374,'Duplicate element','','none'),(12375,'Test element','','none'),(12376,'Filter by element name','','9.3.13'),(12377,'No element available.','','none'),(12378,'Duplicate @title element','','none'),(12379,'Edit @title element','','9.3.0'),(12380,'(9 = numeric; a = alphabetical; * = alphanumeric)','','9.3.0'),(12381,'@title title','','none'),(12382,'Element options','','none'),(12383,'Multiple email addresses may be separated by commas.','','9.3.0'),(12384,'Email CC address','','none'),(12385,'Email BCC address','','none'),(12386,'Image src','','none'),(12387,'Readonly','','9.3.0'),(12388,'Entity limit total submissions','','none'),(12389,'Entity limit user submissions','','none'),(12390,'Entity type is required when entity id is specified.','','none'),(12391,'Entity id is required when entity type is specified.','','none'),(12392,'%title has been @action.','','9.3.0'),(12393,'Select the entity type and then enter the entity id.','','none'),(12394,'Element settings','','9.3.0'),(12395,'Generic element','','9.3.13'),(12396,'Duplicate \'@label\' form','','none'),(12397,'All [@total]','','9.4.5'),(12398,'Open [@total]','','9.4.5'),(12399,'Closed [@total]','','9.4.5'),(12400,'Starred [@total]','','9.4.1'),(12401,'Unstarred [@total]','','9.4.1'),(12402,'Administrative notes','','9.3.0'),(12403,'Enter notes about this submission. These notes are only visible to submission administrators.','','none'),(12404,'Submission @sid notes saved.','','none'),(12405,'Filter by submitted data and/or notes','','9.4.1'),(12406,'Header (YAML)','','none'),(12407,'Text to display when no rows are present.','','none'),(12408,'Pattern %pattern is not a valid regular expression.','','none'),(12409,'Customize table','','none'),(12410,'Disable dialogs','','9.3.11'),(12411,'Filter templates','','none'),(12412,'Starred/flagged submissions','','none'),(12413,'At least once column is required','','none'),(12414,'Input masks','','9.3.0'),(12415,'[blank]','','none'),(12416,'Select a handler','','none'),(12417,'Save details open/close state','','9.3.11'),(12418,'Save handlers','','9.3.0'),(12419,'Filter by handler name','','none'),(12420,'Enter a part of the handler name to filter by.','','none'),(12421,'No handler available.','','none'),(12422,'Add @label handler','','9.3.0'),(12423,'Edit @label handler','','9.3.0'),(12424,'Ascending (ASC)','','none'),(12425,'Descending (DESC)','','none'),(12426,'Use as default configuration','','none'),(12427,'Presolve the CAPTCHA and always shows it. This is useful for debugging and preview CAPTCHA integration.','','9.3.0'),(12428,'@title description','','none'),(12429,'Disable client-side validation','','none'),(12430,'Client-side validation is disabled for all forms.','','none'),(12431,'Default title display','','none'),(12432,'Description display','','9.3.0'),(12433,'Message to be shown upon successful submission.','','9.3.0'),(12434,'@label value','','none'),(12435,'@label text','','none'),(12436,'Option value','','none'),(12437,'Default description display','','none'),(12438,'Side by side','','none'),(12439,'Other size','','none'),(12440,'Email confirm title','','none'),(12441,'Star size','','none'),(12442,'Small (@size)','','none'),(12443,'Medium (@size)','','none'),(12444,'Large (@size)','','none'),(12445,'Sign above','','none'),(12446,'not signed','','none'),(12447,'signed','','none'),(12448,'Signature options','','none'),(12449,'iPhone','','none'),(12450,'Disable HTML editor','','none'),(12451,'Previewing @title template','','none'),(12452,'Select new element type','','none'),(12453,'HTML tags: Includes only @html_tags.','','none'),(12454,'Enter multiple tags delimited using spaces','','none'),(12455,'Requirement settings','','9.3.11'),(12456,'Variant settings','','none'),(12457,'Element CSS classes','','none'),(12458,'Form prepopulate source entity','','none'),(12459,'Created @destination','','none'),(12460,'Flex','','none'),(12461,'Flexbox item','','none'),(12462,'Learn more about using <a href=\":href\">flexbox layouts</a>.','','none'),(12463,'0 (none)','','none'),(12464,'Apply custom styles to the element\'s wrapper around both the field and its label.','','9.3.0'),(12465,'Choose whether to show the element label or element key in each column header.','','none'),(12466,'Element keys (key)','','none'),(12467,'A list of classes that will be provided in the \"Wrapper CSS classes\" dropdown. Enter one or more classes on each line. These styles should be available in your theme\'s CSS file.','','none'),(12468,'A list of classes that will be provided in the \"Element CSS classes\" dropdown. Enter one or more classes on each line. These styles should be available in your theme\'s CSS file.','','none'),(12469,'Raw values, the raw value stored in the database (raw)','','none'),(12470,'The customized table has been saved.','','none'),(12471,'The customized table has been reset.','','none'),(12472,'Hexadecimal color','','none'),(12473,'Flexbox settings','','none'),(12474,'Align items','','none'),(12475,'Top (flex-start)','','none'),(12476,'Bottom (flex-end)','','none'),(12477,'Center (center)','','none'),(12478,'CC email','','9.3.0'),(12479,'BCC email','','9.3.0'),(12480,'Example: Flexbox layout','','none'),(12481,'Other elements','','9.3.13'),(12482,'Conditional logic','','9.3.0'),(12483,'Column header label delimiter','','none'),(12484,'Column header key delimiter','','none'),(12485,'Add another state','','9.3.0'),(12486,'Conditional logic (Form API #states) is not an array.','','none'),(12487,'Options elements','','9.3.13'),(12488,'%name must be a valid date.','','none'),(12489,'@title days','','none'),(12490,'@title months','','none'),(12491,'@title years','','none'),(12492,'@title hours','','none'),(12493,'@title minutes','','none'),(12494,'@title seconds','','none'),(12495,'@title am/pm','','none'),(12496,'Date list settings','','none'),(12497,'Composite elements','','9.3.13'),(12498,'Flexbox','','none'),(12499,'Use Flexbox','','none'),(12500,'Entity checkboxes','','9.3.13'),(12501,'Entity radios','','9.3.13'),(12502,'Flexbox layout','','9.3.13'),(12503,'Send on','','none'),(12504,'Display collapse/expand all details link','','none'),(12505,'Submission Update','','none'),(12506,'Column name','','none'),(12507,'Additional name','','none'),(12508,'Default Google Maps API key','','none'),(12509,'Submission number','','none'),(12510,'The @title is not valid.','','none'),(12511,'Use Ajax','','9.3.0'),(12512,'Private file system is set.','','9.3.13'),(12513,'Private file system is not set.','','none'),(12514,'This must be changed in <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/documentation/modules/file\">settings.php</a>. For more information see: <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/psa-2016-003\">DRUPAL-PSA-2016-003</a>','','none'),(12515,'Allow files to be uploaded to public file system.','','none'),(12516,'Results exporter','','none'),(12517,'Ignore disabled results warning','','9.3.0'),(12518,'Remote Post','','none'),(12519,'Exporter settings','','none'),(12520,'Options %label have been reset.','','none'),(12521,'Options %label saved.','','none'),(12522,'Options @label have been reset.','','none'),(12523,'Options @label saved.','','none'),(12524,'Header options','','none'),(12525,'Download export file','','none'),(12526,'Download uploaded files','','none'),(12527,'%name must be a valid time.','','none'),(12528,'Options %id do not exist.','','none'),(12529,'For more information see: <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/psa-2016-003\">DRUPAL-PSA-2016-003</a>','','none'),(12530,'Exports results as delimited text file.','','none'),(12531,'Open HTML table in Excel','','none'),(12532,'Exports results as an HTML table.','','none'),(12533,'Remote post successful!','','none'),(12534,'Remote post','','none'),(12535,'Excluded types','','none'),(12536,'File upload default settings','','none'),(12537,'Default allowed managed file extensions','','none'),(12538,'Default allowed image file extensions','','none'),(12539,'Default allowed video file extensions','','none'),(12540,'Default allowed audio file extensions','','none'),(12541,'Default allowed document file extensions','','none'),(12542,'Render array','','none'),(12543,'Below is the element\'s final render array.','','none'),(12544,'Default allowed @title extensions','','none'),(12545,'Separate options are more suitable for building reports, graphs, and statistics in a spreadsheet application. Ranking will be included for sortable option elements.','','none'),(12546,'Processed text element can not be opened within a modal. Please see <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/node/2741877\">Issue #2741877: Nested modals don\'t work</a>.','','none'),(12547,'HTML5 Audio player (MP3 only)','','none'),(12548,'Document file','','9.3.13'),(12549,'Allow N/A answer','','none'),(12550,'N/A answer value','','none'),(12551,'Table sort','','9.3.13'),(12552,'HTML5 Video player (MP4 only)','','none'),(12553,'JSON documents','','none'),(12554,'Exports results as JSON documents.','','none'),(12555,'YAML documents','','none'),(12556,'Exports results as YAML documents.','','none'),(12557,'Form CSS classes','','none'),(12558,'Please note that comments are not supported and will be removed.','','none'),(12559,'Form attributes','','none'),(12560,'Element properties','','9.4.5'),(12561,'A list of classes that will be provided in the \"Form CSS classes\" dropdown. Enter one or more classes on each line. These styles should be available in your theme\'s CSS file.','','none'),(12562,'Body custom value (@format)','','9.3.0'),(12563,'If no country selected all countries are valid.','','none'),(12564,'Telephone Validation','','none'),(12565,'Provided by the @module module.','','9.3.13'),(12566,'Unable to determine email module and/or provider','','none'),(12567,'CSS / JS','','9.3.0'),(12568,'Warn users about unsaved changes','','none'),(12569,'Disable back button','','none'),(12570,'CSS (Cascading Style Sheets)','','none'),(12571,'Changes you made may not be saved.','','none'),(12572,'Press OK to leave this page or Cancel to stay.','','none'),(12573,'SPAM Protection','','none'),(12574,'Adds clientside validation to forms.','','none'),(12575,'Provides Symfony (form) Validators for Drupal 8.','','none'),(12576,'Posts form submissions to MailChimp list.','','none'),(12577,'Posts form submissions into a Drupal queue.','','none'),(12578,'Custom JavaScript','','none'),(12579,'If checked, the <a href=\":href\">novalidate</a> attribute, which disables client-side validation, will be added to this form.','','none'),(12580,'POST (Default)','','none'),(12581,'Code Mirror is a versatile text editor implemented in JavaScript for the browser.','','none'),(12582,'Geocomple is an advanced jQuery plugin that wraps the Google Maps API\'s Geocoding and Places Autocomplete services.','','none'),(12583,'If checked, the export file will be automatically download to your local machine. If unchecked, the export file will be displayed as plain text within your browser.','','none'),(12584,'If checked, only starred/flagged submissions will be downloaded. If unchecked, all submissions will downloaded.','','none'),(12585,'Enter a part of the element type to filter by.','','none'),(12586,'Element default settings','','none'),(12587,'Element types','','none'),(12588,'Other rows','','none'),(12589,'Other steps','','none'),(12590,'Buttons other','','none'),(12591,'You can either enter an element specific API key here or set the <a href=\":href\">default site-wide API key</a>.','','none'),(12592,'Export types','','none'),(12593,'Button CSS classes','','none'),(12594,'Confirmation CSS classes','','none'),(12595,'Confirmation attributes','','9.3.0'),(12596,'Exclude elements','','none'),(12597,'Excluded data','','none'),(12598,'Please avoid using the reserved word \'@key\' as the element\'s key.','','9.4.1'),(12599,'@title CSS classes','','9.3.0'),(12600,'Apply classes to the @type.','','9.3.0'),(12601,'@title CSS style','','9.3.0'),(12602,'Apply custom styles to the @type.','','9.3.0'),(12603,'@title custom attributes (YAML)','','9.3.0'),(12604,'Enter additional attributes to be added the @type.','','9.3.0'),(12605,'Posted data','','none'),(12606,'Tokens related to webforms.','','9.4.5'),(12607,'The UUID of the webform submission.','','none'),(12608,'The IP address that was used when submitting the webform submission.','','none'),(12609,'The URL the user submitted the webform submission.','','none'),(12610,'The URL of the webform submission. Replace the \'?\' with the link template. Defaults to \'canonical\' which displays the submission\'s data.','','none'),(12611,'The user that submitted the webform submission.','','none'),(12612,'The language code of the webform submission.','','none'),(12613,'The date the webform submission was created.','','none'),(12614,'The date the webform submission was completed.','','none'),(12615,'The date the webform submission was most recently updated.','','none'),(12616,'The ID of the webform.','','none'),(12617,'The title of the webform.','','none'),(12618,'The administrative description of the webform.','','none'),(12619,'The webform that the webform submission belongs to.','','none'),(12620,'Webform: HTML email support','','9.3.13'),(12621,'Webform: Private files','','9.3.13'),(12622,'Access the webform overview page','','9.3.0'),(12623,'Get an overview of all webforms.','','9.3.0'),(12624,'Administer webforms','','9.3.0'),(12625,'Administer webform submissions','','9.3.0'),(12626,'Allows accessing, updating, and deleting <em>all</em> webform submissions.','','9.3.0'),(12627,'Administer webform element access','','9.3.0'),(12628,'Create webforms','','9.3.0'),(12629,'Edit any webform','','9.3.0'),(12630,'Edit own webform','','9.3.0'),(12631,'Delete any webform','','9.3.0'),(12632,'Delete own webform','','9.3.0'),(12633,'Edit CSS/JS webform assets','','9.3.0'),(12634,'Allows administrators to attach custom CSS and JavaScript to a webform.','','9.3.0'),(12635,'Duplicate webform','','none'),(12636,'Webforms: Options','','none'),(12637,'Add webform options','','none'),(12638,'Delete webform options','','none'),(12639,'Delete webform submission','','none'),(12640,'Add webform handler','','none'),(12641,'Edit webform handler','','none'),(12642,'Delete webform handler','','none'),(12643,'Protect all webforms with Honeypot','','none'),(12644,'Add time limit to all webforms','','none'),(12645,'Webform default settings','','none'),(12646,'Webforms block','','none'),(12647,'Default webform submission data','','none'),(12648,'Display the referenced webform as a link.','','none'),(12649,'Choose a webform to export submissions from.','','none'),(12650,'Webform id required','','none'),(12651,'Webform @id not recognized.','','none'),(12652,'Webform Devel','','none'),(12653,'Debug webform submission.','','none'),(12654,'Webform Examples','','none'),(12655,'Webform UI','','none'),(12656,'Please add elements to this webform.','','9.4.1'),(12657,'The value of the webform element.','','none'),(12658,'Enter custom CSS to be attached to the webform.','','none'),(12659,'Enter custom JavaScript to be attached to the webform.','','none'),(12660,'If unchecked, this webform must be attached to a <a href=\":node_href\">node</a> or a <a href=\":block_href\">block</a> to receive submissions.','','9.3.0'),(12661,'Webform URL alias','','9.3.0'),(12662,'Webform status','','9.3.0'),(12663,'Add a page for previewing the webform before submitting.','','none'),(12664,'A message to be displayed when authenticated users try to access a confidential webform.','','9.3.0'),(12665,'Webform options','','9.3.0'),(12666,'The ID of the webform submission entity.','','none'),(12667,'The IP address of the user that submitted the webform.','','none'),(12668,'The associated webform.','','none'),(12669,'The ID of the entity of which this webform submission was submitted from.','','none'),(12670,'Filter webforms','','9.4.5'),(12671,'The webform handler %name has been deleted.','','none'),(12672,'If checked, the above settings will be used as the default configuration for all associated Webform nodes.','','none'),(12673,'Please note that no emails will be sent while generating webform submissions.','','none'),(12674,'Restrict submissions to these webforms.','','none'),(12675,'Invalid webform name: @name','','none'),(12676,'Generate a given number of webform submissions. Optionally delete current submissions.','','none'),(12677,'Display link to the referenced webform.','','none'),(12678,'Enter custom HTML into your webform.','','none'),(12679,'This is the delimiter used in the CSV/TSV file when downloading webform results. Using tabs in the export is the most reliable method for preserving non-latin characters. You may want to change this to another character depending on the program with which you anticipate importing results.','','none'),(12680,'Broken/missing webform handler plugin.','','none'),(12681,'@form webform sent @title email.','','none'),(12682,'Sends a webform submission via an email.','','9.3.0'),(12683,'Posts webform submissions to a URL.','','none'),(12684,'Mitigate SPAM webform submissions using the <a href=\":href_honeypot\">honeypot</a> method.','','none'),(12685,'<a href=\":href_honeypot\">Honeypot protection</a> is enabled for all webforms.','','none'),(12686,'<a href=\":href_webform\">Honeypot protection</a> is enabled for all webforms.','','none'),(12687,'<a href=\":href_honeypot\">Time limit</a> is disabled for all webforms.','','none'),(12688,'<a href=\":href_webform\">Time limit</a> is enabled for all webforms.','','none'),(12689,'all webforms','','none'),(12690,'A registration webform template.','','none'),(12691,'A session evaluation webform template.','','none'),(12692,'Submission serial number','','9.4.5'),(12693,'Submission values','','9.4.5'),(12694,'The \'format\' can be \'value\', \'raw\', or custom format specifically associated with the element','','9.4.5'),(12695,'Item value','','none'),(12696,'Autocomplete values','','none'),(12697,'Message close effect','','none'),(12698,'Message storage','','none'),(12699,'Unique ID used to store the message\'s closed state. Please enter only lower-case letters, numbers, dashes, and underscores.','','none'),(12700,'Submission data','','none'),(12701,'Enter custom data that will be included in all remote post requests.','','none'),(12702,'No response. Please see the recent log messages.','','none'),(12703,'Tokens related to webform submission.','','9.4.5'),(12704,'For example, to display the Contact webform\'s \'Subject\' element\'s value you would use the [webform_submission:values:subject] token.','','9.4.5'),(12705,'The source entity that the webform submission was submitted from.','','none'),(12706,'The URL of the webform.','','none'),(12707,'Resets Webform user data and saved state for messages','','none'),(12708,'Webform development commands','','none'),(12709,'Developer specific commands for the Webform module.','','none'),(12710,'Are you sure you want reset the Webform module\'s user data and saved state?','','none'),(12711,'Edit webform source code','','9.3.0'),(12712,'The selected elements will be included in the [webform_submission:values] token. Individual values may still be printed if explicitly specified as a [webform_submission:values:?] in the email body template.','','9.3.0'),(12713,'CleanTalk','','9.3.0'),(12714,'Reply-to email','','9.3.0'),(12715,'Webform MailChimp','','none'),(12716,'The language name of the webform submission.','','none'),(12717,'In draft','','9.4.5'),(12718,'Is the webform submission in draft.','','none'),(12719,'The \'items\' can be \'comma\', \'semicolon\', \'and\', \'ol\', \'ul\', or custom delimiter','','9.4.5'),(12720,'Prevent duplicate submissions','','none'),(12721,'Element multiple values delimiter','','none'),(12722,'Default purging','','none'),(12723,'Default days to retain submissions','','none'),(12724,'Delete submission configuration','','none'),(12725,'Star/Flag selected submission configuration','','none'),(12726,'Unstar/Unflag selected submission configuration','','none'),(12727,'Provides encryption for webform elements.','','none'),(12728,'%name cannot be less than %min characters but is currently %length characters long.','','none'),(12729,'The value %value has already been submitted once for the %name element. You may have already submitted this webform, or you need to use a different value.','','9.3.0'),(12730,'Select how a single value is displayed.','','9.3.0'),(12731,'Webform operations bulk form','','none'),(12732,'Below is a list of modules and projects that extend and/or provide additional functionality to the Webform module and Drupal\'s Form API.','','none'),(12733,'Label/Description','','none'),(12734,'Enter custom JavaScript to be attached to all webforms.','','none'),(12735,'Provides a form element that determines whether the user is human.','','9.3.13'),(12736,'Provides a form element for a set of checkboxes, with the ability to enter a custom value.','','9.3.13'),(12737,'Provides a form element for choosing a color.','','9.3.13'),(12738,'Provides a form element for date selection.','','9.3.13'),(12739,'Provides a form element for date & time selection.','','9.3.13'),(12740,'Provides an interactive element that a user can open and close.','','9.3.13'),(12741,'Provides a form element to select an entity reference using an autocompletion.','','9.3.13'),(12742,'Provides an element for a group of form elements.','','9.3.13'),(12743,'Provides a form element for selecting a language.','','none'),(12744,'Provides a form element for uploading and saving a file.','','9.3.13'),(12745,'Provides a form element for numeric input, with special numeric validation.','','9.3.13'),(12746,'Provides a form element for entering a password, with hidden text.','','none'),(12747,'Provides an element to render a table.','','9.3.13'),(12748,'Provides a form element for a table with radios or checkboxes in left column.','','9.3.13'),(12749,'Provides a form element for input of a single-line text.','','9.3.13'),(12750,'Provides a form element for input of multiple-line text.','','9.3.13'),(12751,'Provides a form element for input of a URL.','','9.3.13'),(12752,'Provides a form element to collect address information (street, city, state, zip).','','9.3.13'),(12753,'Provides a form element for uploading and saving an audio file.','','9.3.13'),(12754,'Provides a text field element with auto completion.','','9.3.13'),(12755,'Provides a group of multiple buttons used for selecting a value.','','none'),(12756,'Provides a group of multiple buttons used for selecting a value, with the ability to enter a custom value.','','none'),(12757,'Provides a form element for uploading and saving a document.','','9.3.13'),(12758,'Provides a generic form element.','','none'),(12759,'Provides a form element for double-input of email addresses.','','9.3.13'),(12760,'Provides a form element for multiple email addresses.','','9.3.13'),(12761,'Provides a form element to select multiple entity references using checkboxes.','','9.3.13'),(12762,'Provides a form element to select a single entity reference using radio buttons.','','9.3.13'),(12763,'Provides a form element to select a single or multiple entity references using a select menu.','','9.3.13'),(12764,'Provides an element to render custom, dismissible, inline status messages.','','9.3.13'),(12765,'Provides a form element to collect a person\'s full name.','','9.3.13'),(12766,'Provides a form element for a set of radio buttons, with the ability to enter a custom value.','','9.3.13'),(12767,'Provides a form element to rate something using an attractive voting widget.','','9.3.13'),(12768,'Provides a form element for a drop-down menu or scrolling selection box, with the ability to enter a custom value.','','9.3.13'),(12769,'Provides a form element to collect electronic signatures from users.','','9.3.13'),(12770,'Provides a form element for a table with radios or checkboxes in left column that can be sorted.','','9.3.13'),(12771,'Provides a form element for a table of values that can be sorted.','','9.3.13'),(12772,'No submission selected.','','none'),(12773,'Disable autocompletion','','none'),(12774,'Webform Queue','','none'),(12775,'You are editing the original %language language for this webform.','','none'),(12776,'Duplicate webform handler','','none'),(12777,'Open date/time','','none'),(12778,'Close date/time','','none'),(12779,'Confirmation title','','9.3.0'),(12780,'%title content type already exists, please delete the %title content type before installing the Webform node module.','','none'),(12781,'Webform iContact','','none'),(12782,'%name: this element cannot hold more than @count values.','','none'),(12783,'Custom allowed number of values error message','','none'),(12784,'Table header label','','9.3.0'),(12785,'Scheduled [@total]','','9.4.5'),(12786,'Scheduled (@state)','','none'),(12787,'Please enter an open or close date','','none'),(12788,'Duplicate @title','','none'),(12789,'- Type -','','none'),(12790,'Duplicate @label handler','','none'),(12791,'Select which webforms this block should be displayed on.','','9.3.0'),(12792,'Please make sure to select which entities should be used to determine the current webform.','','9.3.0'),(12793,'webform submission','','9.3.0'),(12794,'Please select which entity should be used to determine the current webform.','','none'),(12795,'The webform is @webforms or @last','','none'),(12796,'The webform is @webform','','none'),(12797,'Advanced HTML/Text','','9.3.13'),(12798,'Telephone settings','','none'),(12799,'Enhance support for international phone numbers','','none'),(12800,'Enhance the telephone element\'s international support using the jQuery <a href=\":href\">International Telephone Input</a> plugin.','','none'),(12801,'Provides an element to render basic HTML markup.','','9.3.13'),(12802,'<b>@type:</b> <a href=\":tel\">@tel</a> x@ext','','none'),(12803,'<a href=\":tel\">@tel</a> x@ext','','none'),(12804,'<b>@type:</b> <a href=\":tel\">@tel</a>','','none'),(12805,'@type: @tel x@ext','','none'),(12806,'@tel x@ext','','none'),(12807,'@type: @tel','','none'),(12808,'@tel','','none'),(12809,'Telephone advanced','','9.3.13'),(12810,'Provides a form element to display a telephone number with type and extension.','','9.3.13'),(12811,'Term reference settings','','none'),(12812,'Webform roles','','none'),(12813,'The email addresses of all users assigned to the %title role.','','none'),(12814,'Allows viewing of <em>all</em> submission events, if the user can access a webform\'s results.','','none'),(12815,'Restrict webform element access to certain roles and users.','','9.3.0'),(12816,'View any webform submission','','9.3.0'),(12817,'Allows viewing <em>all</em> submissions.','','9.3.0'),(12818,'View own webform submission','','9.3.0'),(12819,'Edit any webform submission','','9.3.0'),(12820,'Allows updating <em>all</em> submissions.','','9.3.0'),(12821,'Edit own webform submission','','9.3.0'),(12822,'Allows deleting <em>all</em> submissions.','','9.3.0'),(12823,'Delete own webform submission','','9.3.0'),(12824,'Form CSS classes ','','none'),(12825,'Default iCheck style','','none'),(12826,'Default from email','','none'),(12827,'Default reply to email','','none'),(12828,'Default return path email','','none'),(12829,'Form open message','','none'),(12830,'Submission logging','','none'),(12831,'Email CC address options','','none'),(12832,'Reply to email','','none'),(12833,'Webform open date/time','','none'),(12834,'Webform close date/time','','none'),(12835,'The README module is required to generate HTML documentation.','','none'),(12836,'Webform Score','','none'),(12837,'Webform Migrate','','none'),(12838,'Minimal: Black','','none'),(12839,'Minimal: Grey','','none'),(12840,'Minimal: Yellow','','none'),(12841,'Minimal: Orange','','none'),(12842,'Minimal: Red','','none'),(12843,'Minimal: Pink','','none'),(12844,'Minimal: Purple','','none'),(12845,'Minimal: Blue','','none'),(12846,'Minimal: Green','','none'),(12847,'Minimal: Aero','','none'),(12848,'Square: Black','','none'),(12849,'Square: Grey','','none'),(12850,'Square: Yellow','','none'),(12851,'Square: Orange','','none'),(12852,'Square: Red','','none'),(12853,'Square: Pink','','none'),(12854,'Square: Purple','','none'),(12855,'Square: Blue','','none'),(12856,'Square: Green','','none'),(12857,'Flat: Black','','none'),(12858,'Flat: Grey','','none'),(12859,'Flat: Yellow','','none'),(12860,'Flat: Orange','','none'),(12861,'Flat: Red','','none'),(12862,'Flat: Pink','','none'),(12863,'Flat: Purple','','none'),(12864,'Flat: Blue','','none'),(12865,'Flat: Green','','none'),(12866,'Leave blank to use the default iCheck style. Select \'None\' to display the default HTML element.','','none'),(12867,'Form behaviors','','none'),(12868,'Total submissions limit per source entity','','9.4.5'),(12869,'Per user submission limit per source entity','','9.3.0'),(12870,'These properties and callbacks are not allowed: @properties.','','none'),(12871,'The webform\'s close date cannot be before the open date','','none'),(12872,'Please install to the <a href=\":href\">@title</a> project to improve the Webform module\'s user experience.','','none'),(12873,'Enhance checkboxes/radio buttons using iCheck','','none'),(12874,'The webform handler was successfully added.','','9.3.0'),(12875,'The webform handler was successfully updated.','','9.3.0'),(12876,'Install the <a href=\":href\">IMCE module</a> to manage and uploaded image files.','','none'),(12877,'Display map','','none'),(12878,'Display a map for entered location.','','none'),(12879,'Mapping settings','','none'),(12880,'Arrow character','','none'),(12881,'Source title','','9.4.5'),(12882,'Please enter an element type.','','none'),(12883,'Destination title','','none'),(12884,'Destination description','','none'),(12885,'Provides a form element where source values can mapped to destination values.','','9.3.13'),(12886,'Term checkboxes','','9.3.13'),(12887,'Provides a form element to select a single or multiple terms displayed as hierarchical tree or as breadcrumbs using checkboxes.','','9.3.13'),(12888,'Allow terms to be scrollable','','none'),(12889,'To email address','','9.3.0'),(12890,'Default (This email address will always be included)','','none'),(12891,'BCC:','','none'),(12892,'Sent when:','','9.3.0'),(12893,'The date the webform is open to new submissions.','','none'),(12894,'The date the webform is closed to new submissions.','','none'),(12895,'Excluded libraries','','none'),(12896,'Demo: Event @index','','none'),(12897,'Handler @id not recognized.','','none'),(12898,'Send on (YYYY-MM-DD or [token])','','none'),(12899,'scheduled','','none'),(12900,'rescheduled','','none'),(12901,'already scheduled','','none'),(12902,'not sent','','none'),(12903,'ready to be sent.','','none'),(12904,'Run cron task','','none'),(12905,'- @day days','','none'),(12906,'+ @day days','','none'),(12907,'Please note','','none'),(12908,'Only one email can be scheduled per handler and submission.','','none'),(12909,'Already Scheduled','','none'),(12910,'Sends a webform submission via a scheduled email.','','none'),(12911,'Send on:','','none'),(12912,'Webform REST','','none'),(12913,'All libraries are optional and can be excluded via the admin settings form.','','none'),(12914,'Webform Documentation','','none'),(12915,'Webform Videos','','none'),(12916,'jQuery: iCheck','','none'),(12917,'Highly customizable checkboxes and radio buttons.','','none'),(12918,'jQuery: Input Mask','','9.3.13'),(12919,'jQuery: RateIt','','9.3.13'),(12920,'Select2 is used to improve the user experience for select menus. Select2 is the recommended select menu enhancement library.','','9.3.13'),(12921,'jQuery: Chosen','','none'),(12922,'jQuery: Timepicker','','9.3.13'),(12923,'jQuery: Toggles','','none'),(12924,'@total elements','','none'),(12925,'Requires saving of submissions.','','none'),(12926,'Description/Notes','','none'),(12927,'Reply-to email address','','9.3.0'),(12928,'%form: Email not sent for %handler handler because a <em>To</em>, <em>CC</em>, or <em>BCC</em> email was not provided.','','none'),(12929,'Debug: Email: @title','','none'),(12930,'From mail','','none'),(12931,'To mail','','none'),(12932,'Cc mail','','none'),(12933,'Bcc mail','','none'),(12934,'The email address that a recipient will see when they replying to an email.','','9.3.0'),(12935,'The email address to which bounce messages are delivered.','','9.3.0'),(12936,'Leave blank to automatically use the \'From\' address.','','9.3.0'),(12937,'Star/Flag submission','','none'),(12938,'Create submissions','','none'),(12939,'Webform tokens from submitted data.','','9.4.5'),(12940,'All items after the \'element_key\' are optional.','','9.4.5'),(12941,'The \'delta\' is the numeric index for specific value','','9.4.5'),(12942,'The \'sub_element_key\' is a composite element\'s sub element key.','','9.4.5'),(12943,'Add \'html\' at the end of the token to return HTML markup instead of plain text.','','9.4.5'),(12944,'Submit button(s)','','9.3.13'),(12945,'Allows administration of global YAML configuration and options.','','9.3.0'),(12946,'Allows managing any webform and its results.','','9.3.0'),(12947,'Allows managing of webform created by the user and its results.','','9.3.0'),(12948,'Duplicate webform options','','none'),(12949,'Default preview label','','none'),(12950,'Preview label','','none'),(12951,'submissionsubmissions','','none'),(12952,'webformwebforms','','none'),(12953,'PHP usage','','none'),(12954,'Webform %webform_id not found.','','none'),(12955,'New submission %title added.','','none'),(12956,'Prevent forms from being submitted without JavaScript enabled.','','9.3.0'),(12957,'OpenInbound for Drupal','','none'),(12958,'OpenInbound tracks contacts and their interactions on websites.','','none'),(12959,'webform_slack.module','','none'),(12960,'CSS / JavaScript','','none'),(12961,'Please note, you can also exclude element types that are dependent on specific libraries.','','none'),(12962,'Submission handlers','','none'),(12963,'Preview previous','','9.3.0'),(12964,'preview previous','','9.3.0'),(12965,'Preview next','','9.3.0'),(12966,'preview next','','9.3.0'),(12967,'@title button','','9.3.0'),(12968,'Hide @label button','','9.3.0'),(12969,'@title button label','','9.3.0'),(12970,'Provides an element that contains a Webform\'s submit, draft, wizard, and/or preview buttons.','','9.3.13'),(12971,'Computed token','','9.3.13'),(12972,'Learn about <a href=\":twig_href\">Twig</a> and how it is used in <a href=\":drupal_href\">Drupal</a>.','','9.3.0'),(12973,'The following variables are available:','','9.3.0'),(12974,'You can also output tokens using the <code>webform_token()</code> function.','','9.3.0'),(12975,'Help using Twig','','9.3.0'),(12976,'Computed Twig','','9.3.13'),(12977,'The selected element has multiple options. You may enter email addresses for each choice. When that choice is selected, an email will be sent to the corresponding addresses. If a field is left blank, no email will be sent for that option. You may use tokens.','','none'),(12978,'Protect %label with Antibot','','none'),(12979,'<a href=\":href_webform\">Antibot protection</a> is enabled for all webforms.','','none'),(12980,'The <a href=\":href\">Maillog</a> module is logging all emails.','','none'),(12981,'The <a href=\":href\">Maillog</a> module is installed.','','none'),(12982,'Emails will displayed on this page.','','none'),(12983,'No emails will be sent.','','none'),(12984,'No images found.','','none'),(12985,'The total number of submissions allowed for the webform.','','none'),(12986,'Total submissions','','9.4.5'),(12987,'The current number of submissions for the webform.','','none'),(12988,'The total number of submissions allowed per user for the webform.','','none'),(12989,'Per user total submissions','','9.4.5'),(12990,'The current number of submissions for the user for the webform.','','none'),(12991,'The total number of submissions allowed for the webform source entity.','','none'),(12992,'Total submissions for source entity','','9.4.5'),(12993,'The current number of submissions for the webform source entity.','','none'),(12994,'The total number of submissions allowed per user for the webform source entity.','','none'),(12995,'The current number of submissions for the user for the webform source entity.','','none'),(12996,'The \'entity:*\' applies to the referenced entity','','9.4.5'),(12997,'The source entity or webform that the webform submission was submitted from.','','none'),(12998,'Default submission label','','none'),(12999,'Preview CSS classes','','none'),(13000,'Default empty option','','none'),(13001,'Redirect anonymous users to login when attempting to access private file uploads.','','none'),(13002,'Default to email','','none'),(13003,'Preview attributes','','none'),(13004,'Preview excluded elements','','none'),(13005,'Allow users to save and finish the webform later.','','none'),(13006,'Webform submission limits block','','none'),(13007,'Progress bar label','','none'),(13008,'Source entity id','','none'),(13009,'Are you sure you want update your Drupal installation\'s composer.json file?','','none'),(13010,'Unable to locate composer.json','','none'),(13011,'Webform Bootstrap','','none'),(13012,'Links commerce products to webform elements.','','none'),(13013,'Webform Slack','','none'),(13014,'Webform Views','','none'),(13015,'Retrieve and submit webforms via REST.','','none'),(13016,'If checked, source entity must be populated using query string parameters.','','none'),(13017,'If you wish to include only parts of the submission in the preview, select the elements that should be included. Please note, element specific access controls are still applied to displayed elements.','','none'),(13018,'Submission label','','9.3.0'),(13019,'Ajax settings','','9.3.0'),(13020,'If checked, paging, saving of drafts, previews, submissions, and confirmations will not initiate a page refresh.','','9.3.0'),(13021,'Drafts for %webform for %user','','none'),(13022,'Completed [@total]','','9.4.1'),(13023,'Draft [@total]','','9.4.1'),(13024,'Submission title','','9.3.0'),(13025,'A list of classes that will be provided in the \"Preview CSS classes\" dropdown. Enter one or more classes on each line. These styles should be available in your theme\'s CSS file.','','none'),(13026,'Line: Black','','none'),(13027,'Line: Grey','','none'),(13028,'Line: Yellow','','none'),(13029,'Line: Orange','','none'),(13030,'Line: Red','','none'),(13031,'Line: Pink','','none'),(13032,'Line: Purple','','none'),(13033,'Line: Blue','','none'),(13034,'Line: Green','','none'),(13035,'Default empty option required','','none'),(13036,'Webform submission limits','','9.3.0'),(13037,'HTML date - @format (@date)','','none'),(13038,'Long date - @format (@date)','','none'),(13039,'Medium date - @format (@date)','','none'),(13040,'Short date - @format (@date)','','none'),(13041,'24 hour with seconds - @format (@time)','','none'),(13042,'24 hour - @format (@time)','','none'),(13043,'12 hour with seconds - @format (@time)','','none'),(13044,'12 hour - @format (@time)','','none'),(13045,'Use time picker','','none'),(13046,'If checked, HTML5 time element will be replaced with <a href=\"http://jonthornton.github.io/jquery-timepicker/\">jQuery UI timepicker</a>','','none'),(13047,'Return path email address','','9.3.0'),(13048,'Submission values will be displayed onscreen.','','none'),(13049,'The serial number of the webform submission.','','none'),(13050,'The ID of the webform submission.','','none'),(13051,'The URL that can used to update the webform submission. The webform must be configured to allow users to update a submission using a secure token.','','none'),(13052,'Webform SugarCRM Integration','','none'),(13053,'Handler response','','9.4.5'),(13054,'For example, to display a remote post\'s confirmation number you would use the [webform:handler:remote_post:completed:confirmation_number] token.','','9.4.5'),(13055,'Choose files','','none'),(13056,'Webforms: Submissions','','9.4.1'),(13057,'HTML editor settings','','none'),(13058,'Disable promotions','','9.3.11'),(13059,'Display reset button','','none'),(13060,'Preview exclude empty elements','','none'),(13061,'Completed URL','','none'),(13062,'Completed custom data','','none'),(13063,'Updated URL','','none'),(13064,'Updated custom data','','none'),(13065,'Deleted URL','','none'),(13066,'Deleted custom data','','none'),(13067,'Converted URL','','none'),(13068,'Converted custom data','','none'),(13069,'Webform Example Composite','','none'),(13070,'Webform Remote Post Example','','none'),(13071,'Processed @type request.','','none'),(13072,'Hide preview','','none'),(13073,'Flex: 1','','none'),(13074,'Exclude empty elements','','9.3.0'),(13075,'@total exporters','','none'),(13076,'@total handlers','','none'),(13077,'If checked, all HTML editors will be disabled.','','none'),(13078,'Default reset button label','','none'),(13079,'%label webform can not be previewed when editing content.','','none'),(13080,'Text or code that is placed directly in front of the output. This can be used to prefix an output with a constant string. Examples=> $, #, -.','','none'),(13081,'Text or code that is placed directly after the output. This can be used to add a unit to an output. Examples=> lb, kg, %.','','none'),(13082,'Computed Elements','','9.3.13'),(13083,'Please answer question 1?','','none'),(13084,'How about now answering question 2?','','none'),(13085,'Finally, here is question 3?','','none'),(13086,'If checked the file upload input will be replaced with click-able label styled as button.','','none'),(13087,'Apply classes to the button. Button classes default to \'button button-primary\'.','','none'),(13088,'Six','','none'),(13089,'This is a <strong>warning</strong> message.','','none'),(13090,'Terms display','','none'),(13091,'Terms title','','none'),(13092,'Terms content','','none'),(13093,'converted','','none'),(13094,'@title URL','','none'),(13095,'@title custom data','','none'),(13096,'Enter custom data that will be included when a webform submission is @state.','','none'),(13097,'Submission state/operation:','','none'),(13098,'Response status code:','','none'),(13099,'Response header:','','none'),(13100,'Response body:','','none'),(13101,'Response tokens:','','none'),(13102,'Below tokens can ONLY be used to insert response data into value and hidden elements.','','none'),(13103,'Completed URL:','','none'),(13104,'Updated URL:','','none'),(13105,'Deleted URL:','','none'),(13106,'Draft URL:','','none'),(13107,'Converted URL:','','none'),(13108,'Entity reference format items','','none'),(13109,'Entity reference format item','','none'),(13110,'Handle plugin ID','','none'),(13111,'Provides a stripe webform element and default handlers.','','none'),(13112,'Provides integration for webform submission with SugarCRM.','','none'),(13113,'Confirmation URL %url is not valid.','','none'),(13114,'@webform: Confirmation URL %url is not valid.','','none'),(13115,'Unique message','','9.3.0'),(13116,'@label: Image','','none'),(13117,'@label: Link','','none'),(13118,'@label: Modal','','none'),(13119,'Options single value format','','none'),(13120,'Options multiple values format','','none'),(13121,'Elements that collect a single option value include select menus, radios, and buttons.','','none'),(13122,'Default sender email','','none'),(13123,'Webform: Bootstrap integration','','none'),(13124,'Webform: SPAM protection','','9.3.0'),(13125,'Webform SPAM protection module installed.','','9.3.0'),(13126,'Webform <a href=\":href\">SPAM protection module</a> missing. Please install one of the below modules.','','none'),(13127,'Webform Permissions By Term','','none'),(13128,'Jacob Rockowitz','','none'),(13129,'If unchecked, all warnings about missing libraries will be disabled.','','9.3.11'),(13130,'Unique per entity','','9.3.0'),(13131,'Unique per user','','9.3.0'),(13132,'Options description display','','none'),(13133,'None -- Message state is never stored.','','none'),(13134,'Session storage -- Message state is reset after the browser is closed.','','none'),(13135,'Local storage -- Message state persists after the browser is closed.','','none'),(13136,'User data -- Message state is saved to the current user\'s data. (Applies to authenticated users only)','','none'),(13137,'State API -- Message state is saved to the site\'s system state. (Applies to authenticated users only)','','none'),(13138,'The email address submitting the message, if other than shown by the From header','','9.3.0'),(13139,'Webform Sanitize','','none'),(13140,'Webforms: Forms configuration','','9.3.11'),(13141,'Webforms: Elements configuration','','none'),(13142,'Webforms: Submissions configuration','','none'),(13143,'Webforms: Handlers configuration','','none'),(13144,'Webforms: Exporters configuration','','none'),(13145,'Webforms: Libraries configuration','','none'),(13146,'Webforms: Advanced configuration','','9.3.11'),(13147,'Webforms: Add-ons','','none'),(13148,'Webforms: Submissions purge','','none'),(13149,'Display element description as help text (tooltip)','','9.3.11'),(13150,'Check if CDN is being used for external libraries','','9.3.11'),(13151,'Ajax scroll top','','none'),(13152,'Allow users to save multiple drafts','','9.3.0'),(13153,'Update default value','','none'),(13154,'Set default value','','9.3.0'),(13155,'Webform Nodes','','none'),(13156,'Introduction to Webform for Drupal 8','','none'),(13157,'About Webform & the Drupal community','','none'),(13158,'Adding elements to a webform','','none'),(13159,'Configuring the Webform module','','none'),(13160,'Translating webforms','','none'),(13161,'Webform development tools','','none'),(13162,'The Webform module utilizes third-party Open Source libraries to enhance webform elements and to provide additional functionality.','','none'),(13163,'If these libraries are not installed, they will be automatically loaded from a CDN.','','none'),(13164,'The <strong>Form</strong> settings page allows a webform\'s status, attributes, behaviors, labels, messages, wizard settings and preview to be customized.','','none'),(13165,'The <strong>Submissions</strong> page displays a customizable overview of a webform\'s submissions.','','none'),(13166,'Submissions can be reviewed, updated, flagged and/or annotated.','','none'),(13167,'The <strong>Download</strong> page allows a webform\'s submissions to be exported into a customizable CSV (Comma Separated Values) file and other common data formats.','','none'),(13168,'The <strong>View</strong> page displays a submission\'s general information and data.','','none'),(13169,'The <strong>Table</strong> page displays a submission\'s general information and data using tabular layout.','','none'),(13170,'The <strong>Plain text</strong> page displays a submission\'s general information and data as plain text.','','none'),(13171,'The <strong>Resend</strong> form allows administrator to preview and resend emails and messages.','','none'),(13172,'The <strong>Submissions</strong> page displays a customizable overview of a webform node\'s submissions.','','none'),(13173,'The delimiter used when an element has multiple values.','','none'),(13174,'Include an element\'s title with all sub elements and values in each column header','','none'),(13175,'Allow source entity to be populated using query string parameters','','none'),(13176,'Require source entity to be populated using query string parameters','','none'),(13177,'The title displayed on the preview page.','','none'),(13178,'Allow this webform to be used as a template','','none'),(13179,'Disable saving of submissions','','9.3.0'),(13180,'Allow users to post submissions from a dedicated URL','','9.3.0'),(13181,'Any user who can update this webform will still be able to <a href=\":view_href\">view</a> and <a href=\":test_href\">test</a> this webform with the administrative theme.','','9.3.0'),(13182,'Select where the page should be scrolled to when paging, saving of drafts, previews, submissions, and confirmations. Select \'None\' to disable scrolling.','','9.3.0'),(13183,'in','Sort by {sort} in {direction} order','none'),(13184,'order','Sort by {sort} in {direction} order','none'),(13185,'Show','Show {limit} results per page','none'),(13186,'If unchecked, all warnings about the Webform Bootstrap Integration module will be disabled.','','9.3.11'),(13187,'Text that will be shown when empty elements are included in submission previews and/or emails','','none'),(13188,'Header 1 (h1)','','none'),(13189,'Header 2 (h2)','','none'),(13190,'Header 3 (h3)','','none'),(13191,'Header 4 (h4)','','none'),(13192,'Header 5 (h5)','','none'),(13193,'Header 6 (h6)','','none'),(13194,'If checked, the first default option for a select menu will always be displayed.','','none'),(13195,'Allow files to be uploaded to public file system','','none'),(13196,'Allowing public file uploads is dangerous for webforms that are available to anonymous and/or untrusted users.','','none'),(13197,'If checked, users will not be allowed to navigate back to the webform using the browser\'s back button.','','none'),(13198,'Leave blank to not automatically include a preview message on all forms.','','none'),(13199,'Current webform','','none'),(13200,'Question description','','9.3.0'),(13201,'Compact, with the option values delimited by commas in one column.','','none'),(13202,'Separate, with each possible option value in its own column.','','none'),(13203,'HTML (CSS & JavaScript)','','none'),(13204,'The type of element to be displayed.','','none'),(13205,'Please select predefined options or enter custom options.','','none'),(13206,'Custom Properties','','none'),(13207,'Options for %title is required.','','none'),(13208,'ID, an entity\'s unique identified','','none'),(13209,'Title, an entity\'s title/label','','none'),(13210,'URL, an entity\'s URL','','none'),(13211,'Replace file upload input with an upload button','','none'),(13212,'Allow users to close the message','','none'),(13213,'Display term hierarchy using breadcrumbs','','none'),(13214,'Used to create unique file names for exported submissions.','','none'),(13215,'The full URL to POST to when an existing webform submission is @state. (e.g. @url)','','none'),(13216,'Response data can be passed to the submission data using [webform:handler:{machine_name}:{state}:{key}] tokens. (i.e. [webform:handler:remote_post:completed:confirmation_number])','','none'),(13217,'The <b>POST</b> request method requests that a web server accept the data enclosed in the body of the request message. It is often used when uploading a file or when submitting a completed webform. In contrast, the HTTP <b>GET</b> request method retrieves information from the server.','','none'),(13218,'Request options','','none'),(13219,'Response data:','','none'),(13220,'Custom composite sub elements do not support elements with multiple values.','','none'),(13221,'Custom composite elements do not support the %type element.','','none'),(13222,'Horizontal rule settings','','none'),(13223,'Horizontal rule attributes','','none'),(13224,'Provides a horizontal rule element.','','9.3.13'),(13225,'Webform Wizard Full Title','','none'),(13226,'Webform Analysis','','none'),(13227,'Webform Scheduled Tasks','','none'),(13228,'Webform Composite Tools','','none'),(13229,'The label of the webform submission.','','none'),(13230,'Total submissions limit interval','','9.4.5'),(13231,'The total submissions interval for the webform.','','none'),(13232,'Per user submission limit interval','','9.4.5'),(13233,'Total submissions limit interval per source entity','','9.4.5'),(13234,'The total submissions interval for the webform source entity.','','none'),(13235,'The total submissions interval per user for the webform source entity.','','none'),(13236,'Convert anonymous drafts and submissions to authenticated','','none'),(13237,'Submission exception message','','9.3.0'),(13238,'Used to obtain statistics on the results of form submissions.','','none'),(13239,'If checked, the browser back button will submit the previous page and navigate back emulating the behaviour of user clicking a wizard or preview page\'s back button.','','none'),(13240,'Allow all elements to be populated using query string parameters','','none'),(13241,'If checked, all elements can be populated using query string parameters. For example, appending ?name=John+Smith to a webform\'s URL would set the \'name\' element\'s default value to \'John Smith\'. Please note that individual elements can also have prepopulation enabled.','','none'),(13242,'Unchecking this box will delete ALL aliases you may have created for this form via the <a href=\":path_alias\">path</a> module.','','9.3.0'),(13243,'Other field','','none'),(13244,'Install the <a href=\":module_href\">Twig tweak</a> module, which provides a Twig extension with some <a href=\":documentation_href\">useful functions and filters</a> that can improve development experience.','','none'),(13245,'Saving of results is disabled.','','none'),(13246,'Signatures will still be saved to %directory.','','none'),(13247,'Append the below text to notes (Plain text)','','none'),(13248,'Display message type','','none'),(13249,'Element key','','none'),(13250,'If checked, trigger actions will be displayed onscreen to all users.','','none'),(13251,'%key is not valid element key.','','none'),(13252,'Flagged/Starred','','none'),(13253,'Unflagged/Unstarred','','none'),(13254,'Trigger an action on a submission.','','none'),(13255,'Custom settings (YAML)','','none'),(13256,'Enter the setting name and value as YAML.','','none'),(13257,'Available custom settings','','none'),(13258,'If checked, settings will be displayed onscreen to all users.','','none'),(13259,'Unknown custom %name setting(s).','','none');
